Copyright © 2018 by Sarah Mackenzie All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording or by any information storage and retrieval system without written permission of the publisher, except for the inclusion of brief quotations in a review.
Table of Contents BOOK 1: THIRD EYE AWAKENING INTRODUCTION CHAPTER 1: YOUR THIRD EYE CHAPTER 2:OPENING THE THIRD EYE CHAPTER 3: BASIC MEDITATION CHAPTER 4: HOW TO BALANCE YOUR CHAKRAS CHAPTER 5: WHAT IS CHAKRA MEDITATION CHAPTER 6: MINDFULNESS MEDITATION CHAPTER 7: CHAKRA MEDITATION CHAPTER 8: WAKENING YOUR HIGHER SELF CHAPTER 9: ASTRAL TRAVEL CHAPTER 10: YOUR DIVINE SELF CHAPTER 11: TRUST YOUR INTUITION CHAPTER 12: PERSONAL MEDITATION CHAPTER 13:CLEARING OUT NEGATIVE ENERGY CHAPTER 14: USE YOUR MIND TO HEAL CHAPTER 15: PSYCHIC AWARENESS CHAPTER 16: LEALING MEDITATION
CHAPTER 17: CLEARING OUT YOUR ENERGY FIELDS CHAPTER 18: POSITIVE THOUGHTS CHAPTER 19: ENERGY MEDITATION CONCLUSION BOOK 2: CHAKRA AWAKENING INTRODUCTION CHAPTER 1: A BASIC UNDERSTANDING OF THE CHAKRAS EXPLAINED CHAPTER 2: BALANCING YOUR ROOT CHAKRA CHAPTER 3: THE SACRAL CHAKRA AND HOW TO NAVIGATE IT CHAPTER 4: STRENGTHENING YOUR SOLAR PLEXUS CHAKRA CHAPTER 5: ENLIGHTENING COMPASSION THROUGH YOUR HEART CHAKRA
CHAPTER 6: FINDING YOUR INNER VOICE VIA THE THROAT CHAKRA
CHAPTER 7: HOW TO ILLUMINATE THE POWERS OF THE THIRD EYE CHAKRA CHAPTER 8: BECOMING ONE WITH EVERYTHING THROUGH THE CROWN CHAKRA CHAPTER 9: UNDERSTANDING THE BENEFITS OF A STRONG MEDITATION PRACTICE CHAPTER 10: WAYS TO ALIGN THE CHAKRAS BEYOND MEDITATION CONCLUSION
BOOK 3: REIKI HEALING INTRODUCTION CHAPTER 1: REIKI HEALING CHAPTER 2: HIGHER AND DIVINE SELF CHAPTER 3: REIKI MEDITATION CHAPTER 4: CLEARING NEGATIVE ENERGY CHAPTER 5: BALANCED CHAKRAS CHAPTER 6: CHAKRA MEDITATION CHAPTER 7: MINDFUL HEALING CHAPTER 8: POWER OF POSITIVE THOUGHTS CHAPTER 9: MINDFULNESS MEDITATION CHAPTER 10: ENERGY CONCLUSION BOOK 4: ENERGY HEALING INTRODUCTION CHAPTER 1: WHAT IS ENERGY HEALING? CHAPTER 2: THE POWER AND BENEFITS OF ENERGY HEALING CHAPTER 3: CLEANSING YOUR ENERGY CHAPTER 4: AWAKENING YOUR HIGHER SELF CHAPTER 5: KNOW YOUR CHAKRAS CHAPTER 6: HEAL CHAKRAS AND REALIGN YOUR ENTIRE CHAKRA SYSTEM CHAPTER 7: WHAT IS REIKI? CHAPTER 8: PRACTICING REIKI ON YOURSELF CHAPTER 9: GUIDED REIKI SELF-SESSION CHAPTER 10: FINDING HAPPINESS FROM WITHIN CHAPTER 11: POWER OF POSITIVITY CHAPTER 12: LOWERING STRESS FOR BETTER QUALITY OF LIFE
CHAPTER 13: GUIDED IMAGERY CHAPTER 14: 5-MINUTE MEDITATION CHAPTER 15: 30-MINUTE MEDITATION CONCLUSION BOOK 5: SPIRITUAL HEALING INTRODUCTION CHAPTER 1: WHAT IS THE SPIRIT? CHAPTER 2: WHAT IS SPIRITUAL HEALING? CHAPTER 3: POWER OF SPIRITUAL HEALING CHAPTER 4: THE THIRD EYE CHAPTER 5: FINDING HAPPINESS THROUGH YOUR SPIRIT CHAPTER 6: LIFTING THE SPIRIT WITH PRAYER CHAPTER 7: VISUALIZATION AND GUIDED IMAGERY CHAPTER 8: RADIONICS, USING WAVES OF ENERGY AS HEALING CHAPTER 9: BODHICITTA CHAPTER 10: CHANNELING
CHAPTER 11: COLOR HEALING CHAPTER 12: MEDITATION-METHODS AND BENEFITS TO CONNECTING TO SPIRIT
CHAPTER 13: 5-MINUTE MEDITATION CHAPTER 14: 15-MINUTE MEDITATION CHAPTER 15: 30-MINUTE MEDITATION CONCLUSION
Third Eye Awakening Guided Meditation Techniques to Open Your Third
Eye, Expand Mind Power, Intuition, Psychic Awareness, Enhance Psychic Abilities, and much more!
I n t ro d u c t i o n Congratulations on getting your personal copy of Third Eye Awakening. Thank you for doing so. Throughout this, you will learn several things about the third eye along with other techniques that will improve your life. In chapter one we will cover what exactly the third eye is, and what it does, as well as it’s connection with the pineal gland. In chapter two we will talk about the different ways that you can open your third eye chakra In chapter three you will find you first meditations. These are basic and easy meditations, and you will find a third eye meditation. In chapter four you will learn how to balance your chakras and why this is important. In chapter five you will learn about chakra meditation. In chapter six you will learn what mindfulness meditation is, and you will find mindfulness meditation practices. In chapter seven you will find a chakra meditation practice that you can use to balance your chakras. In chapter eight you will learn about your higher self and how to awaken it.
In chapter nine you will learn about your divine self and how to connect with it. In chapter ten you will learn the importance of trusting your intuition. In chapter 11 you will find meditations that will help you on a personal level.
These are more advanced than some of the other meditations. In chapter 12 you will find out how to clear out negative energy In chapter 13 you will learn how you can heal yourself with only your mind.
In chapter 14 you will learn how to awaken you psychic awareness
In chapter 15 you will find several meditations that will help you to heal different areas of your life. In chapter 16 you will learn how to clear out your energy fields In chapter 17 your will learn the importance of positive thinking.
In chapter 18 you will find your last chapter of meditations that will help to boost your energy. There are plenty of books on this subject on the market, thanks again for choosing this one! Every effort was made to ensure it is full of as much useful information as possible. Please enjoy!
Yo u r T h i r d E y e The third eye is a person’s ability to see what could be, to see their potential. Everybody can access their third eye. Yes, the third eye is invisible, but it is as available and present as the other two eyes. It is a huge source of intuitive wisdom that can get amplified by meditation. It can give us forewarnings, insight, and a high level of intelligence into our past, present, and future. The best way to open the third eye is by meditation. The third eye chakra is found between the eyebrows. It encircles the pineal gland, lower section of the brain, head, and eyes. It is an energy field that we can use to
tap into what we can’t smell, hear, feel, taste, or see. It is a spiritual chakra that means beyond wisdom. It will lead you to the knowledge that guides you if you let it. When you open this eye, it can give you a visualization, expanded imagination, lucid dreaming, telepathy, and clairvoyance. This sixth sense transcends our basic senses and makes itself known as gut feelings. Your third eye knows and sees the unseen.
We experience the world with our five senses. Before you were born, you heard noises such as outside sounds, your mother’s heartbeat, and voice. You experienced taste, touch, and perceived light. Since your birth, you attribute what you experience with what you get with your senses. You learn to trust your senses in what you hear, see, touch, smell, and taste. Sense perception is great when experiencing life, but it can limit you when you want to expand your awareness. At one point in your life, you had to depend on your inner knowing. We had to rely on the environment and primal instincts to help guide us. Like birds know when a tsunami is going to hit, or ants know when to begin gathering food for winter, humans must have intuition. We have lost touch with it and the ability to trust it.
Have you ever had a feeling like someone you care about is in trouble and have received a call to justify your feelings? Have you felt like someone is watching you and you stop and turn around to see a friend from school looking at you? Have you ever been thinking about someone and then get a call from them moments later? This is your third eye trying to lead you.
The old saying about everything you need to know is already inside you is very true. It is possible for you to develop and harness this ability. The Third Eye is a part of everyone. It doesn’t matter what your religious beliefs are or your gender, we all possess this unique and powerful third eye. Most of our third eyes haven’t been activated. They remain unawakened, dormant, closed and calcified. You don’t have to have a crystal ball or tarot cards. Don’t spend money on an expensive psychic to give you answers to what you seek. What you want to know is already within you and is accessible with your third eye. If you feel conflicted, as your intuition to open up to you and help you make the correct choice. When you open up this dimension, prepare yourself for a more thoughtful, intelligent, meaningful, conscious life before you.
With every new meditation session, it will shift your consciousness to a higher state. It will release your worries and anxiety from every moment of your life. This means forever. Your stressful concerns about how you will be able to pay your credit card bills, student loans, or mortgages will soon just evaporate. It will be replaced with present, and clear thoughts about how you can be successful and the premeditative version is laughable. With your third eye activated and opened, everything becomes crystal clear, and you will see how to fulfill it.
Meditation allows you to become more self-aware. You will be able to control your emotions and easily handle your stress. Meditation tunes you into intuitive wisdom. Many cultures consider intuition the most important sight or sense we
possess. They have practiced third eye meditation for centuries. Someone new to meditation has reported feeling a tingling sensation around the third eye area or feeling a slight headache. If you get a pulsating or tingling around the third eye either after or during meditation is a signal that this once blocked chakra is opening. While you are meditating, learn
to
become more aware of how much
inner
intelligence you possess. You will need to continue to open and activate your third eye to
its full capacity. Health issues? Your third eye can help you fix the problem. Relationship problems? Your third eye can attract people to you. Financial or career problems? Your third eye knows the process to success. Figuring out and fulfilling your life’s purpose? Your third eye knows what you need to choose at every moment in your life. Think about how your life could be if your infinite inner wisdom could be accessible when you need it. Meditation is the best solution. All of us are human, and we all strive to have a life free of fear, but we worry about how we are going to do our daily tasks. This only creates more worry. Like attracts like and this is extremely true with thoughts. Most all successful people owe their fortunes and fame to trusting what they received from their third eye. If we can set a time aside every day to meditate, we can change how our thought takes root. We start to have fewer negative thoughts, anxieties, and worries. When they disappear, what is going to take their place? A strong, in tune, the omnipresent law of attraction. As your third eye begins to open, your emotional, mental, and physical health
will improve and multiply. Higher and new level souls will start to enter your life, and this will result in better relationships. Your third eye will make the right path to success as clear as your hand in front of your face. Meditation can help you manifest abundance as easily as you breathe. If you want to know what is out there for you, but you are not sure what it is, there is no need to fear. Any questions you might have about your life like your job, relationship, or achieving your dreams can be answered from the information that you receive while meditating. When you activate your third eye, meditation will allow you to see and understand the sound and sights of the world that was once hidden. It allows you to optimize your present life with the vast new information. Be an observer of the unseen. Make what was once impossible for you are possible. Meditation will unlock your infinite potential. You can think of the third eye as an organ that contains your mind and every one of your senses working as a large, powerful sensory organ. It is a clever evolution that will allow you to see patterns within your life. What’s more amazing is that your third eye reveals patterns by overlaying information on top of the other senses. You can use your third eye as a sense in various ways. Seers use theirs to understand connections and answer hidden questions. Energy workers can feel the energy around them, and they manipulate the energy. Each time you have empathy, you use your third eye to feel and touch other’s emotions. To better understand how the third eye works, let’s find out how to use your third eye to interpret and sense the energy around you. You can see motion (a car moving), activity (you are driving the car), and the exchange of energy (car burning the gas). Add in the ability to sense and project the potential (predict where the car will go by basing it on roads and the driver). You can see where the energy, motion, and the activities will go with time. Add this to a visual map, and you have just seen energy playing out. Being able to see the energy as an overlay instead of just a concept, it will become a property of life that will help us learn how to interact and sense deeper.
Can you see energy? No. We can see the end results of energy but seeing energy is different. We can only see what our eyes are designed to see and
that is light. Our third eye processes information and overlays that information over the other senses in a way that can be interacted and interpreted with energy to be more precise. By doing this, we understand where energy is and allow us to see it. If you take the time to think about it, it does make sense. The mind already knows something and is trying to tell us. The best way it can do this is by using out other five senses. This might appear as a power to predict or see certain events that are not present physically. It is a tangible and extremely real skill. It all depends on the ability to interpret the results. There is plenty of room to mistranslate what are facts and what the third eye tells you. Since all of us see things differently, it could be a problem to share this ability with others. If you hear the word cat, everybody will visualize a different cat. What one person sees is different from others. Each person’s unique nature makes sure we all see the world differently. It is not surprising that there are a lot of
mystical
practices for everyone to explore all the
perception in the world. If you think about a person who can see auras, these are just another sense overlay. Your brain can process visual information, but what it creates for you is limited to what you see with your eyes. Think about a page as you read it. It is just lines. You are seeing words and the concepts and ideas that are laying on top of that. Think about another person. You aren’t just seeing what they are wearing. Your complete network, your sense organs, and mind create a larger antenna that can pick up patterns and energy in front of you. There are many clues that can tell you about this person’s level of distraction, well-being, and emotional state and many other things. Your third eye puts this information in
what you are seeing by giving them an aura. What you see is different than what is happening. Your mind alters your experience to give you more information to work with. The third eye uses our mental capacity to alter the perception and add in more data. Seeing auras is looked at as a mystical power and depends on the person’s skill level. But it is a tangible skill and one that can be taught. You can be taught to see auras in the standard way. Taoist practices have an extensive training practice for working and using your third eye. It is a meta sense and must be tuned and used to be developed fully. It’s not something that works straight out of the box after birth.
Many will suppress their ability to keep others from making fun of them or calling them crazy. With a lot of suppression, this ability will go away. You have to use your third eye for it to work. How you use it will shape what you can sense. For these reasons, the third eye continues to be a mysterious ability. Each culture will use different techniques to mold this skill. Taoists are patient and take decades to refine this ability in order to become a Seer. The nature of this ability means that experience can help you improve its accuracy and capabilities. It is a slow process to master. There is a wonderful breathing technique called the bee breath. This is done by bringing both hands up to your face. Put your two middle fingers over the eyes. Have the index fingers resting on the eyebrows and the pinky under the cheekbones. Stop up your ears with the thumbs. Inhale a deep breath and exhale with the word AUM. Have the emphasis on the M and create a buzzing sound just like a bee. Continue this for two minutes or longer. This can alleviate tension that is in your heart and it can help to open the third eye.
If you are into yoga, any pose where the forehead is pressed down will help the third eye. Try dolphin pose it is helpful when you lift your head to look at the floor. Child’s pose is another good one where your forehead is pressed to the floor or yoga block. The color of this sixth chakra is indigo. The mantra is SHAM. Gems that will help to open the third eye are azurite, lapis lazuli, and amethyst.
OpeningTheThirdEye Most people want to feel better. Some want to experience a connection to another realm that might exist. You must have the balance to be able to maintain these high frequencies. Everything has a vibration or frequency. The higher the frequency, the more it is vibrating, and it will be more difficult for us to see it with our physical eyes. If you want to heighten your intuition, you want to tune it to
the
frequencies, so
you will
be
able to sense the metaphysical energies. This higher wisdom and intuition can come alive when the energy center is opened and balanced. For some of us, developing the abilities of the third eye might seem out of reach. Here are some steps that can help: Cultivate Silence Nurture the silence of your mind, either with meditation, sitting calmly, or get absorbed in your favorite activity. Why do you need to do this? Because the third eye elevates the senses to a level, some like to call in between. This space houses your psychic abilities and the realm of the invisible. It gives you the ability to listen to the information that comes through the third eye. You need to be ready to perceive its whisper. If your mind is noisy, you won’t be able to hear its message. Hone Your Intuition There are different ways to foster your intuition. The third eye houses your
higher wisdom, vision, and insight. You can get acquainted with the meanings of your dreams. Maybe give lucid dreaming a try. Learn how to read tarot cards or a horoscope. Find new ways to bring it into your daily life.
You can look at it this way, fake it till you make it. Just learn to be curious and learn about the techniques. These practices will become more familiar, and you will get more confident with your abilities with time.
Don’t take this seriously. Have fun, explore and keep your chakras and mind open to the wonder and possibility. Nurture Your Creativity Let your imagination run free by focusing on certain activities and letting your creativity flow. Start by learning a new craft or art. Let your inspiration go through your hands. Be prepared for the surprising results. Don’t worry about being perfect. Creativity is a great way to loosen up your rational mind. All that mental chatter that makes a comment with everything you do. It doesn’t matter if it is wrong or right. It will try to control every action with an intended outcome.
If you can calm that part of your brain that wants to be in control, you can focus your creativity to open other possibilities. Your third eye will have more capacity to blossom and unfold. Ground Yourself to Soar Better It may not be obvious that we need to have both feet firmly on the ground to open the abilities of our third eye. You also need to open it up gradually. First, build reliable foundations to allow yourself to be able to properly interpret your perceptions with clarity. We need to have
energy
running through
our
entire energetic system and body to support the opening of healthy channels of perception. Once the third
eye is activated, the information that starts coming through may seem
disturbing, unfamiliar, or unusual to your mind. Having plenty of energy and being grounded will allow us to expand into the perception dimension. It will help us open and stay away from the negative symptoms of the opening of the third eye like feeling confused or disoriented.
Now that the third eye is open let’s cover some ways you can support the opening of your third eye. Here are some practices that will give your intuitive energy center a boost:
The main function of the third eye is intuition. You need to exercise this. The light of the moon resembles the light in your intuitive center so rest under the light of the moon and reflect. Learn to be silent and hear the wisdom of your third eye. Learn to listen. The third eye’s voice is a whisper. Strengthen the third eye and your throat chakra’s energy. They are both anchors to unlock the energy of the third eye in balanced and powerful ways. Practice divination. Lucid dreaming, dream interpretation, dream work. Practice visualizing. Silent and guided meditation. Let your imagination soar. Focus and see the in-between space things. Have curiosity about the meanings of symbols that are around you from different times and cultures. Be one with the energy and nature of the elements. Have fun making creative things like crafts. Free flow. Work with spirit guides and inner guidance.
Practice meditation. Enrich your psychic abilities. Be free to explore and enjoy the exploration. This is the best way to get the energy going into the third eye. An open and balanced third eye will support intuition, focus, and concentration. Here are some techniques to help balance its energy: Breathe Mindful breathing can help to calm the mind and open and cleanse the third eye. Breathing doesn’t just cleanse but can balance the chakra system, too.
Add Color The third eye is associated with the color indigo. Indigo is a combination of deep blue and violet. Bring purple and blue into office and home décor. Surround yourself with a subtle tone that can help to heal the sixth chakra and boost your energy. Add semi-precious or precious purple or blue jewelry to your accessories. Practice meditation The exercises that require you to engage the third eye are the best. Meditating and visualizing the color purple or blue can activate the sixth chakra.
Concentrating on these colors won’t just open the energy center,
the bit will help heal and
balance the chakra. Dream The third eye is critical in dream recall and dreaming. Activate and engage your third eye by writing in a dream journal. Work the theta brainwaves It is useful to learn how to maintain and activate the alpha and theta brainwaves. These support the frontal lobe activity and help to prepare the brain and third eye to be receptive. Add fragrance Bring essential oils into your body, bath, and home. Fragrances work great to balance, cleanse, and open the chakras. To activate and heal the sixth chakra, try one or more of these oils: Nutmeg Grapefruit German or Roman chamomile Myrrh Sandalwood Drink or eat vegetables and fruits Eating foods and beverages with natural purple and blue colors can boost positive energy going through the third eye. Drink dark juices like blackberry and grape. Add the following vegetables and fruits to your grocery list:
Beets Rainbow chard Prunes Eggplant Blackberries Blueberries
Black currants Yoga When you start learning how to heal and open the energy centers of your body, there isn’t a conversation complete without talking about yoga. The practice includes elements of movement, focus, and breathing and when done together are great for balancing and cleansing the chakras.
To strengthen and open the
third eye, try these
yoga
poses: Salamba Sarvangasana or Supported Shoulder Stand Adho Mukha Svanasana or Downward-Facing Dog Balasana or Child’s Pose Ardha Uttanasana or Standing Half Forward Bend Virasana or Hero If you want to heighten your intuition don’t fall into these traps: Give up Easily You don’t expect to become a master carpenter overnight so don’t expect to be able to see auras or angels after your first meditation. You don’t want to wake up and be standing face-to-face with the ghost of your Grandmother. In the early stages, this will probably scare the bejesus out of you.
If your goal is to
feel
metaphysical energies, get ready to take a beautiful journey to self-discovery. Take as much time as you need to adjust to the frequencies and let those old habits go that are keeping you at a lower
frequency. It is a beautiful process so enjoy it. Hold on to Old Habits
Look around you. Do you see angels? If you don’t, there probably aren’t any, and that is because you have a block that is keeping you from being able to see them. That block is acting like a blindfold. This block can’t take your intuition away. It just hides it temporarily. Some common blocks are stuck emotions from your past, a harmful home or work environment, a diet full of chemicals, a toxic relationship. If you want to heighten your intuition, it will be necessary to take inventory and figure out what is hindering your perception and then let it go.
Taking in Too Much Energy If you have empathy, you pick up energies from others within your environment. You start to feel energies around you plus your emotions and thoughts. The gets exhausting very quickly. If you find yourself in this position, you have to get yourself grounded. Children have great spiritual energy. They are pure lights
in the world. What do they do? They jump, skip, hop, run, move, and play. The need to move as much as adults
need to move. When you push your body while playing sports, swimming, jogging, hiking, you are changing your physiology. When your feet hit the ground, the sweat, the moves are a recipe that helps you release all the negativity and ground the energy that is making you foggy. If you don’t get grounded, you could find yourself trying to ground by other activities like reading, watching TV, scrolling through negative media, engaging in conflict, or eating. These are not ways to ground yourself. To be able to feel better and get rooted in your body and the moment, move your body. Do it every day for two weeks and see if you feel better.
Getting Lost in the Realms There is a harmful way to meditate. There are many spiritual seekers who
seek spirituality as a way to escape everyday life. Your spirit guides, angels, and soul is already here. The goal is to be aware of them and not get lost in their world. It is easier than you might think. Some people treat meditation like drugs, alcohol, or playing video games. They live there and use the language where they talk about aliens, councils, realms, and things that don’t have any practical value in our lives. If you meditate
just to find a world to escape to, you
will find such a place. If you look for information, you will find it. If you look for scary energies that threaten life here, you will find these energies. You need to seek being that wants to help you to make your life a wonderful reality. Remember you are only here for a reason. You don’t live on another planet or in another reality. You belong here. We don’t know for how long. So, make the most out of this one. Use your perception to add color and flavor so you can enjoy and enhance your reality instead of leaving it behind.
BasicMeditation In this chapter, you will find a few basic meditation practices. These are perfect for a person that is new at meditation, or if you only have a few minutes to spare. These are all short meditations that will never take more than ten minutes of your time. Let’s begin. Two Minutes to Calm Begin by taking a deep, cleansing breath, and once you’re comfortable, close your eyes. Take a moment
to
imagine
yourself feeling more focused, calm,
and peaceful. As your
unconscious mind starts to create this calm image of how you would feel; think of what you may see, hear, and how you may feel that tells you you’re more focused, calm, and
peaceful. At this point, you may already be feeling more focused, calm, and peaceful. If you’re not feeling this way, notice what you’re unconscious mind is telling you to do so that you can feel that way. Now think of how you can use this image in your life to help you feel calm in the days and weeks ahead. Once you have figured this out, remember that it is that easy to create calmer and peace in your life. Take another deep, cleansing breath, and start to bring your attention back to the present moment. Listen to the noises in the room and slowly open your eyes.
Now ask yourself, what did you learn? Three Minute Mindfulness Meditation
Select a comfortable, upright position, either on the floor or a chair. This should be a position that you can stay in for three minutes. You don’t want you back, legs or bottom to start hurting. This distraction will interrupt your practice. Once you’re comfortable, set a timer for only three minutes. Begin by thinking about a mental anchor. This could be anything. You could think about movements or sensations within your body, how your breath feels as it travels through your nose, ambient noises, count numbers, or a mental image that you find relaxing or comfortable. This can be anything that can anchor your attention to the moment. Invite this into your mind and let it be.
As you sit and think about your anchor, other thoughts will start to creep up. This is normal. When the mind wanders, bring yourself back to your anchor.
Continue this until your three-minute timer ends. Three Minute Breath Begin by
sitting in a
comfortable position, take a deep breath, and notice how
your feet feel against the floor. Take note of every sensation in your feet.
Lay your hand on your belly and take two to three deep breaths and notice how your stomach rises and falls with each inhale and exhale. Once you are relaxed and comfortable, close your eyes. As you continue your deep belly breaths, start breathing in for a count of five, hold that breath for another count of five, and then release the
breath for a count of five. Continue this breathing pattern, breath in for five, hold for five, and release for five, for one minute. Now begin to bring your attention back to the present slowly. Notice the sounds in the room, and slowly open your eyes. Five Minute Relaxation
Get settled into a comfortable seated position. As you take a deep breath, relax your feet flat on the floor and notice how they feel. Take a few more deep breaths and center yourself at the moment. Bring your focus to your toes. Scrunch up all of your toes, and then release them. Move your attention to your ankles and allow them to relax. Move up to your calves; tense and release them. Next tense and relax the muscles in your knees. Move onto your thigh muscles, tense and relax. Allow any thoughts that may come up
to float away from you like tiny bubbles. Now move
onto your buttocks; tense and release the tension. Now release the tension in your pelvic area. Now start to notice the tension that you may have built up on your back. Slowly take a deep breath in, and as you release the breath,
slowly allow the tension in your back to release. Move your attention onto your shoulders. Pull your shoulders up towards your ears and then release them completely. Great, now move your attention to your neck and jaw muscles. Slowly take a deep breath, and as you release the breath, all the tension in this area to release. Lastly, move to the top of your head. Bring your shoulders towards your ears again and then release them, now any tension that is remaining in your body will sink and release. Great, take a couple of deep breaths and enjoy the relaxed sensation in your body, and allow yourself to feel calm. Sit like this for a minute. Once you’re ready, start to bring your attention back to your surroundings.
Notice the sounds around and slowly open your eyes. Fifteen Minute Third Eye Meditation
Start by getting in a comfortable seated position. It’s best to sit cross-legged on the floor. If this is uncomfortable for you, try sitting upright in a chair with your back straight and your shoulders relaxed. You can also do this
laying flat on the floor, but there is a risk of you going to sleep. Once comfortable, take a deep, long breath in through your nose, and as you exhale, take your attention to the middle of your forehead, between your brows and slightly above the brow line. Imagine that there is an indigo-blue chakra sitting there. The dark glow of this indigo light begins to illuminate your mind and then spreads out through the rest of your body.
Create a door to your mind with your third eye. Imagine yourself opening this new door and walking through it into an empty room. Take a moment to decorate this room however you would like. Pick colors, looks, and décor that makes you feel calm and happy. Make sure your room suits your tastes perfectly so that this area is now your new personal sanctuary. Locate an area of the room that is the most comfortable and takes a seat.
From this position take a look out onto the world. Bring into your mind that same ideas, situations, issues, and thoughts that plague your everyday life. Take a few moments to contemplate these things silently. Now image your
sixth
chakra spinning
and
gaining strength.
The
fast it spins, its
indigo
light
washes over your body and invades all of your cells, and every pore of your
body. Take a deep breath in and feel all the energy bursting out your third eye as rays of dazzling indigo light. Rest in this sensation for a few moments.
Still, in your mind, stand up for your peaceful place and walk back to the door you created earlier. Walk out of the room and look back into your new sanctuary and notice how you feel one with it. Once you are ready, bring your attention back to the present and slowly open
your eyes.
H o w t o B a l a n c e Yo u r C h a k r a s When people talk about balancing their chakras, they might be referring to different meanings and techniques. An accepted definition of chakra balancing is the process where the chakra’s energy is brought into a harmonious and functioning state. Balancing your chakra is just a
part
of
the
picture: Every chakra is a part
of the system that works as a whole. We can see that each chakra has a connection with the other and they interact energetically. When we balance our chakras, we have to think about each chakra, their neighbor,
and the energy they hold as a whole. Balancing your chakra falls into three categories. The ones centered on physical activity or process, an introspective or meditative practice, and the passing of energy from another or on your own. Some common practices that you can use to balance the chakras are: Alternative or holistic medicine. Breathing practices like pranayama. Exercises that focus on connecting the mind and body, this includes yoga. Self-inquiry and meditation. Energy or hand on healing. There are some practices that aim to restore the balance of the chakras for well-being. The common ones are:
Pranic healing Craniosacral therapy Reiki Using healing crystals or stones can support chakra balancing activities.
Why do you need to balance your chakras? To support a flow that sustains your overall energy level. We are subjected to many activities that are sources of demands and stress that causes fluctuation in our energy. Some might feel draining, fulfilling, or nourishing. Past experiences and events can leave an influence on how we feel in the world and therefore influences how we manage our daily energy. Stress that is placed on us by life’s demands might result in fluctuations and interruptions in our flow of energy and imbalances in our chakras. Chakra imbalances could cause: How energy flows through the chakra or chakra system. The energy to become closed-up or blocked. The energy flow to increase excessively and isn’t regulated. The chakra’s energetic field get displaced. Balancing regulates energy when it is too much, establishes a consistent flow when there isn’t enough, and aligns where there is a displacement. The seven main energy centers than run through the body are called your chakras. Each one is situated at a different location, so they each correlate with different dysfunctions and ailments. Each energy center houses our emotional and mental strengths. If we have a physical issue, it can create weakness in our emotional behavior. When we get rid of that bad energy, it can relieve any malfunction, stiffness or tightness in that area.
Clearing that energy could balance our state of mind. To balance the chakras is a two-way street. If we have certain emotions or fears that we are holding onto, we will experience some physical restrictions. If you have stiffness or achiness or some recurring fears and emotions, read on to find out what chakra might be blocked or affected. Using affirmations is very effective in balancing our chakras. Thoughts are able to create your reality. When you start regularly using chakra balancing
affirmation, you will achieve amazing results. Chakra translates to a spinning wheel. Each chakra corresponds to a certain color-coded vibration within the universe that influences our spiritual, emotional, and physical wellbeing. If the chakras are aligned perfectly with the universal energy, each aspect of our lives will be joyful ad harmonious. We can claim perfect health. Our passion and love for live will be renewed. When you use the affirmation, lie or sit in a comfortable and quiet place where you can focus.
When speaking an affirmation, picture a wheel spinning in a clockwise direction in the color that is specific to every chakra. The Root or First Chakra This chakra sits at your tailbone on the base of your spine. Imbalances in the root chakra can cause physical problems with the prostate gland, male reproductive system, immune system, tailbone, rectum, feet, and legs. People who have imbalances in these parts are more likely to experience problems like constipation, eating disorders, sciatica, knee pain, and degenerative arthritis. Imbalances can also cause emotional problems like the feelings that affect our survival needs like food, shelter, and money and the ability to provide for what we need in life. If this chakra is in the balance,
you
will feel grounded. You will have a sense of safety and connection to this physical world. You will
feel supported.
This chakra provides the lesson of self-preservation. Everyone has the right to be here.
The root chakra relates to the color red. To help get this chakra back in balance, say this affirmation: “I am a being of light. I am secure, protected, and peaceful. The Sacral or Second Chakra This chakra is found two inches below your belly button. Imbalances can include physical problems like low back, pelvic, and hip pain, kidney dysfunctions, urinary problems, reproductive and sexual issues.
Imbalances in your emotional problems can include being able to commit to relationships. The ability to express emotions. The ability to have fun or play that is based on sexuality, pleasure, creativity, and desires. Fears about addictions, betrayal, and impotence. If this chakra is in the balance, we will be able to take risks. We will be committed. We will be creative. We are outgoing, sexual, and passionate.
This chakra teaches the lesson of honoring others. The color that relates to this chakra is deep orange. To help get this chakra back in balance, say this affirmation: “I am strong, beautiful, and radiant. I enjoy a passionate and healthy life.” The Solar Plexus or Third Chakra This chakra is located three inches above your belly button. Imbalances in the solar
plexus chakra can
include
physical problems like colon diseases, gallbladder and pancreas issues, stomach ulcers, diabetes, high blood pressure, chronic fatigue, liver dysfunction, and digestive
problems. Imbalances can include emotional problems like our inner critic emerges, self-esteem, and personal power. We will have fears of making physical appearances, getting criticized, and being rejected.
If this chakra is balanced, we will have self-compassion and selfrespect. We will feel like we are confident, assertive, and in control. This chakra teaches us self-acceptance. The color for this chakra is bright yellow. To get this chakra back in balance, say this affirmation: “I am successful and positively empowered in everything I do.” The Heart or Fourth Chakra This chakra is located at your heart. Imbalances in the heart chakra can include physical problems like wrist and arm pain, shoulder and upper back problems, issues with the lymphatic system and breasts, lung disease, heart disease, and asthma. Imbalances in this chakra can
cause emotional problems like bitterness, anger, abandonment, jealousy, over-loving to causing suffocation, issues with the heart. You might
have a fear of being lonely. If this chakra is balanced, you will feel compassion, love, gratitude, and joy.
You will forgive easily and learn to trust. This chakra teaches us to love. The color of the heart chakra is a vibrant green. Just think spring. To help rebalance this chakra, say the affirmation: “The answer to everything is love. I receive and give love unconditionally and effortlessly.”
The Throat or Fifth Chakra This chakra is found at the throat. Imbalances with the throat chakra can cause physical problems like shoulder and neck pain, problems with the tongue, lips, cheek, and chin, ulcers, ear
infections, TMJ, laryngitis, sore throats, and thyroid issues. Imbalances can cause emotional problems like expressing oneself with written or spoken communication. Being fearful of not having any choice or power. Not being in control or having no willpower. If this chakra is balanced, there will be free communication, expressions, and words. We will be truthful and honest but firm. We will be great listeners.
This chakra teaches us to speak and lets the voice be heard. The throat chakra relates to a pale blue color. To help rebalance this chakra, say: “I express myself clearly and truthfully. My thoughts will always be positive.” Third Eye or Sixth Chakra This chakra is found in the middle of the forehead right between the eyebrows. Imbalances can cause physical problems like hormone function, hearing loss, seizures, eyestrain, sinus issues, blurred vision, and headaches. Imbalances can cause emotional problems like self-reflection, volatility, moodiness. You won’t be able to look at your fears or to learn anything from others. You will daydream often and be in a world that has an exaggerated imagination. If this chakra is balanced, we will feel focused and clear. We know the difference in illusion and truth. We will openly receive insight and wisdom.
This chakra teaches us to see the bigger picture. The third eye chakra relates to the color dark blue. To rebalance this chakra, say this affirmation: “I understand the meaning of all life’s situations, and I can tune into the divine wisdom.” Crown or Seventh Chakra This chakra is located on the top of the head. Imbalances can cause physical problems like sensitivity to the environment, sound, light, problems learning, and depression. Imbalances can cause emotional problems like great power and self-
knowledge. The imbalances can come from thoughts about spirituality and religion. Being constantly confused. Being prejudiced. You might have a fear of being alienated. If this chakra is in the balance,
we
will live in the moment. We will have great
trust without inner guidance. The crown chakra teaches us to live mindfully. This chakra relates to the color violet. To help rebalance this chakra, say this affirmation: “I am one with divine energy. I am complete.” You might feel that you have one or more chakras out of balance or blocked. This happens when one chakra becomes blocked, and the others are trying to compensate and become overactive or underactive. The best way to balance the chakra is to start with the root chakra and go up to the crown chakra. Chakra affirmation creates revolutions within our healing journey. There is nothing more effective or transformative than using your thought power to bring changes to your soul, mind, and body.
WhatisChakraMeditation Just like there are seven notes
in the western scale,
seven
ages of man, seven levels of consciousness, seven colors of the rainbow, there are seven chakras in the body. There are chakras outside of the body that helps us to connect to the universal field. These energy centers, gates, and transformers that connect the lines of the meridian with the three auras that surround the physical bodies. These are found along the spine and
at the head. They can be balanced and activated with meditation. The seven chakras sense the range of frequencies that enter the person’s energy field. They distribute and process the energy that enters the auras and meridians. They transform the frequencies into various sensations like physical, thought, and emotion. This is done just like eyes refract light. Just like different light frequencies enter the brain get interpreted as various colors, the seven chakras, break down impressions that impact and radiate within a person. The seven chakras are organs of transformation. They move the energy down or up as it comes into the body from different sources into the energy system depending on what emotional, mental, or physical area is in deficit. The chakras balance energy as it enters the energy system. This occurs with spiritual healing. Excessive energy from mental and emotional bodies are given to the physical body to heal itself. Transfiguration moves in four different directions: out, in, down, and up. The seventh chakra is a gate that transforms the energy down from the spiritual plane into a person’s energy field. The body’s physical energy is transformed upward to be used in the higher parts of the body. Energy from other fields can be transformed as it goes through the person’s aura and enters a certain
chakra. A person can project rays of energy out from their chakra to another person’s energy. It then gets transformed either down or up depending on the energy’s vibration. This usually happens with specific meditation.
The entire body is a reflection of what we believe, our emotions and thoughts. It is the manifestation of our beliefs about who we are. We initially dream a dream about our lives, and we continue down this path of awakening to the truth of who we are. At some point, we leave this path.
Everything we experience is a representation of what we believe is true about ourselves. Most of these beliefs are in our unconscious mind.
The chakras are like energetic motors in the physical, emotional, and mental energy fields that we don’t look at as a part of us. Every chakra center relates to a different area. The health of these chakras is governed by what we believe is true in a certain area of our lives that the chakra relates to. The root chakra relates to how we connect to other people and our survival instincts. If someone feels unsafe, then trust will be difficult. This chakra will cause us to pull into ourselves and not join in with the others. Chakra meditation is different depending on the person and the time. Chakras might appear in different ways. What gets highlighted are places that have separation, numbness, cloudiness, density, or constriction. They may feel like they are pulling back from the other chakras. They won’t feel like they are moving. They might feel like they are trying to protect itself.
Try to sense which chakra is struggling and notice what area of the body it’s in. This can help you be aware of the beliefs that are related to a certain chakra. The chakra colors are the same colors and in the same order as a rainbow. With red being at the base and violet being at the crown. We are walking rainbows. If you hold a crystal in sunlight, it will display beautiful rainbows. We have been told that when we get upset, it is due to something happening that caused us to be upset. This is the opposite. When a bad event occurs like disease, discomfort, or pain within your body or another event like losing a
relationship or job, this occurrence reflects
the
upset we feel within us. This is under what a person can see with conscious awareness. As an example here, pretend that your husband comes to you and tells you he is moving out until things get better. This makes you feel horrible. This event causes a part of you to separate from another part of you. How your experience the way others treat us is the reflection of the way you treat yourself. This is how you unconsciously believe you should be treated
Your chakras will reflect this, too. Usually in the heart or solar plexus. It can affect the first two and the throat chakras, too. The cells and organs in these parts of the body are related to the chakras that rule them.
There are a corresponding body sensation and emotion
that is tied to the separation.
A chakra meditation is needed to simply allow this sensation and give it permission to be here.
When you are able to stay with that sensation, the associated chakra that needs healing will begin to heal and open by itself. The chakra will clear automatically. Our bodies have the power to heal itself. You just have to allow it to happen.
With chakra meditation, if we can embrace whatever arises, the trauma inside the chakra will begin to release. This is done by letting is work and spin along with the other chakras. This will bring along balance and harmony as your energy field shifts to make a unified whole. When your energy field becomes aligned, healing will begin automatically. Our inner knowing can take care of our emotions, body, and mind when we can learn to turn towards conflicts instead of running away.
There are two different ways to approach chakra clearing, healing, and balancing. The first one covers focusing on the cause of the imbalance.
If we don’t address the cause, feeling distressed and upset will persist in our emotions, mind, and body. What is causing all the suffering and distress? Suffering is caused by assuming we’re separate instead of whole. Compare this to a wave in the sea that is trying to locate water. It doesn’t realize that it is water and one with the whole ocean it appears in. If it continues identifying itself as being a separate wave, it is going to suffer.
Identifying that we are able to create our own belief system. If we continue
to
believe we’re separate , we will believe that we are incomplete and inadequate. In turn, our beliefs control our bodies, emotions, and thoughts.
They will also make a whole movie about our experiences. If we can start to experience that we are pure awareness, our lives, experiences, emotions, thoughts, and beliefs will begin to show the peace that we know we are. To have a chakra meditation that will help your chakras to balance and heal, you have to use a meditation the helps you to bring attention to yourself. Imagine and focus on your current light, and then release everything that is standing in the way of your wellbeing and love. You don’t have an inside or an outside, you are only pure awareness that doesn’t belong to a single location, and you will work with everything that is outside on the inside. Chakra meditation that focuses different effects levels. As we become accustomed to ourselves as being pure awareness, you can use different chakra mediation variations to help ease the problems that were caused by identifying as being separate and isolated instead of the whole we are.
Use visuals and music that help to relax and calm your nervous system.
To ease the side effects of beliefs that are painful, you can use some variation of light that you could incorporate like: White Diamond Light that aligns and purifies energy fields. Green Emerald Flame that transforms and restores your physical body. Violet Flame which combineds gold of Christ Consciousness, the Divine Feminine rose pink, and the sapphire blue of the Divine Masculine. These colors come together to form the pure violet flame that helps to release painful memory attachments Pink Rose Light will infuse your being with love from the Divine Mother and makes a protection shield around and in you. This is perfect if you are in need of inner child protection and healing Yellow Sunshine Ray arises in our awareness as our feminine and masculine polarities become balanced and are associated with Christ Consciousness. This ray has both Divine Wisdom and Illumination. Gold Light is slightly darker than Sunshine Yellow. It will bring you true peace. This energy healer helps to nurture and stabilize energy fields. This is what you call after you have finished energy work to bring light in and complete and balance yourself.
You can also experiment with different variations of these while you meditate and find the ones that speak to you. Your intuition might bring other colors to
you. You might find that you are drawn to a different light during different times. As you begin resting with your pure awareness and turn loose of past trauma and beliefs, follow your inner guidance and check out healing modes you have been drawn to. There are lots of therapies out there that can help you to ease painful beliefs that appear within your mind, emotions, and body. Your inner guidance will help to show you what model is best for you Chinese Medicine, acupuncture, and yoga are helpful because these approach
healings as a whole, unlike western medicine that treats parts and not the whole. As you start meditation healing,
you must know that you are opening your awareness that can increase awareness of unconscious materials that have been dormant just
under the surface for possibly many lifetimes. You might notice some uncomfortable sensations and feelings. This is you being aware of the energy that is growing, and not the energy itself. Healing goes slowly. You have residue that releases layer by layer. You aren’t going to have to dig around to find them. Just notice anything that that is bothering your daily life, and that will provide you with what your need to heal. This gives you an opportunity window. While
you
continue
with
on
your
chakra meditation, your healing will continue to unfold in
divine timing While you are continuing to dream this dream, the healing process will continue with each layer, as we awake fully into realizing the pure awareness that we are.
MindfulnessMeditation Another important type of meditation is mindfulness meditation. Mindfulness is the practice of bringing your attention to what is happening at the present moment, which you develop this ability through practice and meditation. In Buddhist traditions, it is believed that mindfulness will bring you to spiritual enlightenment and end your suffering. Many studies have been done about mindfulness, and they have found that it will help you to live a better, happier life. When you spend your life worrying, and ruminating over things that you either can’t change, or are yet to come, you are living your life in negative, and this can lead to anxiety, depression, and other mental illnesses. When you first start practicing mindfulness meditation, start with ten minutes a day for your first
few sessions. Once you have become used to the practice, increase the amount of time by five or ten increments, whichever you think you can do successfully. The goal is to get to 30 minutes a day. You can practice for longer if you want, but it isn’t necessary. The goal of mindfulness if teach you how to live in the moment. While you may think you already do, stop and think about where your mind is when you’re living. When you eat your breakfast, do you taste your food appreciate what it is doing for your body? Probably not. With mindfulness, you will learn how to have your mind and body doing the same thing. The best place to learn about mindfulness is within the Buddhist tradition. We get the term mindfulness from the Pali work sati and the Sanskrit work
smrti. Smrti means “to bear in mind,” “to remember,” or “to recollect.” Sati’s meaning is also “to remember.” Now that you understand what mindfulness is let’s move onto a few meditations to help you get started living mindfully. Three Minute Body and Sound Start by taking notice of your posture at this moment. You could be lying down, standing, or sitting. Notice how your body feels as it is at this moment. Now see if you can notice the sensations that are currently present in your body at this moment in time. You may notice a lightness or heaviness, weight or pressure. You may even notice coolness, warmth, movement, pulsating, or vibration. You can notice these sensations anywhere throughout your body. The only thing you have to do is notice them. Notice these things with interest and curiosity. Take a deep breath in. As you breathe in, allow your body to relax. Don’t do anything other than be present and aware of your body. Now allow all of those sensations to release. Now turn your focus to the sounds around. These can be inside or outside of your room. There could be many different types of sounds. Quiet sounds, or loud sounds. You should also take notice of the silence that happens between the sounds. Notice how the sound come and go. The mind has a
tendency to want to concentrate on
those sounds. It starts to come up with a
story for the
sound. Or you think you have to react to it: I don’t like that, I like that. Instead, see if you can only listen. Take notice of it with interest and curiosity. The sounds are just coming and going.
Now turn your focus again to your body; presently standing, lying, or seated.
Take note of obvious body sensations. Take another deep breath. Allow your body to soften. Once you are ready, slowly open your eyes. Nine Minute Loving Meditation To start this meditation, allow yourself to feel relaxed and comfortable where you are seated. In this practice, you will cultivate positive emotions, particularly, loving kindness. Which means your desire someone to be happy, or for yourself to feel happy. This isn’t dependent on anything, and it’s not conditional. This is only allowing your heart to open to yourself or someone else. Take this moment to check in with yourself to see how you feel right now. Allow whatever is here, to be here. Allow your mind to think of something. This should include someone, as soon as you think of them, you feel happy. See if you can bring someone to mind. This could be a friend or a relative. It’s best if it’s somebody that you have a non-complicated relationship with. It should just be a general sense, which once they come to mind you feel happy. You can even choose a child.
If you are having a hard time of thinking of a person, you can also choose a pet. Any creature that is easy to feel love for. Allow them to come to mind.
Feel as if they are standing in front of you. You can see, feel, and sense them. As you picture this, take note of how you feel inside. You could feel the warmth, or your face may feel warm. You could also start smiling or have a sense of expansiveness. This is a loving kindness.
This feeling is natural, and everybody can access
it at any given moment. Now that you have this loved one if front of you, start wishing them well. Wish them to be protected
from danger, and to be safe. Wish them to be peaceful, and happy. Wish them to be strong and healthy. Wish them to have well-being, and ease. You can wish them exactly
what I said, or you can use your words.
Notice the sense of allowing this loving kindness come from you, and how
you are begin touched by your loved one. During this, you may have images come to mind, notice light or color, or you could have a feeling. The words you say to you loved one can bring more of these feelings. Say whatever is most meaningful to yours. Wish them to be free of anxiety, stress, and fear. While you are sending them these words and feelings of loving kindness, check with yourself to see how you feel. Picture your loved one has turned around and has started to send these feelings back to you. See if you can receive this loving kindness from them and take it in. They’re wishing you well, to be happy. This means you. Wish you to be at ease and peace. Wish you to be protected and safe from all danger. Wish you to have wellbeing and joy. Allow yourself to take this in. If you have not started to feel this loving
kindness, or you never have in other meditations,
it’s not a big deal. This practice is to plant seeds. If you start feeling something other than this loving kindness, check into that
feeling. What is it that you’re feeling? You may need to learn from this feeling. If you are ready, and this isn’t always going to be easy, but try to send yourself some loving kindness. You can picture this as a light flowing down your body from the heart. All you need is a sense of it. Say to yourself; I wish to be protected and safe from danger. I wish to be strong and healthy. I wish to be peaceful and happy. I wish to accept myself for who I am.
Then, when you ask yourself, “what will make me happy?” notice what comes up, and offer yourself that. I wish to have meaningful work, close family, and friends, a joyful life. Now check in again and notice how you are feeling. Now think of one person, or group of people, that you want to send loving kindness to; picture them sitting or standing in front of you. Sense and feel them. Wish them to be peaceful and happy. Wish them to be free of all fear, anxiety,
and stress. Worry, grief. Wish them to have happiness and joy. Wellbeing.
Allow this loving kindness to expand outward. Allow it to spread and touch everybody that you want this feeling to touch at this moment; in every direction. This can be people you do or don’t know. People you have problems with. People who you love unconditionally. Imagine this feeling touching and expanding, and every animal or person it touches is filled with loving kindness. Every person is changed. You can picture that everybody, everywhere is peaceful and happy and at ease. Once you’re ready, take a deep breath in, and open your eyes.
ChakraMeditation We’ve covered the importance of chakra balancing to help improve your life, and this chapter will provide you with meditation that will help you balance your chakra. While the other meditation chapters have multiple meditations, this one will only have the one. This is because this one meditation covers all of your chakras. Make sure you set aside enough time to go through this meditation. This meditation will take about 25 minutes, and is not ideal for you very first meditation. It’s important that you have experience with basic and mindfulness meditation before begin
you this
chakra meditation. Let’s begin. Sit in a comfortable position, either sitting cross-legged on the floor, or in a chair with your back straight. Let your eyes close and lower down into your breathing, relax your belly, and soften your mind. Notice and feel how you are supported and connect with the ground below.
Allow your weight to sink into the floor, chair, or cushion. Notice all the sounds around you, and allow them just to be. Take note of the shade and light, and the air is touching your body. Sense how the sky is above you, the horizon is stretched out around you, and the earth below you, supporting your weight. Let your mind release and empty out everything that doesn't need to hold onto. Allow it to leave, flow out, and away. Let your body do the same thing. Let it release everything that it doesn’t need hold onto. Allow it to leave; flow through you, and away.
Take yourself away from the things that you have been through in your day. Bring all your energy to your center and ground yourself in the present moment. Start to notice the area around you. Breathe along with space, and notice the rise and fall of every breath. Notice how it’s coming and going, its sensation, temperature, and sound. Breathe down into the area where your body weight rests, below your spine, into your root Chakra. Breathe into this area. Allow it soften and grow with your breath, bring nourishment and life force energy into it. Let the root connect into the ground below you, deep within the earth. Bring in the color red, the color of earth. Allow your root to be bathed in red: grounding, embodying, empowering you the present moment. Allow your root to take everything it so desires. Speak these words: “I am here,” “I have every right to be at this moment, as I am,” “The earth will support me.”
Once you are ready, continue up to your belly, just
below the bellybutton, to your Hara, emotional intelligence, pleasure, movement, creativity, and choice chakra. Move your breath into your Hara. Allow this area to soften gently and expand with your breath, bring in life force energy and nourishment. Invite in the color orange, the setting sun's color. Allow your Hara to be bathed in the color orange: motivating, empowering, and balancing. Allow your Hara to be fed and say: “I honor all my needs,” “I will allow myself nourishment.”
Once you feel ready, move your focus on the soft area just below the breastbone, your Solar Plexus, your power chakra. Breathe into this area, letting the solar plexus to expand and soften gently along with your breath. Invite the color yellow in, the color of the sun. Allow your solar plexus to be bathed in the sunshine:
nurturing, restoring, and replenishing. Allow the solar plexus to take everything it needs. Say the following: “I am worth my weight in gold,” “I am enough,” “I am more than enough,” “I greatly value myself.”
Once you are ready, move up to the center of the chest, the heart, unconditional love and self-development chakra. Breathe slowly into your heart, allowing it to expand and soften with your breath. Allow in the color green, a spring color, or the color rose pink, whichever speaks to you. Allow your heart to be bathed with healing, renewal, and nourishment. Allow your heart to take in all it desires and speak, “I am nourished with love,” “I will give and receive love freely,” “I am completely loved.” Once you are comfortable and ready, move onto your neck, the throat, personal will and self-expression chakra. Let the throat to expand, soften, and breathe. Invite in the color blue, the skies color. Allow your breath to be the sky into your throat, freeing creativity and self-expression, softening control needs, opening, and clearing. Allow the throat to take in what it needs. Say, “I will go with life’s flow” “I express myself” “I speak and hear the truth.” Once you are ready, move your focus up to the forehead, between the eyebrows, the third eye, the intuition and wisdom chakra. Allow it to breathe, expand, and soften gently. Invite in the color indigo, the color of the night sky. Allow your third eye to be bathed in indigo; understanding, insight, clarity, balancing, and soothing. Allow the third eye to take all it desires. Say; “Everything is unfolding as it should.” In your own time, move your focus to the top of the head, your crown, the oneness chakra. Allow your crown chakra to breathe. Bring in the color violet and softly bathe your crown chakra in the violet; harmonizing, restoring, and balancing. Allow your crown to take everything it needs. Say, “I am one with the whole” “I am one with the universe.”
Once you feel ready, bring yourself back to the whole, back into the normal flow of the breath, back into your center. Breathe deeply into the core, and say “I am perfect as I am” “I am whole.”
Let the words energy to bather you spirit, emotions, mind, and body. Allow your body to take everything it needs. In your time, allow yourself to become aware of the air touching your body. Then notice all the sounds near you and far away. Let your chakras close a little, all you need is the intention. Notice the support you have below. Take note of how it feels now and hold you in loving kindness, for the amazing, unique, and beautiful person you are. Once you feel ready, bring you a meditation to a close and slowly open your eyes and notice how you feel and how your surroundings have seemed to change.
This meditation should not be used an everyday practice. Use this only when you feel like you chakras need to be cleaned. You can also set a schedule for when you use this meditation, once a month, with the change of the seasons, or any other schedule that works best for you.
Aw a k e n i n g Yo u r H i g h e r S e l f In 1923 Dr. Sigmund Freud wrote an
analytical paper
about
the Id and the Ego. From this
perspective, the ego was created to be a survival mechanism. The super-ego is your spirit.
As you awaken this understanding, your Spirit is carrying out your plans.
This is sometimes called your higher self. Your Spirit carries the gifts of intuition, claircognizance, clairsentience, clairaudience, and clairvoyance. Stored in your DNA is the multi-dimensional part that never left the garden. Your subconscious is the way to it. The mind only processes forty bits of info each second. The sub-conscious is a million times more powerful. The subconscious mind stores the past, but it lives in the present. This mind will replay in your mind the events that took place in the past. The ego trusts no one, expects the worst, never forgets, doesn’t forgive, whines justifies, judges, defends, blames, and rants.
The higher self can gain entry into your energy field. This point is an arm’s length above your head. You engage your higher self by sending gratitude from the heart to that entry point. The first step to connecting the higher self is quieting the ego. This is the lower self that lives in your subconscious. If we can clear all the energies that we don’t need from our subconscious, we will be able to connect to this higher self and reunite with our Spirit. The higher self is a part of you that connects you to the spiritual realm. It transcends our consciousness. It is infinitely wise and eternal. It stays in touch with the Divine since it is a part of it. Gaining knowledge of the higher self and all its wisdom is the goal of the spirit in all its different disguises.
Every one of us connects to the Divine. The higher self-transcends all
understanding of the conscious mind. This is the power that all teachers and geniuses have accessed. It is the place of miracles and magic that is in our lives. Here are some steps to contact it: Expectation and Belief You must first believe that you have a higher self to communicate with. Then you need to expect that every day this communication will improve as you focus on inner growth. Without these two essential necessities, it will be hard to achieve anything in life. These two qualities are necessary for inner growth. Set a goal to make contact with your higher self, review it daily, and maintain this purpose with determination until you get success.
Transform your World View We are raised in a materialistic world that neglects the Spirit. To establish a close connection with the spiritual realm, you must have the whole being agreeable with the goal. In
all major goals, you need to make rules as to how the game will be played. Contacting the higher self is
exactly the same. Find teachers and writings that can expand how you understand the universe as a fundamental being of the conscious mind. Solitude Take time to be completely alone. Make sure it is a quiet place. Sit quietly without any expectations. Do absolutely nothing. This might feel strange or uncomfortable at first. Keep going. Take the time for the inner voice to be heard. It will do it during the quiet time or sometime during the day. An event will happen, someone will give you the information you need, or you might get an insight. All the wonderful geniuses in history found time for regular silence and solitude. You need to, too.
Meditation
With meditation, you will work to discipline the inner chatter and silence the mind. You make a clean vessel that the higher self will fill. Follow your breath is a great meditation discipline since it concentrates on a candle flame. Visualize a gold ball in your solar plexus that will fill your entire body with healing and energy. There are many different practices that you can use.
Journal Keep your insights, dreams, emotions, and feelings in a journal daily. This will get you closer to your inner intuition. You can ask your higher self-questions and then record what answers you receive. If you do this with expectations, you will receive answers. Inner Dialogue Have regular talks with your higher self. For 40 days, decide to stay in contact through the day. Tell your higher self that you know that it’s there and you are going to pay attention to it. Ask it to speak to you and guide you. This dialogue might be one-way at first. Remember you have not been in touch for a long time. It will take the time to clear out the cobwebs. Continue to talk just like you are talking to friends, share your hopes, ask questions, and just chat. Don’t forget to listen for answers. You will get them.
Life Lessons Look at life as a mystery. Believe
that
your entire life has
been
constructed to teach you what you must know now. Approach life like it was created to do good for you. When something happens whether it be good or bad, ask yourself what lesson
you learned. Unpleasant situations and people have been put there as a challenge. When you can view life as a drama where you play the main role,
the higher self will become evident in your life. Write the finding in the journal.
A s t r a l Tr a v e l The very idea that
humans
can exit their bodies while sleeping
is
ancient. Countless people believe it is possible to communicate with cosmic beings by vivid dreams and visions that are experienced by astral travel. Between eight and twenty percent of people say they have had something similar to an out of body experience at one point in their lives. A sensation that their consciousness, or spirit is leaving their body. Many experience this during sleep or while hypnotized; some can do it while just relaxing.
The astral plane is one in the fifth dimension. This is where dreams take place. Where mystical teachings are given and where the dead go. You might get lucky enough to meet spiritual beings there. You can discover what happens when you die, your purpose in life, receive guidance, have premonitions about your future, have an awakening, learn wisdom about death, learn your inner defects, see your spiritual obstacles, learn what you don’t know about yourself, and discover secret knowledge. You will find yourself in another world that exists outside this world. You can fly, walk through objects and walls, meet new people and travel to distant lands. It is a wonderful experience. The reality is made by thoughts projecting consciousness into the physical realm. When you astral project, the conscious mind will leave the physical body and move into the astral body for the experience. You stay attached to your physical self through a silver cord. Some might see this cord when they astral project. To be able to astral project, you must feel completely relaxed, wear comfortable clothing, and be lying down. Put a comforter over you since the physical body might get cold when your spirit travels out of it.
You will stay aware of everything you experienced when you were not in
your physical body. Some people can do this naturally, while others are a little afraid to remove their consciousness from the physical body, so they choose not to learn. Astral travel can be achieved either awake or through deep meditation or lucid dreaming. People who have experienced astral projection say their spirit left their physical body and moved into the spirit world. This concept dates back to ancient China, and has been around for thousands of years. Psychics
say
the mind that dreams holds the astral body and this causes
sudden jerks that wake you up or falling dreams. Many dreams aren’t remembered and thus causes astral travel to be a subject of individuality. Those who believe in astral travel will often mention that ghost sightings are typically described as transparent
apparitions that walk along the earth. It isn’t clear if every object has an astral counterpart of if the spirit just incarnates into a body and this results in the astral travel. The phenomena might be something entirely different. Astral travel deals a little about life and the things that happen after death. There are two different thoughts on the nature of astral travel. A broad definition of these would be a phasing model and mystical model. The Phasing Model believes that it’s possible to leave your body. The astral plane and the physical world are both areas of our conscious spectrum. When someone chooses to project, they are phasing into a different area of consciousness and the locations there. You can compare this to changing the radio station. This viewpoint is seen as the external reality is only a state that is created internally. The Mystical Mode has many astral maps and belief systems, but are connected to the beliefs that Astral travel happens outside the physical body. An energy body is thought to carry the consciousness out of the physical body. Higher planes are reached by progressive projections of subtle energy
bodies from other projected bodies. This body is connected to the physical one through an energetic connection that looks like a silver cord some refer to as an umbilical cord. There are hundreds possibly thousands of techniques to help you astral travel. Everybody is different, so something works for one may not work for another. Try one and if it doesn’t work for you, move to a different one.
The Rope Technique The main object in this technique is to picture a rope hanging off the ceiling. The point of this rope is to provide pressure at a certain area on the astral body so that it will separate itself from your physical one Reach out with your imagined hands and pull on yourself. Pull yourself hand over hand up the rope that is above you. You may experience dizziness. This sensation will become stronger the farther up the rope you go.
Continue to climb and you
will
start to
feel
the
vibration. Your
entire
body will feel like it is vibrating and you may end up feeling paralyzed. Focus complete on the climb
and don not stop. This is where you feel yourself being freed from your body. Your astral body will leave the physical in the rope’s direction. You will now notice that you are hovering above your body. Now your free. Watch Yourself Sleep Lie down and make sure you’re comfortable on your back, look towards the ceiling. Completely relax and allow your mind to let go of unwanted thoughts. Let yourself know that you are going to watch yourself fall asleep. You will have to be clear about your intents. Let the body sleep while your mind stays alerted. Tell yourself to keep consciousness while your body is going into a
trance. Once you completely relax, you will need to become familiar with the sensations that your body has as you fall asleep. You need to be aware while this happens. You will feel your body feels numb and heavy.
Pay attention to your body’s sensations. You might feel like you are floating or swaying. You might feel tingling sensations in certain areas. You could even feel vibrations surging through your entire body. You may even have buzzing in your ears. Whatever you feel, don’t panic as these are signals that you are on the right path. You need to visualize you are rising from your bed and float to the ceiling. How will it feel if you did float? Make this experience as real as you can. Hold this image. If everything works, you will notice that you are floating above your body. The Monroe Technique An important part of this is that you completely relax. Now try to get yourself to go to sleep without falling asleep. Keep an awareness of being between awake and asleep. This is what they refer to as a hypnagogic state. Let this state deepen and release all of you bad thoughts. Now peer through your eyelids into the blackness. Now relax deeper. Bring vibrations into your body and make them become more intense. You need to continue to control and grow these more. During this time is when the astral body will leace your physical body. Then roll yourself over, and you will see the physical body below you.
Out of Body Experiences from Lucid Dreams Lucid dreams are where the dreamer is aware of dreaming. In the lucid dream, the person is already outside their body. To
astral
achieve
travel
from lucid dreams, you need to become obsessed with out of body experiences, and you have to desire it. It’s
important that you read as much about it as you can. You need to think about it constantly. When your mind is ridden with thoughts of out of body experiences, you need affirmations and triggers so you can have lucid dreams. All day long think about having a lucid dream. Ask yourself if you are dreaming now.
With some practice, you will be able to program your subconscious to make a lucid dream possible. Once you’re in one of these dreams, and you aware of it, you will notice that you are no longer in your body. You will be able to make yourself to see your bedroom. When you do this, your dream world will disappear, and you will find yourself floating about your body. Displaced Awareness Technique Shut your eyes and let yourself enter a trance state. Notice your room. Feel yourself about your shoulders and see all around. Don’t acknowledge anything directly. Now picture the astral body rotating. When you have finished the mental rotation, your astral head will be where your physical feet are. The astral feet should be where the physical head is positioned. Now that you have this, picture the room from this perspectice. Let go of where you are located and get rid of your sense of direction. When this is done correctly, you will feel dizzy. This is what you want When you’re comfortable, imagine floating toward the ceiling. Make this feel as real as you can. During this you will suddenly find that you have left your physical body. The Jump Technique When this technique is performed correctly, you will awaken from your dreams, and they will become lucid. This has to be done well. Ask yourself repeatedly throughout the day if you’re dreaming or not. It is important to do this because you need to know where you are. You have to make yourself doubt that you are in the physical world. For proof, jump just like you are flying. If you are really in your physical body, your feet will hit the ground. If you’re in a dream when you jump, you will begin to float
After a few days of this, you will notice that you start to jump in your dreams to see whether or not you are dreaming. When you jump, you will be floating.
The Stretch out Technique Lay close eyes,
down, your and
relax. Imagine your feet stretching and
getting longer by an inch or so. When you have this in your mind, let your feet shrink back to normal. Repeat with the head. Now alternate between your feet and head until they stretch about two feet. Now stretch them together. This starts the
vibrations and will cause you to feel dizzy. After you have practiced this a little, you will feel like you are floating and can command yourself to rise to the ceiling. The Hammock Technique Imagine that you are stretched out on a white hammock connected between palm trees at the beach. Picture yourself moving with the wind. Try to recreate this sensation while you picture yourself swaying back and forth. Continue this until you feel the vibrations begin to grow. Once the vibrations start, let you astral body roll out of the physical.
Do That Relaxing Thing Let your body relax until you can’t feel it. Continue to repeat this notion in your head and stay focused. Don’t allow yourself to give up. Say it out loud slowly if that helps. “I will have an out of body experience. I will let myself go to sleep, but I will take this waking consciousness everywhere I go. I will leave my body with complete awareness.” Continue repeating this even after you become tired, and all you want to do is roll over. If it helps you to stay comfortable then you can roll over, and continue to do it. If you begin to experience sensations or notice lights, ignore them and
don’t be worried. These will naturally happen. If you start to become too tired to remember what to say, shorten it to “mind awake, body asleep.” Continue until you lose consciousness. Whichever one of these techniques you pick, you will like not see any results the first time, or even the first couple of times. Take it slowly, and don’t become frustrated when things don’t happen. You will begin to see some results with time. You might have a physical or mental block that is preventing you from getting out of your body. You may have some past trauma, a bad diet, or an unhealthy pineal gland that you need to deal with. It could be a lot of different things. Don’t worry if you don’t remember any details about your
astral
travels. You must write them down after you have finished your travel. When you are half asleep, everything seems obvious, and you think you will remember it forever. You might be so comfortable you want to fall asleep. Stand up and write down the
details, you can reconstruct the information later. The important thing here is not what you do but why you do it. This applies to your thoughts. Just think about it. You need to be completely honest with yourself. Cleanse your mind from all garbage and never follow the flock.
How far can you go in this universe? There are no limits.
Yo u r D i v i n e S e l f The divine self is the inner life force. This is your true motivation for living. The divine self-powers you and cause you to wonder. It is the light at your core that chose to be incarnate a certain point in time. The divine self is always aware. It has been thinking and aware since you were born in this lifetime and every other lifetime. The physical realm and body that we dwell in is just what holds your higher self. You chose to be here, and that’s why you are here. This energy force of awareness and life provides you with lessons that have to be learned, and exchanges
need to be made that you are only about to do as a human. It might seem like the rules of incarnation, birth, living in this busy world, would prevent us from knowing our diving self which lives within our core. This doesn’t have to be true. You can choose it do be a different way.
We can acknowledge our divine core and start to draw our self even closer to our higher being. The first thing you have to do is to embrace your divine self. Let your mind shut off as you quiet and calm yourself. Get rid of distractions. No music, clocks, telephones, children, lawnmowers, television, or radios. Sit comfortably and chose a mirror or candle. If you chose a candle, stare into the flame. If you want to use a mirror, start at it and look over your entire face. Make sure you don’t look into your eyes, and don’t allow the flame to cause your eyes to go out of focus
Stay aware of yourself. Remain in your body and keep yourself relaxed. Keep your eyes focused. The candle flame represents the light that is all life force. Everything that is alive is powered by light. All things that are real is perceivable by the
absorption and
reflection of light. Light is all that is. The mirror reflects
an
image of self
that is both avoided and embraced. We stay away from it because we tend to want to compare it to beauty or perfect that we expect to find within the natural world. We stay away from imperfections of the body because they make use think we are unlovable and unworthy. People don’t realize that life is about the imperfections. Conscious energy is perfect and wants to be incarnate, so it can experience the sorrow and joy that is a reality. It wants to experience sorrow and joy that is imperfect and learn how to send our unconditional love in spite of these sorrows and imperfections. This
is
the
only time where you can learn true lessons
and
become closer to integrating
with the All. The All is the Source or Creator. It isn’t female or male but just is. All is presented the same way as everything else; it comes from its source. This means that everyone, awareness, and light is contantly present and everyone
is siblings in this Light Family. Something that we tend to miss is that the things and people that we assume are perfect have actually been changed to appear perfect and they’re in no way natural. The thought of natural perfection is just a lie Another reason we embrace self is the ego; everybody understands that we have a body, and this body contains a shape, face, mouth, nose, and eyese.
We believe this to be the truth because we are about
to see and feel it. When a person looks in a mirror, they will likely only see a physical thing, something that is made up of matter, like a candle or match. We may be matter, and we do decay and die, but there’s more. We can feel anger, love, cry, make things with our hands, celebrate religions, reproduce, stay up late
to think, and make choices. Are we just matter? Are we not anything more like a personality incarnate or a spirit? Thoughts and personality aren’t just a physical function. They may be powered by a physical function, but this is only a bridge between you body and spirit. Gas powers a car through combustion which changes the gases state. The brain works to convert the spirit, but we need the spirit to fuel our life. When our engines becomes clogged, we only have to look for a neglected spirit to find the reason. Being looking at
your
reflection in the mirror as not something
that
is
just bone and flesh,
but also as a spiritual being that moves within your body. Then you will develop the connection that you
have to things that are beyond the physical realm. Take a moment to look at your reflection. Notice your bodies light and the life glow that surrounds it. While doing this either with the mirror or candle, embrace the energy of creation, the light of life, and your connection to it all. Say this affirmation, “I believe in myself. I know it because I feel it in me. I can see it in my life.”
Repeat this and don’t be mindless. Repeat as you feel this truth in your heart. Take note of the divine energy and the connection with the universe and the buzz of creation on your skin. Continue to repeat this, or change it to suit you. Think about the divine self and then try to make contact with the manifesting self Make sure you stay open to the divine self and keep the heart open to be able to communicate with the higher being and see how your life happens. Do this with the cycle of the moon. This is best during a new moon. Continue doing this for as long as you feel you need to so that you can build up your relationship with your higher being, and to come closer to understanding.
At the mystical heart of all religions is the higher self. Understanding the higher self is the most important thing that anyone can have. The higher self is seen as a relationship with the evolving self on the Chart of Your Divine Self. I show many cosmic truths that were discovered by great mystics of the West and East. The Chart has three parts that can be called your identity’s trinity. There is an upper figure where a sphere of light resides. The Hindus call this Brahma. Buddhists call it Dharmakaya and Christians think of it as the Heavenly Father. It is God’s spirit that has been individualized for everyone.
Your higher self is surrounded by seven spheres that make up your body. These spheres of energy contain all your good works. This is your cosmic bank account. Your body has spheres of cosmic consciousness that include seven planes of heaven and seven spheres of awareness that correspond with the seven days of creation, the seven Archangels, the seven Elohim, and the seven colors that come from the white light that is the Father. These seven ways lead to seven paths that go back to the Source. The lords of the seven rays are masters who teach on these paths. Your higher self is a part of you right now. It will never be removed. It is not separate from you in space or time. The only separation that you have from your higher self is your consciousness, your limitations, and the vibrations you have accumulated from this life and previous ones that are less than your
highest qualities. Between the light above and the soul below is the higher self.
The higher self is a part of you that translates an imperfect soul into perfection. It is a portion of you that is real and can stand within the presence
of your God. Some Christians refer to your higher self as the inner heart of the man. It is your higher self that helps you come through your evolutions and all your experiences in space and time. Depending on your religion, you can think of this higher self as a guardian angel, voice of conscience, your inner guru, and of course your closest friend.
What the Chart show is that all of us has a higher self and everyone is destined to be one with the higher self. It doesn’t matter if we call it Atman, Tao, Buddha, or Christ. Your soul evolves on a spiritual path in space and time. It is part of the mortal you, but it can become immortal. The violet flame is a presence that surrounds you. This flame is an energy that has a high frequency and forgives. It is a spiritual alchemy. There is a protective white light known as God around the violet flame. We apply the spoken word to call forth the light as protection. It will seal our chakras and aura from the weight of darkness. The white light that descends from God to the higher self is a silver cord or the umbilical cord. It is the lifeline that connects you to the Spirit. This silver cord nourishes a radiant flame of God that is closed inside the secret chamber in the heart. This is a threefold flame that carries the attributes of love, wisdom, and power. th
It is a very spiritual flame that is about 1/16 of an inch and focused in the body at heart. It is a sacred fire that God has moved from his heart to yours.
Your soul’s evolution is ascended to the light, fulfill your mission, balance
your
karma,
and grow in self-mastery. The end of your incarnations is
becoming the real self so you
can return to the spiritual dimension that is your real home. By paying attention to your spiritual path, the figures on the chart that are separated due
to a limited consciousness will eventually become one. You can attain a union with God.
Tr u s t Yo u r I n t u i t i o n A little voice in your head. A tingle. An urge. These are gut feelings talking to you. What are they saying and do you need to listen? Many have experienced a sense of knowing something before we know them. You wait at a green light and miss getting hit by a car that ran a red light. You decide out of the blue to go on a blind date, and you find the love of your life. If we could just tap into these insights, we would be better. Guess what? You can. If you can learn to identify what signals to listen to. It might be butterflies in your tummy, a certainty that something is about to happen, or sweaty palms. Intuition is more material than it seems. The intuitive right brain is reading your surrounding while the left brain is engaged in something else. The body registers this information while the mind remains unaware of what is going on. Theory suggests
that
you might feel an
event
approaching due
to
dopamine neurons. Dopamine keeps track of reality and alerts us to patterns that we
can’t consciously detect. Just how do you choose what gut feeling to trust? That is a matter of combining the intuition and the mind and getting the right balance between rational thinking and gut instinct. When you notice an intuitive hit, you can engage your mind to weigh the choices and figure out how to act on them. Here are some gut feelings that experts recommend you pay attention to:
Something Feels Wrong with Your Body Listen to your body’s signals is the crucial part of exercising your intuitive
sense. Your body is a wonderful communicator. Intuition can allow you to get warning signs when something is off with your body so you can take care of it. If you have a feeling about your body like something is toxic or weak, listen to it. Get it looked at. Many people ignore this sense when something isn’t right, and then they find out that something small has become large.
Physical symptoms have symbolic values. If you are near someone and your energy level goes down, don’t ignore this intuition. Sleepiness can mean that you are near an energy draining circumstance or person. It might be your body’s way of telling you that the conditions are draining your energy. If you stay in this situation that makes you feel depleted, it can lead to situations where you could become stuck, anxious, and depressed. Pay attention to any physical sensation that happens suddenly during an interaction. You might get a burning sensation in your stomach before deciding not to get in a cab and moments later the driver gets arrested for theft. You can feel intuitions in most parts of your body. Most feel them in their stomach or chest. The stomach is more common since the intestine house the enteric nervous system referred to as the second brain.
You Feel Like You Are in Danger The feelings you get from someone in the first ten seconds you meet them is an ancient biological wisdom. Early humans that could detect quickly if a stranger was a foe or friend and had a better survival rate. Their descendants could read emotional signals in other’s faces instantly.
Since social conditioning can help create beliefs and these beliefs can produce impressions and decisions that are flawed. Check your gut feelings with your rational mind when you can. There are ways you can take care of what feels like warnings. If you feel you can’t trust someone, you need to pay attention to that feeling. If you are walking alone and you feel like you need to stay away from the person coming toward you, cross the street or change your path.
You Want to Help
Our gut instincts have been developed to help us avoid danger, but we have evolved so much that we have the capability to sense when a friend needs help. Sympathy is a basic instinct. This is why evolution gave attention to the parts of the brain that make us think about other people’s feelings. Evolution has enabled you to be able to read faces and signals, so you don’t have to wait to be asked before you reach out to help. The smallest gesture can make a huge difference in someone’s day. People are more compelled to give after they see pictures of people after a disaster rather than just reading about it.
The ability to read other’s faces doesn’t just help others. Generosity makes the brain’s pleasure center light up as bright as the Las Vegas strip.
Individuals that help others experience improvements in overall wellbeing, immunity, and mood. Following your instincts for generosity and sympathy is a good investment for your happiness and health, too. You Know What You Are Doing There
are
things in your life that you have problems with. You have cooked
a
certain dish for what seems like forever but when you mother-in-law is coming to dinner, your brain shuts off, and you forget what to do. The can-do
instinct that has been developed over the years gets drowned out by overthinking. Beginning golfers do better when they think about their putts. Experienced golfers do worse when the start thinking about what they are doing. Rational thinking does serve beginners since they are still developing technique and muscle memory. For experienced players, their natural instinct took over, and they did a better job. Overriding their neural patterns and instincts for logical thought destroyed their performance.
When you get tempted to think too much about something that you know
how to do, try some distraction. When your yoga instructor call out that dreaded pose that eludes you, say the alphabet backward or sing your favorite song to yourself. Engaging your mind with something else will leave your instincts free to do what they do. This Feels Right When your intuition says that you have found someone or something that is right for you, the choice will become very easy. It will feel good and won’t feel like you are forcing anything. When
you
need to make a
large decision
that will have lasting repercussions, you need to let
your gut decide. Using our gut instincts to make big decisions leads to choices that are more satisfying. These decisions will improve your quality of
life. Here are some ways to trust and uncover your intuition: Release Your Core Beliefs All of us carry core beliefs. These were formed from the time of birth and continue to change with interactions, environment, circumstances that we experienced growing up. These beliefs want to rule us. It seems like we are strapped beside our alter ego that is determined to take us down, all while we are begging it to stop. Identify what you think about yourself, move and feel through all the negativity, the pain and accept all that happened along the way. This allows you to go forward and trust your intuition. Turn Loose of Childhood Hurts Like most people, childhoods are perfect. There are some good memories and bad ones, too. As you get older, you will look back and realize how hard it was for your parents to raise you. You will learn to accept and love your parents for who they are and be
grateful for everything they did for you. Stop blaming your parents for your adult choices. Do what it takes to let go of all the childhood hurts. If you can’t or won’t, it is only going to hold you back in everything you try to do. It will stop your ability to trust your intuition. Listen to Your Gut Intellectually all of us know that this means to follow that little voice in your heart or head. Listen to your gut because the answer will be within you.
This sounds simple, but for some, it will be developed with time. Allow yourself to move forward and change. Don’t wallow in self-doubt. There are probably times you can remember where you didn’t listen to your gut and you chose a different path. Your choices probably didn’t give you good results, and then you wasted time blaming yourself for making a stupid decision. Trust your gut. It will never lead you wrong. Meditate in Strange Places You could begin with walking meditation if you like being outdoors. You could sit quietly on a cushion and enjoy the start of your day. You can sneak in a quick meditation on the subway or sit in a doctor’s office. Take time to meditate while your dog is enjoying friends at a dog park. The wonderful thing about meditating is
the space that you can find in between. That space where one thought ends and the next hasn’t quite begun. You can rejuvenate, reflect, and rest in this quiet, natural space. This space is where compassion, clarity, and understanding is nurtured and born. This is a safe place where you can
get to know yourself. You can sit still and listen to what is inside. Regular meditation will keep your intuition present and fresh.
Forgive Self-harm Everyone has a form of self-harm like boozing, isolating, or over-indulging.
The biggest harm we cause ourselves if stay stuck in our beliefs that we aren’t worthy. If you can walk away from self-harm, you can begin to let down your guard that wants to punish you. When you start to look at yourself with forgiveness and compassion, you will fill that space with mindfulness and love. You can start to tap into your gut at a deeper level. Break All Bonds of Resentments and Attachments
If you find it hard to get rid of anything, you are hanging on the feelings that are attached to bad feelings like resentment and anger. This will only allow those feelings to grow and fester. When you release your grip on attachments and resentments, you are giving yourself permission to let go completely. You will start to make a space where you can relax and learn to trust yourself. You will start to rely on and listen to your intuition. Come Home to Yourself It is way too easy to get into a bad habit of compulsively rushing, seeking, and searching for something just to keep yourself distracted from feeling uncomfortable. Stop running away and begin to run to yourself. Trust yourself to hold the answers. Once you can feel at home with yourself, you will start to feel safe in the world. You will begin to pay attention and listen to your intuition. Wherever you are at is perfect. Every one of us is a work in progress. It will take practice, patience, and willing to find self-discovery. When you awaken and connect to your intuition, anything will be possible.
PersonalMeditation The meditations in this chapter will help you connect with yourself better, and will help you to become more in tune with yourself. This will aid in your ability to connect with your divine and higher self. When you are more connected with yourself, the easier it will be for you to trust your intuition. You’re not going to doubt someone that you are close with; the same goes for yourself. Let’s begin. Sleep Meditation The length of this meditation depends on how many times you have to do it before you begin to fall asleep. Some may be able to do it only once; others may have to go through it a couple of times.
Take notice of how your body feels lying down, and take note of sensations throughout; lightness, heaviness, itchiness, tension, movement, heat, coolness, pressure, temperature, or
tingling. Notice these sensations without judging any of them, or without fighting them. Relax and continue to breathe deeply in through your nose and out through your mouth. Now change your awareness to different areas of your body beginning with your right thumb. Notice any sensation in this area. If there isn’t any sensation, notice the lack of a sensation and then move to the index finger. Repeat this process for every finger on your right hand, and then the complete right hand. Now take your attention to your wrist, then up to the forearm, the elbow, the upper arm, the shoulder, the armpit, and the right side of your body. In all of these areas notice the sensations or lack thereof. If any thoughts come up, acknowledge them and then allow them to be
release, like a cloud floating across the sky. Now take your thoughts to your left hand, up your arm, your shoulder, and the left side of your body. Observe everything you feel in each area as you did on the right side. Acknowledge and pay attention to these sensations. Don’t try to figure out why they are there or understand them, just notice them. Keep your breath a normal rate. Now
focus
your attention on your right buttock
and
notice it’s sensations. Move down your right leg to your thigh, then onto your knee, then the calf,
the shin, the ankle, foot, and then the toes. As you did on the right, trace down your left leg for sensations starting with your left buttock. Make sure you are staying completely relaxed. If you notice any area of your body is tensed, breathe into it and allow the tension to dissolve away. Take your focus to your back; tingling, heat, coolness, pressure, or any other kind of movement. Move your attention to the front of the body and focus on your stomach, up your chest, and then around your neck. Lastly, focus on your chin, up to your cheeks, your nose, both eyes, eyelids, right eyebrow, left eyebrow, both temples, your forehead, back of the head, sides of your head, and your crown. Relax for a moment. Rest in the new awareness you have created. Continue your breath as normal. Scan through your body again, but in bigger clusters, right then left arm, then both arms together, right then left leg, then both legs together, stomach, chest, neck, and your head.
Then scan your body as a whole. Continue this same process, starting from the beginning with just your right thumb, until you feel yourself starting to relax into sleep.
Repeat this as many times as you need to. Laughter Meditation This meditation is a more advanced meditation. This typically takes about 12 minutes and is made up of three separate parts; stretching, laughter, and stillness. This meditation should be done first thing in the morning on an empty stomach. If that doesn’t work for you, make sure you do this right before lunch or dinner. Begin by stretching out your body. Stand on your toes and interlace your fingers. Your arms above your with your palms facing up, keeping the fingers intertwined. Slowly release. Stretch and loosen your face and jaw muscles. Yawning is a perfect way to do so. Begin you laughter by turn the corners of your mouth up into a soft smile. Let your smile grow and then begin laughing without using any force. Start to deepen you laughter so that you can feel it coming up from your belly. Try to laugh with yourself, or a partner if you are doing this with a friend. Do not laugh about or at something or someone. Be mindful while you are laughing. Notice everything your experience at this moment. Continue your laughter for five minutes. Once your five minutes are up, stop laughing and gently close your eyes. Allow your body to become still and find a comfortable spot to sit if chose to stand while you were laughing. Notice the silence around. Ignore the thoughts that may come and shift your attention to your sensations and feelings in the body. Higher-Self Meditation
This meditation will help you to connect with your higher self. This meditation can take up to 30 minutes to complete, so make sure you have
plenty of time set aside. Start by focusing your attention on your breath. Take a deep, slow breath in and allow your stomach to expand out. Slowly exhale and allow
your body to relax with your exhale completely. Allow the mind to become still and relaxed. If any thoughts come up while in this meditation, in your mind, simply say “silence now.” Allow your eyes to close and imagine yourself relaxing under a large tree. The branches of the trees extend out high above you, reaching towards the light in the sky. This is just like the network of branches that connects you to your higher self’s light. Picture a gorgeous golden angel standing before you; this is your high self, and who you are. As you take in this angel, it glows with light and smiles at you. Ask your angel, your higher self, to combine with you. Picture a part of your higher self as a golden ball falling and sinking into your body as you are sitting under the large tree. Feel this ball entering into your crown chakra. A part of your higher self-has now become one with your consciousness. You now also have a permanent golden light that connects you to your higher self. Now check in with your higher self, and see what it wants to tell you. Ask your higher self any questions if you have something that you need an answer to. Let your mind sit still and wait for words, images, or impressions to enter your mind. Your higher self can communicate with your through instant knowing, pictures, or words. This will change and evolve the more of connection you have with your higher self. You have now completed your first step in connecting with your higher self. The more you practice, the easier this will become, and your connection will become stronger. Every day, clear your mind and connect with your higher
self when you need guidance. Now is the time to leave your meditation. Gently bring your mind back to the body. Wiggle your toes and fingers and once your mind and body feel ready, slowly open your eyes and come back to consciousness.
ClearingOutNegativeEnergy We live in a world of twos just like it was intended. There is good and bad and right and wrong. The yin and yang theory exists inside and out. This is the reason why the earth’s plane is a great school for the soul’s expansion. It there wasn’t duality, we wouldn’t have growth, variety, joy, or pain.
This means that the energies and people we come in contact with offer us lessons that we need while on our path here. This might just point to learning how to clear, protect, and work with negative energy. It could easily be compared to a video game. Anyone can feel the effects of lower energies during times of transition and high stress. We sometimes absorb, receive, or attract lower energies from the people in our environment. This is all part of the game, and these experiences will help us expand as souls and individuals. Here are some signs to know that negative energy has latched onto you: You might get calls dropped or static on your phone when speaking to someone where you normally get a good connection. You might begin feeling depressed, and you have never been diagnosed with depression. You can’t log into your bank or other online accounts, and you just get an error message, and you know your internet is strong. You get tired quickly and feel like you need a nap even though you slept fine the night before. You restrain from helping yourself like eating even though you are hungry. You have a sore throat and feel like you have the flu.
You lose your wallet or keys, have something stolen, lock your keys in the car. Your email didn’t get to who it was intended for, and then you get fussed at for not emailing them. Your mind begins to spin on negative thoughts about something or someone from your past. You try hard to shake them off, and they just stick to you like glue. Your behavior begins to be against self-love like spending too much money on unnecessary things especially if you don’t have the money for it. This is important if this isn’t your normal character. There
are
endless possibilities, so it is up to all of us to recognize and notice
these
patterns since they are personal. It might take you years to see what is happening when you get affected by negative energy. If you experience a combination of these all in one day, or in a short time span, this can help you realize what is happening. It will become clearer as you begin to tune into
your awareness. When you realize you that you have picked up negative energies, there are several methods you can use either alone or together to help clear your energy field, body, and mind of this negativity. The reverse is true even if it was unintentional.
The world houses many people. Every person has their desires and intentions. Some are positive while others are negative. While others tend to embrace negativity completely. It isn’t possible to remove every negative person from your life. They might be coworkers or possibly family. It isn’t possible to change these people either. This leaves you in a predicament, especially if you are a sensitive empath. There is hope; you can get out of that predicament without having to change others but changing what is inside you. Here are some ways that you can clear this negativity: Declare you are getting rid of this energy: By stating intentions loud
your out has
incredible power. This simple act makes them real. Making them exist instead of just being an idea. When you have decided that all the negative energy around you is enough and you want to reduce it, start by saying it aloud. You don’t have to tell anyone. Just get it out there and let your voice come back to your ears. Take the intention and go forward to
make it happen. Yawn: Yes, do it. Many think that yawning is a sign of discontentment or boredom, it clears the body of unwanted energy. This should not be a surprise since breathing can reduce anxiety. Yawning is just a strong purpose filled breath. Smudge: An unpleasant person spent the weekend with you, and now your place feels heavy with negative energy. You may feel as though you have brought too much stress home from work. In either scenario, a smudging might be what you need. In smudging ceremonies, white sage has been used for hundreds of years to get rid of unwanted spirits and energies. Say a Mantra: This takes the declaring your intention one step more and lets
you order the negative energy out. Repeat this: I, (state your name), do not give permission for any nonphysical or living being to come into my body, energy field, spirit, soul, and mind for anything other than love. I break all agreements, vows, and contracts that I may have made unknowingly in any dimension, space, and time that will diminish the expression of my joyful soul. I break all agreements from this point in time and backward through all experiences in
my past, and forward till the end of time. I order these people and energies to leave this space NOW! You no longer have power over me. I ask for protection from these energies so that they won’t return to my energy field. I build a shield of light around me with this intention and my free will. I thank you that it’s done. (end) Say this mantra as many times as you need to. Laugh: There is a reason that laughter is called the best medicine. It triggers a change in your body that boosts positive energy and reduces stress and pain. You might feel weird to laugh at nothing. Just do it. Within moments, your laugh will be genuine. Get a Himalayan salt lamp: Himalayan salt lamp cleanses the air around it and will increase positive energy. It produces negative ions that grab positive ones the exude negativity. It sounds counterintuitive, but the results are great. There are many different salt lamps. Dance: Your brain releases endorphins every time you dance. This creates a positive field around you. It also talks about the universe. Joy is a high form of vibration. This places you on a plane that negativity can’t reach. Change your karma: When you are faced with negative energy, you might be tempted to dish it right back at them. This accomplishes nothing. It will set
you back and causes more energy to build up. Engage in acts of kindness. Help someone less fortunate. Donate to your favorite charity. Volunteer your time at a food pantry. These acts will reduce the negative energy and boost your karma. Spend time with someone special: If you are in a relationship, having sex can help get rid of negative energy and replace it with positive. Other things will happen when two people have sex like lowering blood pressure, boosting your immune system, and stress relief. Create a negative collector: Set a glass on water on a table or light a candle. While looking at it declare your intent to get all the negative energy into the water or flame. This will also get rid of pain and emotional problems. Go
Green:
Plants are a great filter for negative energy. Place on in every room that you spend time in. Open windows and let the sunlight in is another good cleaner.
Claim the space: If you place feels like it is full of other people’s stuff, walk around and claim it. Once you have installed positive energy, the negative energy that hangs around won’t be able to stay. Salt: Sprinkle salt on your carpets. Let it sit for about an hour and then vacuum. Salt has a natural ability to absorb negative energy. You can also put out bowls of salt in the corners of each room. Let it sit for a few hours and then remove it. Room Spray: Make a room spray with essential oils that will clear out negative energy. The best ones to use are patchouli, frankincense, lavender, and rose.
This will work on people, too. Just mist yourself gently.
High-frequency music: Playing music with high vibrations will make a big difference. We know that music makes a difference in our energy. It does the same thing for spaces. Black Tourmaline: This crystal can clear negative energy. This crystal doesn’t need to be cleared as others crystals do. This can work for people, as well. Just put on in your purse or pocket when traveling. It is good for sensitive people who pick up on energy and need protection. Clean your office or home: You need to unclutter. Old things trap negative energy. You need to get rid of documents, magazines, newspapers, and old clothes. Clean your house. Don’t just vacuum and do the dishes. Clean the laundry, windows, walls, curtains, and rugs. Open the windows and let the fresh air in. Make your office or home a positive space, and you will notice all the negative energy leave. Change the way you think: Clean your negative thoughts. Don’t allow small problems to bother you. Don’t criticize or judge others and try not to complain. Love yourself more. Forgive yourself. No one is perfect. Don’t dwell on imperfections or mistakes. Say positive affirmations daily to help you make your thoughts positive. Motivating and inspiring quotes do the same thing. Keep a gratitude journal. Take a few minutes each day to write what you are thankful for. Don’t pretend to be a victim. You have created your life so take the responsibility. Stop putting the blame on others and take steps to make your life better. Take a bath: Take a hot shower or bath can help elevate your energy. This is very easy. Just soak about 20 to 30 minutes to unwind and relax. You can also add some sea salt or essential oils to your bath. Salt baths are a great way to cleanse your aura and increase your vitality and health. Put your worries on paper: Write down everything that worries you. It might seem like it’s huge, but when you see it on paper, you will understand that it isn’t much at all and you can handle it. The reason behind this is to take the negative energy from inside you and put it on paper. Don’t make this list short. Try to write down all of your negative thoughts. Every worried thought that you are having. Then get rid of the paper. Throw it away or burn it.
Meditate: Mediation increases your serotonin and improves your behavior and mood. It will decrease anxiety, helps gain peace of mind and clarity. It
will help heal your energy system and keep a vibrant energy field. Choose a peaceful environment. Lie or sit down comfortable and clear your mind. Meditation isn’t complicated. Visualize: you
If are
worried about something, visualize
the
outcome
as
positive. Envision the result in your mind, so you won’t have to worry about it anymore. Imagine how it will make you feel and keep that feeling for as long as you can. If nothing is worrying you, but you still feel negative, visualize a dream that makes you happy. Work it out: When nothing else is working, and you still feel sad or angry, the best thing you could do is sweat it out. Exercise is a great way to battle anxiety, depression, and stress. Whatever you choose to do, tennis, walking, swimming, lifting weights, yoga, running, a great workout can clean your mind of negative thoughts.
U s e Yo u r M i n d t o H e a l Over the last few decades, a revolution has happened with how we see the body. What
looks just like an object, an anatomical structure, is a process, which is a constant flow of information and energy. Think about this; at this moment, your body is switching things around, shuffling and exchanging its molecules
and atoms with everything in the universe. This is being done at a speed faster than you can change your clothes. Actually, the body your have right now, at this very second, is different than the body you had when you work, or even from a few minutes ago.
All of the cells in your body are in constant communication with each other so that they can fight off diseases and infections, eliminate toxins, digest food, keep your heart beating, and several other functions that help to keep you alive. These processes probably seem like that are out of conscious control, a lot of research has found that there is nothing that holds more power over your body than your mind. When you think, you are using brain chemistry. When you experience an emotion, thought, or feeling, you are creating a neuropeptide. These molecules travel through the body and connect with receptor neurons and cells. The brain uses information, turns it into chemicals, and then tells the entire body that there is either cause for celebration or trouble. The body is directly affected as the neuropeptides flow through the bloodstream, sharing the energetic effect of what the brain is currently feeling and thinking.
When a person says their heart is happy, then they have have a happy heart. If a person were to look inside that heart, they would find being affected by the molecules that cause happiness and joy, like large amounts of serotonin and dopamine. If a person was excessively sad, their skin could be examined and they would find large amounts cortisol. To be able to harness the unlimited power of your mind you have to expand
your self-awareness. When self-awareness is closed, then the flow of information and energy through the body-mind is hindered. This causes people to stay in toxic emotions like self-pity, regret, and resentment. Bad habits like not exercising or overeating tend to take hold. The loop of feedback between your body and mind will turn negative, and stress will either grind away at your daily life or your feel it hit instantaneously.
At the other end of things, when self-awareness is open, energy can flow freely. You are more creative, flexible, and balanced. You see the world and yourself with understanding and compassion. You become open to new things, and you have more energy. With this level of awareness, you have the power to create yourself a new reality, a reality that is full of vibrant well-being and health. There are lots of different ways you can expand your awareness, which includes mindfulness and meditation. A self-aware approach to your life would include: Don’t fear the future or regret the past. These will only bring out misery with self-doubt Redefine yourself each and every day
Don’t keep any secrets; they cause shadows in the psyche Become emotionally free, being resilient, emotionally, is a better defense than being rigid Work through blocks such as guilt and shame; they will falsely color reality Be responsible for all your conscious choices
Examine all points of view as if they were your own Don’t let denial censor incoming data Don’t allow the feedback loop to be shut down by prejudices, judgment, or rigid beliefs Remain as open to input as you can be Be passionate about your experiences and your life With that in mind, let’s look at how housing that power can help you to heal yourself. A 37-year woman from Hungary was diagnosed with breast cancer, but she didn’t want to use conventional treatment. The doctors suggested removing her breasts, but she didn’t want to have to go through that. She felt that the answer was inside of her. She turned to things like reflexology and reiki before learning about German new medicine. German new medicine taught her that cancer was caused by the emotional conflict. Unfortunately, these things didn’t work for her, and cancer started to spread. She then made her way to Lourdes looking for a cure.
Let’s stop for a second. The knowledge of the mind being able to heal you isn’t harmless. When these claims are made without any evidence, it can cause false hope, and if a person chooses to completely reject conventional treatment, they could die. This makes it surprising that
not
so
skeptics write off healing thoughts as evil and a threat to
humanity that needs to be gotten rid of. They like to brand it as a placebo effect or quackery. But the thing is, these claims have no scientific proof either. While the mind may not be able to heal you completely, use of conventional medicine will likely be needed; there is growing evidence that the mind does influence your physical health. You state of mind plays a big part in the effects of things like depression, fatigue, nausea, and pain. Burn patients find a 50% better reduction in pain
by using virtual reality games instead of painkillers. Placebo medications work through the mind. The mind expects the medication to do something, which causes the release of dopamine and other healing chemicals.
If you are having trouble believing that your body has this kind of power, consider these examples from medical literature: A group veterans that were plagued by severe osteoarthritis were able to regain pain-free mobility after they had shame surgery. The surgeon made a small incision on their knees and sewed the incisions back up, but did nothing to their knees.
A woman that had suffered from depression was so impressed at how well her depression had lifted that she thought she was in the active drug group. She later found out that she was in the placebo group. A man had been diagnosed with incurable cancer and died not long after, but his autopsy showed that he had been misdiagnosed. The key to being able to tap into this power is through mental rehearsal. This is where you picture the desired outcome in a way that causes your inner thoughts to be more real than what is around you. If you can combine a clear intention of what it is you want along with a positive emotion, gratitude, and joy, you can give your body a taste what could possible happen, but in the present moment. If
you
make
can
this
visualization feel enough,
real the
brain won’t be able to distinguish the difference and will fire up some new neurons and create connections until things begin to appear as if this event has taken place. In a quantum physics standpoint, all of your possibilities exist in the current moment, so you pick a new future from these infinite possibilities, and you are successful in your use of mental rehearsal to make it feel real enough times, it is possible to observe your new future into reality by
changing your DNA. This means you become somebody new because the body and the brain won’t identify with who you used to be. In this way, you have become your placebo. This can work for anybody. There is no need to be a spiritual master or a neuroscientist for this to work. To help get you on the right track, here are seven ways to get your mind working for your body: 1. Help your treatments work by expecting them to work This goes back to how effective the placebo effect can be. If you are told that a pill can cure your headache, the treatment is more likely to be helpful, even if the pill doesn’t have any medicinal qualities. If you go to a chiropractor for back pain or a physical therapist for a bad knee, you have to believe that these treatments are going to help for them to be effective.
2. Keep a gratitude journal for better sleep If you have a problem with insomnia, using a gratitude journal may be able to help. Studies have found that gratitude is linked to better quality and longer sleep. Right before bed, write down three things that you are grateful for. Coming up with these feelings of thankfulness before you go to sleep will increase your odds of a better night’s sleep.
3. Focus on your life’s purpose and live longer If you feel that you have a purpose in life, then you have a
greater
chance of living longer. Research
has
found that people that believe that their lives are purposeful live a longer and healthier life. This could mean that you find purpose in your life, or you find
meaning in volunteering for your community, make sure that you do something that matters to you. Give yourself a reason to want to hop out of
bed every day. 4. Keep optimistic, and your immunity will receive a boost Lots of research has found that people who are optimistic are a lot less likely to become sick. For a long time they believed optimistic people just took better care of themselves, but recently they have found that the hopeful outlook is what boosts their immunity. When you look on the bright side of things, you are less likely to have a cold or an infection because your immune system can perform at its peak efficiency.
5. Meditation slows aging Meditation can provide you with a buffer from the effects that stress has on your body. Meditation is also able to slow your rate of cellular aging. This means you can stay looking more youthful, and avoid agerelated diseases through meditation. Research has found that if you teach children to meditation, it will provide them with lifelong benefits. It doesn’t matter what age you are thought. It’s never too late to receive health benefits with meditation. 6. Imagine yourself working out, and you can build muscles Wouldn’t it be great if you could become
buff by just imagining yourself lifting weights? This may be possible because research has found that using mental imagery can help you
to gain muscle growth without ever lifting a finger. One particular study has
found that people who pictured themselves lifting weights had a 24% increase in muscle strength. The people that lifted weights had better results, but the research still shows that mental training works and results in changes.
7. Laughing will reduce heart disease If you want to have a healthier heart, then start thinking about something that
will make you laugh. Laughter can decrease stress hormones and increase your good cholesterol, as well as reducing artery inflammation. The effects of laughter will last 24 hours after you laugh. Your mind can be your worst enemy or your best asset. Start training your brain so that it can help your body to perform at its best. Everybody can build their mental strength. With a little bit of practice, mental exercises may just be the key to living a happier and longer life.
P s y c h i c Aw a re n e s s Psychic awareness
is
completely real if you haven’t figured that out so far. Celebrities like
Kelsey Grammer, Jennifer Aniston, and Demi Moore have all said publicly that psychic awareness is an important part of their everyday life. Business icons like Bill Gates and Henry Ford have said that it was the helping hand to their biggest achievements. Recently psychic awareness has become more mainstream. This isn’t something that is only found in new age shops or on psychic hotlines on late night TV. Even scientists have started talking about psychic awareness, and the CIT has admitted that they have been exploring this. Individually, psychic ability is there to help you to avoid suffering, to help you make the best decision, and help you to see the path your need to take to achieve everything you want in life. It’s present to help make your life more peaceful, more exciting, and more joyful. Everybody has the ability to develop psychic abilities. It’s an innate and natural ability that only needs to be developed with some training and experience. Now, ask yourself, are you using and developing your psychic abilities? If you’re not, then why? You could be missing out and denying yourself some of the best gifts available. There are several excuses out there as to why people have chosen not to develop their psychic abilities. Some of the most common are: Psychic abilities are evil This is commonly preached in religious viewpoints. But let me point in worries you may have at ease. Psychic abilities have nothing to do with evil
things. This is a natural
human
ability that you have to tap into. There are no dark forces at play. Only certain people
have this ability This isn’t true at all. Like I’ve said before, this is something that everybody can tap into. Psychic ability doesn’t require any sort of special abilities.
It takes years to develop fully While it may try that you won’t ever stop learning and working with your ability, it does not take intense training or years to develop. There are several different ways to develop your abilities. Some of these can take a few weeks, while others are slower and not as direct. Becoming psychic will turn me into a freak This
what shows movies
maybe
TV and want
you to think, but this isn’t the case in real
life. You won’t act crazy, you won’t see dead people, and you will be able to live a perfectly normal life. Yes, you can use this ability to tune into things that other people
can’t, but if you are trained properly, you will be able to keep this under control. Now that we’ve covered some common reason of avoiding the development of psychic abilities let’s move onto why should develop them. First, you need to understand your channels of communication. Many often assume that psychic skills mean that you can see mental pictures, or you’re
clairvoyant. However, being able to see things is only one way of receiving information. Some people abilities come through as clairsentient, which means that they receive their guidance with feelings. You can also receive information through clairaudience, which is hearing a something either inside or outside of your mind. There’s also claircognizance, which means you know chunks of information about something without having a reason to know. Everybody has a natural channel to receive their psychic guidance, along with a secondary channel. The important thing is to be open to all of these different channels.
Daily meditation is another important part of developing your psychic abilities. Research has found a strong connection with psychic abilities and meditation. Meditation has the ability to synchronize the wave patterns of both brain hemispheres. This allows for the flow of information from the right side of the brain into the left side of the brain. Cleansing and balancing your chakras is also important. After you have become used to daily meditation, the next thing is to start opening your chakras, which act as psychic channels. This is done by performing a meditation that is specifically designed to balance your chakras.
Next, you need to be mentally attuned. This means that you have centered your awareness onto your higher self’s connection with the source of love and knowledge. If your mind slips into the ego, then your readings will start to become unreliable and inconsistent. What’s worse, you may become afraid and unhappy. Create an atmosphere to live in that expands your abilities. The environment of your room can detract or contribute from your abilities. Research has found that people that were in distraction-free rooms were able to give better readings. These rooms also had soft background music, and they were dimly lit. It also helps if you are well rested and comfortable. It also helps to pray. This doesn’t mean you have to be a religious person and pray to a God, but prayer in general helps. Studies have found a correlation between prayer and telepathy. Prayer helps to work your psychic mind, so figure out a higher being to pray to and watch how your abilities will change.
Start using some of these methods to help you further develop your psychic abilities. Make sure that you are open to everything, and be prepared for
amazing things to happen
when you are.
HealingMeditation The meditations you will find in this chapter will help you to heal different aspects of your life. Since these meditations will be helping you to work through things, they can get tough. If at any point during either of the meditations you start to feel overwhelmed, take a moment and pause, take a few deep breaths, and come back to it once you are calm.
Anger Releasing Meditation This meditation should take around 20 minutes, and is made to help you work through past events that may be causing your anger in the present. Start by taking a few deep breaths. Be aware of your breaths as you inhale and exhale. Do a few breaths until you start to feel relaxed and centered.
While you are breathing in, the picture that you are
breathing in white light, and when you breathe
out,
you’re releasing all the anger and tension in your body. Now you find yourself in a movie theater. As the lights dim and the screen lights come on,
you see a memory from your past begin to play on the screen. This memory is one of when you felt anger or pain from somebody or something from your childhood. Let this movie continue to play from the movie projector. Let yourself watch this memory as it continues to play, but make sure you stay detached from the emotions as much as you can.
You take a glance around the theater, and you notice that there is somebody else in the room with yours. This is the same person that caused you pain in the past. They are also sitting and watching this memory play out. This person is getting to experience the pain that you suffered while the memory plays.
You notice that the person starts to cry and then asks you for your forgiveness. You start to feel emotional as you process through the trauma and hurt that this memory has brought up. In this space, you feel space completely and you decide to walk over to this person that has hurt you. You let them know that all of this is in the past and that you will forgive them for all the pain that they have caused you. The room starts to fill up with a violet light and covers you and the person, and completely takes away the pain and hurt that you are feeling. You are crying, and you’re being healed at a very deep level. You embrace this person in a hug, which allows your heart to open even more.
You notice all of your layers of anger and pain come to the surface a release away from a very deep level. As the feelings come up, stay with them for as long as you need to, until they have been released. The violet light changes into a healing green light. Picture this healing green light all around you and healing every layer of you. The green light slowly dims back to the dark room, and the screen turns to white. The lights come back on. Once you feel ready, slowly and gently bring your thoughts back to your body. Wiggle your fingers and toes, and, once you’re ready, slowly open your eyes and come back to consciousness. Releasing Fears This meditation will provide you with psychic protection and help you to break through anxious and fearful feelings. This meditation can take around 15 minutes. Start by calling upon the light, God, the Archangel Michael, or whatever you view this to be. Take in a deep, cleansing breath, and exhale slowly and gently. Start to become aware of your breaths speed. When you breathe slowly and deeply, your mind and body will start to relax. Take in another deep breath and release it slowly. Picture a violet light
coming from the sky and entering into the crown of your head. Picture this light removing any negativity, or fear based energies. This violet light is calming all of the fear-based energy that could be affecting you at this moment. Keep asking this light to calm your fears, whatever these fears may be. Your fear could manifest several ways; repetitive habits, phobias, or fears. Watch as this light change these fears into neutral energy. After a few minutes, all your anxiety and fear will become more manageable. Ask this light to seal up your aura and picture the aura becoming strong and clear. If, at this point, you are feeling fear, picture these fear-based energies bouncing off of your aura. These negative energies are not longer able to penetrate your body and aura. Request that this light takes away all of the entities or energies that are not good for you. Ask that the energies are removed on a permanent basis. Lastly, picture this violet light sealing up your aura with protection and light so that the only energies that can enter your field are love-based.
Try to hold a joy or happy feeling in your heart. Let this feeling to grow out of your heart and travel through your aura and body. Thank this violet light for helping you when you needed it. Remember that you have the power of free will. Spirits will respect this free will, and so you have to ask for their assistance when you need them. Once you are ready, slowly bring your mind back to the present by wiggling your fingers and toes. Slowly open your eyes when you are ready.
30 Minute Relaxation Start by finding a relaxing and comfortable seated position. Let body completely relax. Take a deep breath in, and a slow breath out. Take another deep cleansing breath in, and as you release your breath, allow all of the tension to leave your body. Notice how the relaxation is starting at the bottom of your feet. It could feel as if you are stepping into a bathtub full of warm water, or your feet could feel tingly, or they could just feel loose and calm. Let this sensation spread over both feet, and spread up to the ankles
Notice how this sensation is rising up over your ankles, and moving through your lower legs, up to the knees and then passing onto your upper legs. Let the relaxation continue to rise up through the body, moving up to the hips and pelvic girdle, up to your lower back and stomach, up to the upper back and chest. Allow the upper arms to relax, and down through the elbows, the lower arms, and the wrist. Notice the sensation spreading through to your hands, palms, back of the hands, and each and every finger. The hands now feel relaxed, warm, and heavy. Notice how your body continues to relax more as your collar bone area begins to widen and relax. Let the shoulders relax back slightly. Let the upper back relax, even more, the shoulders, and then the neck. Allow the relaxation to move up to the
chin, back of the head, mouth, cheeks, nose, and eyes.
Notice how your eyelids are becoming relaxed and heavy. Feel how the eyebrows relaxing down, ears, and forehead. Notice how your forehead feels
relaxed and cool. Allow the relaxation to move up to the crown of your head. Now your whole body is feeling calm and relaxed. Take note of how the relaxation is now flowing through your whole body, all the way from your feet to your head. Allow yourself to relax more as your spine completely relaxes. Beginning where your spine meets up with the base of your head, notice the relaxation, notice how the muscles give up their tension and completely relax.
Allow this relaxation to move down the spine, upper back, middle back, and lower back, to the base of the spine at the tailbone. Feel how all of the muscles within the back are completely relaxed. Notice how this relaxation feels as it pulses through your body.
Take a deep cleansing breath in and hold. Completely relax your muscles allow that held breath to flow slowly and gently out of your mouth or nose.
Take another deep breath in, breathing in nice cleansing relaxation. Slowly release the breath, allow any tension that remains to be released.
Continue to slowly and smoothly breathe as you check your body for any tension that may remain. If you happen to notice some tension, turn your focus there. Direct your relaxing breath to flow to that area of your body, and allow it to carry away the tension. Picture the air that you are breathing in can cleanse the body and take away any tension. Picture relaxation coming with every inhale, and as you exhale, picture the tension leaving your body. Now just sit, completely relaxed, and enjoy this sensation for a few minutes. Now turn your attention back
to your body, and about
think the
areas that need to be healed. Make a picture in your mind that represents your current state of being. Imagine any physical ailment that has been troubling yours. This could be an injury, pain, or illness. It could be something you have been diagnosed with or a problem that doesn’t have an identity. Whatever you want to heal, picture this issue within in your mind. Focus on the area in which this problem is currently present. It might be best if you think of this issue as a dark area in your body, and imagine a relaxed healing light. Watch as this light of relaxation flows all through your body, and direct this light to the dark area that you want to heal. Picture the healing relaxation light touching, swirling, flowing into the edge of the dark areas that are present in the body. You may even see small parts of the dark area being taken away by this relaxation. Let these pieces be carried away as you take your next exhale.
Breathe in calm, health, and healing, and breathe out problems in the body, tension, and illness. Let this healing light of relaxation to swirl through all of your dark problem areas. Watch as these dark spots continue to grow smaller.
Watch these dark areas as they are completely overtaken by relaxation. Watch as the relaxation light makes these dark spots lighter and lighter, taking away all the things that are bad for your body.
Picture your immune system working hard to heal your body. Watch as cells travel to the areas of the body that needs them, working where they need to. Feel this energy moving through the body. Picture the body filled up with this sense of relaxation Watch as these problem areas are healed in your body. Watch as they became lighter and filled with healing relaxation. Feel as they take away the discomfort your have been feeling, healing your body. Let your body be healed by itself. Take a deep cleansing
breath in and exhale all the things that you do not need. Take in more relaxation and exhale the tension. Take a few minutes to relax and picture this healing process working throughout your body. Feel confident in the fact that your body can heal itself, and feel at
peace and calm. At this moment you can choose to return to your regular state of consciousness and become alert, or can drift off to sleep. If you want to awaken, notice how your mind and body are beginning to notice your surroundings even more. If you would like to go to sleep, feel the relaxation begin to deepen more. On the count of three, you will reach whichever desired a state of alertness or relaxation that you so desire. One, two, three.
C l e a r i n g O u t Yo u r E n e r g y F i e l d s Have you ever experienced a sudden onset of tiredness or heaviness for no real reason? You could have just caught onto somebody else’s energetic field. This is caused by the principle of resonance. The trauma of your ancestors, other’s emotions, or negative feng shui of rooms can mess up your energy field. This can create problems for you that include chronic illnesses, fatigue, and mild depression. Everything in the world has a field of energy, and the energy needs to be maintained properly. Just like our bodies have to eliminate waste, the energy field of all things living needs to eliminate some energetic toxins. These types of energetic toxins aren’t visible, and they can’t be measured, but they still have the ability to affect us. The hygiene of our energy fields is typically overlooked, even in holistic and alternative practices. The thing is though; it’s extremely easy to do. There is not strength involved, and you don’t have to gather or send energy. You don’t have to manipulate energy; you’re just working with information, much like working a computer program. Let’s look at some ways that you can clear out your energy fields so that you no longer have to suffer from the ill effects of a clogged energy field. These are especially helpful to empaths. Cut ties While this one doesn’t clear out your energy field necessarily, it will help to keep them from getting clogged. If you’re an empath, you are probably really good at creating relationships, and people are naturally drawn to you. They take your energy, and they don’t give anything back.
Present and past connections with people; lovers, friends, or family members will stay with you long after your relationship is over with them. Now is the time to cut those ties. You have to make a choice to do this; nobody else can do this for you. To cut the ties, all you have to do is picture this person that you had a relationship with and picture the cords being cut. Bless this person, and then
let them go. There are more advanced techniques
for this, but there is no need to complicate things any more than you have
to. Keep it simple. Clear out negative thoughts from your aura The mental body is constantly interacting with other mental bodies, so you have the tendency to pick up negative thoughts that other people are thinking, along with your own. Negative thoughts have the ability to be fed for several years, especially if they are connected with any traumatic experience.
These types of thought-forms vibrate all through you in a way that causes a cascade reaction at every level of your energy: physical, etheric, emotional, mental, and spiritual. These energies cause you attract experiences, situations, and people into your life that has the same vibrational alignment. This means that if your energy is always negative, you will only attract negative experiences. To help clear this
pattern,
take a look at your life and try to figure out you have been attracting things that you don’t like. If you have been, then you are vibrating in alignment with these
things. Some people refer to this as the law of attraction. You need to start checking in with your energy field a few times a day, especially if you have been feeling off, to find out if you have created or picked up on any negative thought-forms and then consciously let them go.
When you do this, picture a white light cleaning your aura field from all debris and thought-forms that haven’t been positively serving you. Balanced chakras
This was covered in an earlier chapter, but this is important to make sure you energy field stays clear. You can easily go through your chakras twice a day to make sure your chakras stay cleared. Have a sacred space You can create a sacred space anywhere in your home where you can spend the time with yourself, and where you can express yourself fully. This could be your office, a meditation room, or an art room. The only important thing is that this is only your room. This cannot be a shared space. It’s fine if your pets and kids come in and out, that’s hard to control, but they are just passing through. Your space also doesn’t even have to be inside.
You can be as creative as you want, but this needs to be a place that you go to at least once a day. If you are unable to create an actual physical space, you can make one up in your mind and take the time to go there. You will be amazed at what your mind can come up with. Smudging This is a must, and it’s extremely effective. This should be done on a regular basis, especially if you have gone through a difficult situation. Use a bundle of white sage and smudge yourself and your house regularly.
Connect with nature Whenever you feel overwhelmed, take a nature walk, or a hike through the woods. Negative thoughts are typically only found in humans, so spending time in nature is a great way to recharge yourself. Connect with the landscape, water, flowers, and animals. And the great thing is, you can do it for free. Keep protective stones These aren’t because we need protection because we don’t. Thinking you need protection will only cause negative emotions. Instead, these protective stones are a way to keep you grounded when you come in contact with negativity. Draw or journal
Expressing yourself is a great way to make yourself feel great. When you are feeling down, take some time to get creative. This could mean anything. Art is also a great form of natural healing. Sea salt bath Sea salt does an amazing job at cleansing your energy. Sea salt can draw out
negative energy. Whenever you are feeling energetically overwhelmed, take you a hot bath with some sea salt. The sea salt can be regular sea salt, Epsom salt, Himalayan salt, or any other kind you like. Adding a few drops of essential oils to your bath is also a great idea. Make sure to test them first thought to make sure you don’t have any allergies. Eucalyptus, citronella, and rosemary are the best ones to pick from.
PositiveThoughts The phrase positive thinking sounds great on the surface; most people would rather have positive thoughts rather than negative ones. But this phrase is also a fluffy term that is often easily dismissed within the real world. It doesn’t carry the same kind of weight as a phrase like “hardworking” or “work ethic.” But these kinds of views are changing. People and research are telling us that positive thinking is not only about being happy, or pasting a smile on your face for the world to see. Positive thoughts add some real value to your everyday life and can help you to build skills that will last longer than a pasted on
smile. A positive psychology researcher from the University of North Caroline, Barbara Fredrickson, has helped to prove the power of positive thoughts on our everyday life. Let’s look at some of what she has found, and what it means to you. First, let’s look at what negative thoughts will do to your brain. Imagine this for me. Pretend you are walking along in the woods, and a tiger suddenly walks out on the path in front of you. When you see the tiger your brain will create a negative emotion, in this example, it would be fear. Researchers, for a long time, have known that negative responses will cause you to perform a specific action. Like if a tiger crosses your path, you will likely run. Nothing else in the world, at that moment, matters. Your complete attention is on that tiger, the fear it has caused, and how you plan on getting away from it. Basically, this means that a negative emotion will narrow the focus of your mind and thoughts. At the moment, you could have the choice to grab a stick,
climb a tree, or pick up a leaf, but your brain will ignore these other options because they don’t seem relevant when you have a tiger standing in front of you. This is a great thing to have if you need to save life and limb, but in the world today, and in modern society, you don’t have that fear of walking across a tiger in the woods. The bad thing is, the brain still has that programmed response to negative emotion, and it shuts out the rest of the world and limits what you see. Another example will be if you are fighting with somebody. The emotions and anger you feel at that moment may completely consume you so much that you are unable to think about anything else. Or if you are stressing about all the things you need to do today, you might end up finding it hard to focus on the things you need to do or even to get started because the length of your to-do list has you paralyzed. Maybe you feel bad because you’ve not been eating healthy or exercising, and all you can think about is your willpower and thinking that you are lazy causing you not to have any motivation.
In all of these examples, your brain shuts you off to the outside world and focuses on the emotions of stress, fear, and anger, just like with the tiger. The only thing that negative emotion do is preventing your brain from seeing other options that may be around you. It’s a survival instinct.
Now, what do positive thoughts do to the brain? Fredrickson created an experiment to see the impact that positive emotions have on the brain. In the experiment, she split her subject into five separate groups and showed each of them a different movie clip.
Two of the groups were shown clips that cause positive emotions. One group was shown things that caused a sense of joy, and the second group was shown things that caused a sense of contentment. The third group was the group the control group and they were only shown things that created no significant emotional change. The other two groups were shown clips that would cause negative emotions. One of the groups saw images that caused fear, and the other was sown things that caused anger. After they had seen the images, all the participants were asked to picture
themselves in a place that would that
emotion
cause same
to
come up and to
write down the things that they would do. They were each handed a sheet of paper that had
20 fill-ins the blank lines that began with “I would like to…” The participants that had been shown images that caused anger and fear weren’t able to write down as many responses. While the participants that were shown images that caused contentment and joy were able to write many more actions than even the control group. This means when you feel positive emotions such as love, joy, or contentment; you can see more things that you can do in life. This is some of the findings that showed that positive emotions could broaden your sense of possibilities and open up the mind. But more interesting discoveries came later. Benefits from positive emotions don't end when the emotion ends, in fact, you receive the most benefit from these emotions with an enhanced ability to build greater skills that you can use later in your life.
Look at this example. Children that run outside, swing along tree branches, and play with friends are developing physical, social, and creative skills by moving athletically, playing and communicating with others, and learning how to explore the world around them. This is because the emotions of joy and play are prompting the child to build these skill sets that will be valuable and useful to them later in life. The skills that they have learned will last them a lot longer than the actual emotions that initiated the learning. Negative emotions have the opposite effect because building skills for the future are irrelevant to the brain at that moment in time when you have an immediate danger or threat.
As you can see these thoughts and emotions greatly impact your everyday life, so it’s important that you learn more about positive selftalk and thinking.
Don’t misunderstand what I mean by positive thinking either. This doesn’t mean your turn a blind eye to the bad things in life. Positive thinking only means that you will approach these unpleasant moments productively and positively. You believe that only the best will happen. Being able to think positively often starts with self-talk. If you don’t know what self-talk is, it’s the stream of unspoken communication that runs through your mind. These thoughts have the ability to be negative or positive. Self-talk can sometimes come from reason or logic, and it can sometimes arise from misconceptions because of the lack of information you have about something. If your selftalk tends to be
mainly negative, then your outlook on life is going to be mainly pessimistic. If your self-talk tends to be more positive, then you will be more optimistic.
Researchers, like Fredrickson, continue to explore all of the effects that optimism and positive thinking has on your health. A few of these benefits are: Better coping skills when you are facing stress or hardships Improved cardiovascular health and a reduced risk of dying from heart disease Improved physical and psychological well-being More resistance to the common cold Lower distress levels Lower depression rates A longer life Negative self-talk normally comes in one of these four forms:
Polarizing You tend to see things as either only good or only bad. You don’t have a middle ground. You tend to feel as if you have to be perfect or you are a complete failure. Catastrophizing Your thoughts automatically go to the worst outcome possible. You regular coffee shop accidentally gets you order wrong, and you believe that the rest of your day is going to be horrible. Personalizing When something goes wrong, or something bad happens, you blame yourself for it. An example would be that you hear your friends night out was canceled, and you automatically think it’s because nobody wanted to be around you, so they canceled. Filtering You increase the problems of the negative parts of a situation and completely ignore all of the positive ones. An example would be that you had an amazing day at work. You got everything done before you were supposed to, and you boss complimented you on your speediness and quality of work. The evening, you only think about doing more tasks that next day and completely forget about the compliments you received from your boss.
Don’t worry though; it’s easy to change out your negative thoughts with positive ones, it will just take some time and effort. It’s just like creating a new habit. Here are some ways to get started. Identify areas where you need to change If
you
looking
are
to
become more optimistic and practice more
positive thinking, figure out the places and areas in your life where you tend to be more negative. This could be your commute to work, your relationship,
anything. Start small by focusing only on one area at a time. Check yourself Occasionally check in with yourself during the day to see what you’re thinking. If you notice that your thoughts are mostly negative, try to figure out how you can turn them positive. Don’t be afraid of humor Allow yourself to laugh or smile, especially when you are going through something rough. Find the humor in everything that happens during the day. When you can laugh at life, then you will feel less stressed.
Take up a healthy lifestyle Try to exercise at least 30 minutes a few days a week. If you can’t do 30 minutes at one time, your break it up into three ten-minute chunks. Exercise causes a positive effect on your mood and will help to reduce stress. Having a healthy diet will help to fuel your body and mind. Surround yourself with positivity Make sure that the people you spend your time with and adds positivity to your life. They should be supportive and positive and can provide you with helpful feedback and advice. If you are surrounded by negative people, it will only increase your stress and your negativity.
Practice positive self-talk Follow this rule: don’t say things to yourself that you would never say to your friend. You need to be encouraging and gentle. If negative thoughts come up, evaluate them with rational, and then say some positive affirmations. Think of the things that you are most thankful for.
EnergyMeditation In this last section of meditations, you will find meditations that will help you gain more energy, and clear out your energy fields. These are perfect options for morning meditations so that you can set a positive tone for the rest of your
day. 15 Minute Body Energy Get into a comfortable position. This could seat with your legs crossed, or lie down in savasana. Close your eyes and take your focus to your body. Notice your breath, and simply notice the way that you breathe. In your mind’s eye notice how you breath flows in and then flows out of your body. If you notice your attention beginning to wander around, gently bring it back to focus on your breathing. When you inhale you are bringing life force, vitality, and energy into your body, and when you exhale you are releasing fatigue, negativity, and stress from your body. Allow these negative energies to drain out through your feet and disappear. Breathe in and breathe out. Continue to stay with deep, cleansing inhales and exhales, and take ten more. With each of your inhales you are bringing in more energy to your body. Feel this new subtle energy vibration spreading throughout your body all the way from your feet up to your head, and from your head down to your feet. Become aware of this tingling and warmth in every cell. Begin to visualize the positive energy that has begun to accumulate throughout your body and these energies shining as bright as the sun. Take this shining, glowing energy all the way to your crown at the top of your head. Take a deep breath in and release slowly. At the top of your head start to feel the warmth of this positive energy as it starts to radiate over your neck and face.
Feel this new peacefulness and lightness in mind. Take another deep breath in
and slowly let it out. Notice the positive energy moving across your neck and shoulders, down both arms all the way to the fingertips, and across to your heart center. Feel this love and warmth feeling your heart. Let this
positive healing energy to fill your body with unconditional love. Take a deep
cleansing breath. Now notice the healing energy
moving down your body over your hips and down both legs to the tips of your toes. Notice how this energy helps to ground you to the earth. Feel supported, centered, and grounded. Take another cleansing breath. Your entire body is filled with
this positive energy. Allow this energy to flow through your entire body freely. With every breath, you take to let this energy grow stronger. Take three more deep, cleansing breaths. Focus your attention on your breathing and feel how this positive energy flows through your body. Take notice of this new sense of alertness and clarity in your mind, vitality and energy in your body, and peacefulness and positivity in your soul. Let this positivity awaken your soul. Take a
cleansing breath. Rest here with your breath and these feelings for the rest of your meditation, and take them with you throughout your day.
10 Minute Tranquility Meditation Find a comfortable seated or lying position and close your eyes. Start to become aware of your breath. Notice the sensation of the breath as it enters through your nose with a cool sensation, and then as it warms as it travels gently into your lungs.
Fill up your lungs with a deep inhale, bringing in prana, energy, and vitality, your life force. While you exhale, feel how your body is releasing negativity, stress, and toxins that may have accumulated during your day. Stay with your breath and focus on this feeling of deep inner peace for ten more inhales and exhales. Feel this positive energy that you have coursing through your body. Notice how every cell is tingling and warming. Notice the
energy that is in
your
surrounding environment, in all parts of nature, and in all living things. Take all of these energies and bring them together so that they feel as one. Picture these energies shining as bright as
the sun. Allow this ball of white shining energy into your crown at the top of your head. Then allow this white light to travel down your body. Notice how it is slowly warming your face and neck, and the traveling over your shoulders and down your arms and fingers. Notice as it moves across your chest, down your stomach, and over your hips, and then spreads down your legs, feet, and toes. Your body is now filled with this warm, divine, white energy and light. Allow this healing light to fill every part of your body that needs to be healed. Feel all of its healing and warmth spreading throughout your surrounds.
Let this light bring you healing and peace to any emotional traumas or issues you may have. Shift your awareness to any desires or intentions that you may currently have. Hold onto these thoughts of your desires and intentions as you let this energy bring you your deepest wishes to life and your intentions to reality. Feel how you are now connected to this divine light and energy, and remember that all is one. Stay with this new feeling of peacefulness, relaxation, and deepness for the remainder of your meditation.
Conclusion Thank for making it through to the end of this book. I hope it was informative and able to provide you with all of the knowledge and tools you need to achieve your goals and dreams, whatever they may be! The next step is to start trying some of these techniques in your life and find out what works best for you.
Book 2 Chakra Awakening: Guided Meditation for Chakra Healing, Chakra
Balancing, and Chakra Cleansing
I n t ro d u c t i o n Congratulations on downloading your personal copy of Chakra Awakening: Guided Meditation for Chakra Healing, Chakra Balancing, and Chakra Cleansing. Thank you for doing so. The following chapters are going to discuss the seven main chakra points in the body. Once you’re able to understand why these chakra points are important, you will then be able to work towards finetuning these parts of the body. Developing habits that target these seven major chakra points will allow your body and your mind feel more intuitive, enlightened, and divine. Developing an awareness of your mind’s eye and your spirit’s sense of a higher consciousness will allow you to tap into your psychic awareness and sacred energy. Having a greater sense of your own being’s chakra awareness will allow you to feel more vitalized and more open throughout your everyday life. In addition to learning about what chakra energy can do for your body and mind, each chapter in this book will provide you with a guided meditation at the end of it. This way, you will be able to mindfully practice tuning into your chakra energy on your own schedule. There are many advantages that can come from meditating, and yet so many people pass up the opportunity to truly understand themselves, their environments, and their reality. Through greater mental clarity comes a happier and more confident self. This is why meditation is important. There are plenty of books on this subject on the market, thanks again for choosing this one! Every effort was made to ensure it is full of as much useful information as possible, please enjoy!
Chapter1:ABasicUnders tandingoftheChakrasEx plained Perhaps you already have a basic understanding of what a chakra is; however, you may also be in a situation where you don’t know much about what a
chakra is or what it does, yet you’re certainly intrigued by the mysterious and seemingly spiritual nature of it. This chapter is going to seek to define the basic definition of a chakra. It will also get into why the chakras are important. Hopefully, this chapter will be able to prepare you for our deeper discussions on each of the seven main chakras that will follow once this chapter has been completed. In understanding basic chakra terminology and meaning, it should make the rest of the information that’s presented in this book more accessible.
What is a Chakra? While you may already know that a chakra can be defined as something in the body, it’s important to understand that a chakra is much more than that. To start, let’s unpack the word “chakra” itself. Chakra is a Sanskrit word. When translated, this word means “disk” or “wheel.” Even though there are seven primary chakra points in the body, there are actually one-hundred and fourteen in total. This large number is suggestive of the fact that our bodies are comprised of many different sources of energy. Identifying the seven main chakras helps us as individuals target certain chakra centers in strategic ways that can lead to physical and mental betterment. The seven primary chakra points are also all located in places on the body where large organs, nervous systems, and psychological centers are located. This makes it even more important that our chakras remain open and
healthy at all times. The Endocrine Systems and Hormonal Balance In addition to
affecting
many various aspects of our body’s psychological makeup, chakra imbalance can also lead to hormonal
discrepancies as well as lead to disruptions in the body’s endocrine system. The endocrine system is comprised of all of the body’s hormonal glands. These glands are monitored by the body’s nervous system, which
transmits and receives messages to and from the brain to the rest of the body. While there are many types of hormonal glands in the body, the most important aspects of the endocrine system include the following glands: the pituitary gland, the hypothalamus, the thyroid, the parathyroid, the pancreas, the reproductive glands, the pineal glands, and the adrenal glands. It’s more
than likely that you have heard of at least one of these glands before. Another primary reason why balancing the chakras is important is because without these centers of energy being in balance, the health of the
human body is at stake. What’s Within a Chakra Wheel? A chakra houses energy
that’s
known
as prana.
Prana
can be best defined as
breath, but its definition is a bit more subtle than that. Prana is the cosmic
breath of life. This type of breath transcends all layers of reality and connects the soul that’s inside of the physical body with realms of consciousness that cannot be physically seen with the naked eye. Because prana is a vital life force, it’s important that this energy is nourished through frequent and habitual chakra exercises. This allows the body in this world and the consciousness of all other realms of existence to stay healthy, awake, and in-tune with all that truly is. How Do the Chakras Interact with One Another?
As you can see from the illustration above, the seven main chakras of the body are aligned directly in the body’s center. This is one of the primary reasons why these seven areas of the body are considered the most important chakras in the body. In addition to being located in the center of the body, these chakra points are also all located along the body’s spine. For this reason, when aligned and working with one another, greater spinal alignment is possible. Starting at the base of the spine, we see the root chakra. As we move up the body towards the head, we see the crown chakra. It’s important to understand that the movement of prana throughout the body starts at the base of the spine at the root chakra. In other words, when you’re working towards enlightenment and cleansing both the mind and the body, you are going to want to start by working on the root chakra.
It’s also important to note that more often than not, only gurus have been known to have experienced an awareness that comes with having all seven chakras open simultaneously. The work that needs to be done within each one of these chakras is often complex and can require a significant amount of mental energy and awareness. That’s not to say that your mind isn’t capable of overcoming such feats, but gurus often dedicate their entire lives to becoming in touch with their various levels of consciousness and states of being. Often, it is not until a guru is in his older years of life that he is able to become completely balanced from a chakra standpoint. As individuals who are working towards chakra balance but also have other things going on in our lives, it may be realistic to only be able to clear out the sacral or solar plexus chakra in this lifetime. If you’re looking at the chakras from a Hindu perspective, then this is okay. We have many other lives that we will lead, and we will be able to work towards opening up all of our other chakras in those lifetimes.
A Vegetarian Diet, Chakra Cleansing, and the 8 Limbed Path
You may not know this, but it is common for people who are interested in rejuvenating their natural and holistic internal energy to commit to a life of either vegetarianism or veganism. This idea not only stems from a desire to cleanse the body of all impurities but also has to do with the notion of non-violence. A major pillar of yoga philosophy, in particular, is known as the eight-limbed path. All eight of these limbs are supposed to guide a person towards a purer and more meaningful life. Without getting too detailed, the eight limbs of yoga are as follows: 1.
2.
Yama: There are five Yamas, which include the principles of nonviolence, honesty, unattachment, self-control, and not being greedy Niyama: There are also five Niyamas, and they include keeping yourself physically clean, finding contentment with life, studying sacred texts (of your choosing), surrendering to your idea of God, and
resisting the urge to be too flashy through dress or demeanor 3. 4.
5. 6.
7. 8.
Asana: Refers to having a physical yoga practice.
Pranayama: Developing the ability to control the breath Pratyahara: The withdrawing of the senses Dharana: Developing the ability to relieve yourself of all mental distractions Dhyana: Frequent meditation Samadhi: Cosmic understanding and complete integration with the universe
While all of these limbs are important from the perspective of cleansing and purifying the spirit, they can also be considered to be important from a chakra cleansing perspective for the same reasons. The first limb of the path, Yama, identifies nonviolence. This is largely interpreted to mean that in order to properly cleanse the spirit, a vegetarian or vegan diet is required. As with all of the other eight limbs on the eight limbed path, practice is required. This means that even if you’re not currently a vegetarian, working towards living a vegetarian lifestyle is going to help to unclog all of seven main chakra points in the body. In this way, by living a life that is aligned with the principles of the eight limbed path, you will be constantly working together with greater chakra clarity.
C h a p t e r 2 : B a l a n c i n g Yo urRootChakra Now
that
you have a basic understanding of what the chakras are, how they interact with one another, and why their balance is important to your body’s health, we are now going to turn our attention to the first of the seven chakras. This is the
root chakra. After reading this chapter, you will have a comprehensive understanding of not just what the root chakra is, but also how you can activate it. We will also go over colors and other associations that can be
made with the root chakra in everyday life. The end of this chapter will provide you with a guided meditation to which you can refer as a way to open
up the energy that is within this first chakra wheel. Basic Information Regarding the Root Chakra The root chakra is also known as the Muladhara chakra in Sanskrit. This energy center is located at the base of the spine, specifically where the pelvic floor is located. From a spinal perspective, the root chakra encompasses the first three spinal vertebrae. As this chakra is considered to be the first one, it might be convenient to think of it as the chakra of support or stability. In other words, the energy within this chakra relates to your sense of security in the world or the foundation from which you act. For example, food and water are both basic needs that a person must have in order for this chakra for being healthy. Some other basic needs that must be met in order for the
energy within this chakra to be healthy include having a place to live, and feeling as if you are safe on a day-to-day basis. Fulfillment of these types of needs is often what stabilizes an individual, which often makes he or she feel less fear and feel more confident about their ability to thrive in life. For these reasons, the element that is most closely associated with the root chakra is Earth. Earth is what grounds our bodies to
our physical experiences of the world, and it’s also the one tangible element that connects us all other energetic beings. It’s important to understand that even if your basic needs are currently met, the energy within the root chakra is often energy that has been stored in your body since you were little. If when you were young, you often felt scared, emotionally unprotected, or otherwise unsafe, the residuals of this type of energy are likely still flowing through the root chakra. Often, the vitality of the root chakra has more to do with how we were raised and less to do with anything that we could have controlled on our own. In other words, if your parents nourished your livelihood and made you feel safe and protected on a consistent basis, the energy within your root chakra is going to be healthy. On the other hand, if your parents were not the most attentive, or deprived you of your basic needs as a child, you may have significant work to do on this particular chakra wheel due to blockages that were created in the past.
Red, the Muladhara’s Color Each chakra is represented by a different color. For the root chakra, this color is a vibrant red. Red is associated with the root chakra mainly because of the color’s association with life, vibrancy, and ability to stimulate
the
eye. Specifically, the color red can be associated with the idea that help is needed or that action needs to be taken. For example, blood is red. One of the first signs that your body provides you with when you’re cut or injured is of blood. Unless you act in a way that will stop the blood, you will continue bleeding. Stop signs and traffic lights are also red. These indicate that unless the appropriate action is taken while on the road, there is a possibility for an accident. This is why the root chakra is associated with the color red. If the energy within the root chakra is in turmoil, its energy is signaling for changes to be made in the hope that this energy can be restored to a healthier state.
The Endocrine System and the Root Chakra Within the endocrine system, the root chakra is mainly associated with the adrenal gland. The hormones that are released when this gland is stimulated include ones that are secreted when the body activates its sympathetic nervous system. The sympathetic nervous system is also known as the system that is responsible for the body’s fight or flight response. From the perspective of chakra energy alignment and physical body processes, this makes sense. If the energy within the root chakra is not balanced, then it’s more likely that feelings that are associated with fear or insecurity will cause the body’s sympathetic nervous system to activate.
Your Emotions and the Root Chakra Red can also be associated with anger or love. Both of these emotions
can be found on the
opposite ends of the root chakra spectrum. When this chakra is balanced, feelings of love towards the people and the world around us can seem easy. When this chakra is unbalanced, anger can often dominate the thought patterns of the mind. It’s important to understand that anger is always a secondary emotion. When you’re angry, there is always an underlying emotion that is disguising itself in anger. When the root chakra is balanced, you’re going to find that you’re less angry, more loving, and better able to express the emotions that are lying just beneath the surface of your anger.
Symptoms of an Unbalanced Root Chakra To figure out the current health of your root chakra, you’ll want to think about whether or not you possess some or all of the following
qualities:
- Excessive anxiety
- Suffer from nightmares frequently - Colon problems - Bladder issues including infections
- Prostate issues (in men) - Feet, low back,
or
leg pain If any of these issues are ones that are familiar to you, it’s possible that you could benefit from practices that are related to root chakra healing.
How to Unclog the Root Chakra Meditation is a great way to balance the root chakra, specifically because seated meditation in lotus pose grounds the body and reinforces the foundation properties that are desired within the root chakra channel. Other ways that you can seek to balance the root chakra include practicing Bandha yoga or chanting. For women, doing Kegel exercises will help to balance out the energy that exists within the root chakra.
Root Chakra Alignment Meditation
Meditation Duration: 5 minutes Today we will be exploring the root chakra. The root chakra is located at the base of the spine and is the starting point for your chakra journey.
To begin, please seat yourself in a comfortable position. Gradually draw your focus to your breathing. Take a long inhalation through the nose, and a full exhalation through the mouth. Simply be aware of the breath, and take a few moments to allow your thoughts to slow. I want you to imagine a beautiful, glowing deep crimson light at the base of your spine. Let it vibrate with a pleasant warmth. You are safe. You are secure. You are loved. You do not need to be anywhere else but in this present moment. The universe is supporting you, even as you sit here. There is enough for you in this life to live with true purpose.
Keep imagining this beautiful red light. Hold it there, until a sense of peace and security fills your entire body. Let the light radiate outward, into every limb, into every cell of your body. Feel the earth beneath you, supporting you. Feel your foundation, strong. Trust that everything is in its place. Everything is as it should be. Continue to imagine this red light. When you’re ready, and you have absorbed all of its wonderful energy, watch the light slowly dim. When you are ready, bring your awareness back
to your breath, and to your physical body. Slowly open your eyes when you feel ready, to end your meditation.
Chapter3:TheSacralCh akraandHowtoNavigate It Once you feel that
you’ve
been able to balance
the
energies
that
exist within the root chakra, you can then begin to focus on balancing the energies that exist within the sacral chakra. This chapter is going to provide you with information on what type of prana moves through the sacral chakra wheel. You’re going to have a much easier time unpacking the sacral chakra
energies if you take the time to clear the clutter that exists within the root chakra first; however, this does not mean that you must exclusively work on balancing the root chakra. Instead, when you first start to work on aligning
the chakras, it might be a better idea to feel the types of energies that currently exist within each one in your own body. This way, you’re able to
sample the range of cosmic energy that exists within yourself. Basic Information Regarding the Sacral Chakra Also known as Svadishthana, the sacral chakra is located above the Muladhara chakra, and can specifically be located at between roughly two to three includes below your belly-button. From a spinal perspective, the sacral chakra is located at what’s known as the lumbar vertebrae. To put it more simply, the sacral chakra is largely considered to be located in the pelvic region of the body. The prana within this chakra is the energy associated with how you perceive pleasure and enjoyment. You can compare this to the progression of a human life. When you’re first born, you need your parental
figures to provide you with basic human needs, which is where the root energy rests. Once an infant has been provided with these things, they then focus most of their energy on obtaining pleasure. Eating, drinking, sleeping, and occasionally playing can all be considered functions of an infant that are developed only after their basic needs are met. The element that is associated with this particular chakra is water. Creativity, emotional awareness, and how we deal with intimacy are also all associated with this chakra. Water, therefore, is
representative of the fluidity that should exist within this particular chakra. The sacral chakra energy emphasizes a need for the prana within it to flow without thought. This is done by developing an awareness of our feelings that may not be rational. Instead of acting in a way that is in adherence to societal rules and norms, our sacral chakra may desire us to act in ways that are more emotional in nature. This is the biggest obstacle that the energy within the sacral chakra faces.
Orange, the Svadisthana’s Color Ideally, the orange hue that is associated with the sacral chakra is a perfect blend of red and yellow. Not only is this color supposed to be a sign of strength; it is also supposed to signify respect for the nourishment of ourselves in both body and mind. This color is also meant to represent wisdom because the sacral chakra also contains energy that can hear your innermost voice. This voice is not simply the voice that you hear in your head when you’re thinking to yourself. It’s the voice that speaks to the piece of your soul that is connected to all realities and all energetic beings.
The Lymphatic System and the Sacral Chakra
Integral to the proper function of the body’s immune system, the lymphatic system works with the circulatory system to carry lymph liquid to and from the heart. Lymph liquid is clear in color, which is another reason why the sacral chakra is associated with water. Lymph liquid carries white blood cells within it, making it important for your immune system. In addition to being associated with the
lymphatic system, the sacral chakra is also associated with reproduction. The fluid and sensual energy found at this chakra allow an individual’s reproductive organs to behave and attract similarly sensual beings.
Your Emotions and the Sacral Chakra The sacral chakra is the epicenter of our emotions. This chakra allows you to emotionally feel the world around you and opens the body to the enjoyment of life’s everyday pleasures. Having good sacral energy allows you to think outside of the box, and nurture relationships in ways that are positive for your energetic body and your mental health as well. When the energy within the sacral chakra is healthily swirling in and around the pelvis, your ability to relate to others is going to expand, and you’re going to find that your capacity to harness creative energy is going to become much stronger.
Symptoms of an Unbalanced Sacral Chakra You’ll know that your sacral energy could be more balanced if you can relate to any of the following circumstances: You find that you easily attach yourself to others, especially to those people who can provide you with pleasure at a moment’s notice You’re someone who often feels as if you don’t know yourself. You are not in good touch with your emotions;
You engage in a lot of sexual activity, and often even fantasize about what your next sexual experience will be like or; Instead of fantasizing about sexual exploits, you instead never desire sex and cannot be easily satisfied in that way. When you’re seeking to balance the sacral chakra, the goal should be to find a balance between the pleasure that your body naturally seeks, and the attachment that this type of pleasure can bring. If you’re too indulgent or not indulgent enough, your relationships and relatability to others could suffer.
How to Unclog the Sacral Chakra A few ways that you can rebalance the energy that exists within your sacral chakra include practicing certain yoga poses, dancing, and exercising. Hip opening yoga poses, in
particular, are going to be helpful to the sacral chakra, since they target the pelvic region. Specifically, malasana pose, pigeon pose, and cowface pose are all yoga poses that can be considered hip openers. Dancing is another way to balance the energy of the sacral chakra. This dancing should be spontaneous, fluid, and without thought. Exercising is also an effective way to balance the second chakra’s energy, because of this chakra’s relationship with the lymphatic system.
Sacral Chakra Meditation
Duration: 15 minutes Welcome to a meditation dedicated to balancing the sacral chakra. Throughout this meditation, we’re going to focus on reconnecting to our creative, emotional, and sexual selves. First, we’re going to relax with a few deep breaths. Slowly breathe in, allowing your belly to expand, followed by your chest so that the lungs are completely filled with air. Take about five seconds to do
this. Now pause, and hold the breath for five seconds. Finally, slowly breathe out, over the course of five seconds, using the diaphragm to push out
any remaining air. The length of time for each stage of breath is not important, as long it is done in equal measure. Repeat this process several times to deepen your relaxation. If you haven’t already, begin to close the
eyes. Very good. You may now allow your breath to return to its natural rhythm. We’re now going to do a quick body scan, and identify any areas that may be feeling tension. Starting at the top of your head, mentally scan each part of your body, slowly making your way down to your feet and toes. As you find areas of tension, take a moment and breathe lightly into that area. Then, breathe
out the tension. Allow this area to relax to its highest capacity at this moment. Then, move to the next area. Finished? Great. Your body should be in a state of complete relaxation. Next, bring all of your
attention down to your lower abdomen, the location of the chakra. Acknowledge then release any distractions from your awareness, as you allow your sacral to become your sole focus as if nothing else matters. With each inhale, imagine breathing bright orange light into your sacral chakra. This light is so powerful that it causes a circular current of energy throughout the sacral. Orange light swirls beautifully in a clockwise motion. With each out breath, I want you to imagine releasing any energy that is not in harmony with the sacral chakra. Refrain from consciously identifying the energy that you’re releasing. Instead, set the intention to release anything that is not serving your highest good. Continue this process for a few more breaths. Breathe in orange light. Breathe out that which no longer serves you. For each of the following affirmations, I want you to repeat after me, reciting
what I say in your own mind. I connect with myself as a sexual being. I am passionate and outgoing. I am liberated and able to express my emotions without being overbearing. I express my emotions and sexuality in a healthy way and feel no guilt for this. Because I connect with my true sensual desires, I no longer rely on artificial
substitutes for pleasure. I use my creativity to express my individuality, which is a Divine expression
of the infinite whole. I experience a fair and equal exchange of energy and love in all of my
relationship. I communicate my needs clearly, laying the groundwork for healthy relationships. I respect and accept myself and others, exactly as they are. I nurture those in need and accept help when I am in need. You made it through. How do you feel? To which of those statements did you most relate? Which of those statements did you not quite relate? The goal is to fully connect with each one of those statements, as they possess innate qualities of our Divine selves. You can access any of these traits through your sacral energy. At this time, I’d like you to imagine a bright orange wave, starting in your lower abdomen. A beautiful orange sea, which grows larger the more you
focus on it. It now fills your entire abdomen, then your legs, thigh, arms, neck and finally your head. Imagine this wave washing away all energy that
no longer serves your highest good. We will close this exercise with a chant. I will chant the sound “VAM” three times. I invite you to join me by taking a deep breath in and reciting the entire chant out. While chanting, think about the vibrations that your voice is making as you chant. Take a deep breath in. Exhale completely, and on the inhale, we will chant
together. VAM. VAM. VAM. Great job. Take a moment to sit and observe how you’re feeling. Slowly let your awareness expand to y our immediate surroundings, as you return fully to your body. When you’re ready, open your eyes. How do you feel now, compared to before the meditation? Did anything shift? This concludes our guided meditation on balancing the sacral chakra. Thank you, and Namaste.
C h a p t e r 4 : S t re n g t h e n i n g Yo u r SolarPlexusChakra With
the
foundation of the root chakra
sturdy and the
fluidity of the sacral
chakra
vibrant and moving, you will be ready to move on to cultivating power within the third main chakra of the body. This chakra is known as the solar plexus
chakra. After reading this chapter, you will be able to identify the primary areas of the body that are influenced by the energy that exists within this chakra center. Similar to the other chakras that we’ve already discussed, we
will also get into the colors and elements associated with the solar plexus chakra, as well as point out a few identifiers that can help you to strengthen
and transform the energy into this space. The Basics of the Solar Plexus Chakra The solar plexus chakra point is located at the base of your body’s diaphragm. In Sanskrit, it is also known as the Manipura chakra. The element that is associated with the Manipura chakra is fire. Prana, the breath, manifests from the diaphragm and provides the body with its vitality and ability to exist. Some sources also relate the solar plexus chakra to the sun, heat, or light. The energy within the solar plexus chakra, when moving and receptive, is able to attract other positive sources of prana to it. It’s also this energy that provides us with the ability to think for ourselves, and truly take control of our own lives.
Yellow, the Manipura Chakra’s Color The Manipura chakra is yellow for a few reasons. First, the light of a fire often emanates a yellow hue. This represents the outward movement of the energy that exists within the solar plexus chakra. When your third chakra is healthy, you’re able to feel more confident and get what you want from the world. Your energy will reach out towards your dharma, and you’ll also be able to identify what your dharma with greater ease. Yellow can also be associated with the sun, the single most powerful star in our galaxy. Standing alone, the sun is strong without any assistance, and its light nourishes all energetic beings within its vicinity. The light of this chakra represents the strength and willpower within yourself.
The Digestive System and the Solar Plexus Chakra In addition, to being located near the diaphragm, the solar plexus chakra also affects some other organs that relate to the digestive system. These include the pancreas, the liver, and the stomach. For this reason, one of the ways that you can maintain a healthy solar plexus chakra is through developing good digestive habits for yourself. Some tips on how to do this are provided below: 1. Instead of drinking liquid at a cold temperature, consider drinking them at room temperature instead
2. Avoid overeating when possible 3. Stay away from soda, fruit juice, alcohol, or any other types of liquid that are unnatural Your Emotions and the Solar Plexus Chakra
By being attentive
to the heat and
friction that is integral to the energy in the solar plexus chakra, you are enabling yourself to develop a stronger identity and presence. Other qualities that will come when you nourish the energy in
the solar plexus chakra include the ability to better discipline yourself, become more intelligent, and be able to form personal beliefs with more conviction. Nurturing the energy within the solar plexus chakra does not mean that you should become a narcissist; instead, you’ll likely feel the ego becoming humbler because it doesn’t need outside recognition in order to feel
validated. When the ego is diminished, greater integration with the universe
is possible. Symptoms of an Unbalanced Solar Plexus Chakra
If
you’re
exhibiting
the
following
behavioral
or
psychological
tendencies, it’s likely that your solar plexus energy could be better balanced:
- You often seek to control your life’s circumstances. You may consider yourself someone who micromanages or finds frustration in situations where you are not in total control - You have plenty of goals and dreams, but you fail to execute these goals to fruition
- You are someone manipulative, or control situations to the point of deception In contrast to the tendencies that were listed above, if your solar plexus chakra is in the balance, you will be more likely to be okay with changing circumstances or allowing someone else to take control of a situation every once in a while. You also may feel an effortless closeness with the world around you, because your solar plexus chakra allows you to feel strong, decisive, and confident without fault. How to Unclog the Solar Plexus Chakra In addition to keeping your digestive tract healthy and pure, there are
a few other ways that you can seek to balance this important energy center. Since this chakra is closely connected to the breath and the diaphragm, breathing in a particular way can help to align this energy. To do this, find a comfortable seated position, and then begin to inhale sharply through the nose. On the exhale, breathe through the nose once again and direct the breath towards the lower part of your abdomen. While you’re doing this, you should be focusing on engaging the stomach and pressing it towards the sacrum. Once you’ve become familiar with how the breath should be moving, consider quickening the pace of the breath. Inhale and exhale sharply through the nose, while focusing on engaging the core. This should feel like the abdomen is working considerably, even though
you’re sitting and breathing. The idea behind this type of breathing
is to invigorate the abdomen and
the sacral energy within it. In yoga, boat pose (Navasana) and half lord of the fishes pose (Matysendrasana) both target the sacral chakra. Doing this pose is another way to ignite the fire that sits within this area of the body. Additionally, RAM (pronounced Rah-M) is the chant that is most closely associated with the sacral chakra. Repeating this chant before or after a meditation session is another way to balance this energy. Lastly, purchasing some yellow crystal gems can also help to bring awareness to the sacral chakra. By surrounding yourself with yellow or even golden light, this energy will be reminded of its illuminating capabilities.
Solar Plexus Chakra Meditation
Meditation Duration: 10 minutes Throughout this guided meditation, we are going to focus on rebuilding our sense of confidence and personal power. To help ease you into a relaxed state, we will start with a few deep breaths. Slowly breathe in, allowing your belly to expand, followed by your chest, making sure to fill your lungs completely with air. Take about five seconds to do this. Next, hold the breath for five seconds. Finish by slowly breathing out over the course of five seconds. Repeat this process several times, to deepen your relaxation. If you’ve not already done so, please close your eyes. You should be nice and relaxed now. Allow the breath to return to its natural rhythm. Now, begin to scan the body, looking for any areas of tension. Begin at the top of the head, and work towards the toes. If you find areas of tension, breathe lightly into that area. Repeat this process for any area of the body that is experiencing tension. Have you relieved your tension? Good. We’re now going to place all of our attention on the solar plexus chakra, just below the navel. If there are any other distracting thoughts coming to your mind, acknowledge them, but then let them pass. With each breath, imagine breathing a golden light into the lower abdomen. Feel this color swirling amongst the energy within this area of the body. With each out breath, feel
all other energies that are not serving your sacral chakra be released. Feel the body only filling with this bright yellow color. Next, imagine that your entire body is becoming consumed by the golden light that is the sacral chakra energy. Feel this color taking over the lower abdomen, before consuming the chest, the shoulders, and the head. Feel this energy moving effortlessly throughout the body on each inhale and every exhale. You are one with the sacral chakra. Turn your attention to these affirmations of respect for yourself in regards to the sacral chakra, and repeat these affirmations in your head: I am in control of my life and live with a sense of dignity. I use all of the information I have to make informed decisions in a timely fashion. I use my personal power to help me expand and grow as a human being.
I am confident in the value I provide to others as a human being. My logical brain knows exactly when to analyze a situation, and exactly when
to let the heart take over. I understand situations as they truly are, and know when to consult others
when I cannot see the whole picture. I feed my intellect and thirst for knowledge by reading, listening to others,
and experiencing new things every day. I use my logical mind to manifest my dreams and desires. I am optimistic, creative, and respect myself fully. I am comfortable with the fact that the only moment in which I have any control in this one. I do not feel the need to control others, as I know that the only thing that I
have control over is my reaction to the world around me. Begin to notice the breath once more, feeling each inhale that you make, and
each exhale that you make. When you feel ready, begin to gently open the eyes. Thank you for joining me for this meditation session meant to target the solar plexus chakra.
Chapter5:Enlightenin g C o m p a s s i o n t h ro u g h Yo u r H e a r t C h a k r a With the power of the sacral chakra
motivating
you
towards premeditated action and light, you will have a better sense of who you are and what your true purpose in life is. Your personality will likely become more vested in what personally matters to you in life, rather than what others find important. With your intention being less swayed, your heart will be primed to receive and send more compassion into the world. When this happens, it will then be time for you to turn inward and examine the body’s fourth chakra, the heart chakra.
Basic Information Regarding the Heart Chakra As you may already be able to guess, the heart chakra is located in the center of the chest. Even though your actual heart is located closer to the left side of the body, the heart chakra is centered rather than angled. The Sanskrit equivalent of the phrase heart chakra is Anahata. When the energy in the heart chakra is healthy and thriving, you’re able to not just love others with more consistency, but you’ll be able to love yourself in a greater capacity as well. The element associated with this chakra is air, as air is the element that connects our energy to all other energy in the world. The expansive nature of air is another reason why it’s often related to the heart chakra. The heart chakra allows your spirit’s energy to blossom, open and become receptive to love in all of its amazing forms.
Green, the Heart Chakra’s Color
Even though many of us think of pink or red when we think of love, green is the color of the heart chakra because green is a color of growth. Plants of all kinds often have some type of green hue to them, and the often-limitless potential for natural elements to blossom and bloom is a primary reason why green represents our heart chakra. Ideally, this green is bright and calming, rather than extremely heavy or dark. Like the color of an emerald pulsating vibrancy to the eyes, the heart chakra sits in the center of the chest, radiating love, empathy, and compassion to all life forms in its path. The Cardiovascular System and the Heart Chakra The cardiovascular system is closely related to the heart chakra, and the thymus gland is as well. The thymus gland sits behind the heart and provides hormones to the body that aid in the production of T cells. It’s also interesting to note that the thymus gland derives its name from the thyme leaf, which just so happens to be green in color. Transporting oxygen and nutrients to the body’s blood and cells, the cardiovascular system is vital to the proper function of the body. The organs that make up the cardiovascular system are also heavily dependent on air in order to function properly, which can provide yet another reason as to why the heart chakra’s element is air.
Your Emotions and the Heart Chakra The heart chakra is often represented by two intersecting
triangles. An illustration of this symbol can be seen below:
These intersecting triangles represent the fact that the heart chakra integrates all of the life’s differences. For example, both male and female qualities cease to exist within the heart chakra. Integration is a key characteristic of this energy center, and the intersecting triangles are supposed to be representative of this integration. The heart chakra links the lower chakra points to the upper chakra points on the body, and thus allows for the continuity of the entire chakra system. Additionally, this Anahata energy also dictates your ability to truly see the beauty in every energetic creation on the planet. Through the expansive nature of this energy, it also allows you to experience relationships more fully, as well as limits the sometimes-overpowering nature of the ego by focusing the compassion within in us on other people instead of ourselves. Symptoms of an Unbalanced Heart Chakra
Signs of an unbalanced heart chakra include the following: - Experiencing fierce feelings of jealousy towards what other people
have - Finding it hard to forgive someone, especially if it’s for something that occurred long ago
- Finding it hard to be around other people. You spend a lot of time alone or even make up excuses as to why you can’t spend time with other people
- You experience physical problems with your heart or have
developed illnesses related to the lungs - You’re often overly defensive or have been described as argumentative
How to Unclog the Heart Chakra If you do currently experience some of the symptoms that point to an unbalanced heart chakra, know that this energy can change and become healthier in nature. In fact, practicing how to foster better energy in the heart chakra can be internally as well as externally accomplished. To open the heart chakra, consider performing these effective techniques:
Notice More Beauty in The World Each morning, consider five things for which you’re thankful from the previous day. Doing this will force you to focus on the smaller details of life, and your heart chakra will be able to open.
1.
Perform Activities of Self-Care: Performing activities related to self-care include coating the body with essential oils, and cleaning the body in a disciplined manner. While this may not seem like it will open the heart, this will allow you to pay attention to being attentive to the amazing vehicle for life that you’ve been given. This will also allow you to accept yourself as you are.
2.
Give or Take: Try and recognize the type of person that you are in a relationship. If you’re someone who typically gives more than they receive, then try and overhaul this behavior. Instead of constantly giving, why not see what happens when you receive instead? If you’re someone who typically receives more in a relationship than gives, try to do the opposite.
3.
Do Yoga: Heart opening yoga poses include cobra pose, eagle pose, camel pose, and fish pose.
Heart Chakra Meditation
Meditation Duration: 30 minutes Namaste. This meditation will focus on opening Anahata, the heart chakra. The heart chakra is the seed of love, compassion, and hope. First, we will start our meditation with deep breathing, before turning our attention to the energy that exists within the heart chakra. I invite you to close your eyes. Take a deep breath, and then take a relaxing exhale. Let go, dissolve your problems of the day, your worries, and
concerns. Come back to your beautiful body and soul. I invite you again to take a deep breath in, and then take a relaxing exhale. Release all of your tension on each exhale that you take. Repeat this for at least five full breaths. You should now feel completely relaxed. Let all of the thoughts of the day disappear, my child of God. All that is left is your beautiful self. I invite you to take one more deep breath in, and then let it go completely on the exhale. Feel the tingle of coming back to the Self. This is your home, your physical temple. This meditation will help to open your heart to give and receive the unconditional love that it deserves. Feel each breath entering the body like
a wave on the ocean. On each exhale, feel this wave cleansing your spirit. Feel the breath, the sustainer of life, coming and going just like anything else in life. Continue to feel each breath enter the body, and on the
exhale let go of any thoughts of “am I doing this right?” This is a space of Divine perfection, for you are perfect. Beyond it all, there’s deep love within you, a love that has always been within you from the moment you were born. This divine love if yours to be discovered. Follow your breath. Follow it into your temple. Exhale. On the next inhale, breathe in your heart’s space. This is the sustainer of unconditional
love. This is where all meet the light. Feel your heart. Take another deep inhale into your heart’s space. Have every breath light up this area of the body. Another inhale, another exhale to your divine heart. I invite you to take another breath, into your heart’s space. Feel green light coming in through the nostrils before illuminating the heart. Each breath should make the heart just a little bit brighter. This is the light of our cosmos, of everything. Drink it on each inhale, and feel you becoming one with it on each exhale. You should now be completely relaxed and should feel able to enjoy a feeling of bliss and inner peace. Try to imagine the words that I’m saying, as they lull your heart into a space of complete and utter calm. You are standing in a luscious field of grass, overlooking breathtaking mountains on a refreshing fall morning. The radiance of the sun heats your face, your body, and is even able to make the energy within your heart glow. Feel this glowing and miraculous energy taking hold of you on the inhale. On the exhale, let it go. Next, feel the grass playfully rubbing against your bare feet. Listen to all of the sounds that nature is making, and remind yourself how remarkable these sounds are. You are home here because this is a place that allows you to feel happy and protected. You’re in no hurry. Keep yourself in the present moment. Notice the giant tree to your right. Walk towards it. Stand under it. Notice its leaves, it’s sturdy trunk, its thick branches. Notice that this tree is bearing fruit. Take a
piece of fruit from the tree. There’s no need to hesitate. As you swallow the fruit, feel it passing down your throat. Allow it to sit in your stomach. This fruit possesses divine happiness. Allow this happiness to glow inside of you, and allow its aura to travel upwards towards your heart. Allow this sensation to spread across the chest. This is how love feels. You are loved. You are protected. You are a divine presence. You are enough. There’s no need to think. Instead, feel how this sensation radiates happiness and kindness throughout your entire
body. Take another bite of your fruit, allowing yourself to maintain this sensation of pure and utter bliss. Feel where this energy is moving, without trying to direct it or control it. Stay with these feelings for as long as you’d like. When you’re ready, say goodbye to the tree that gave you the fruits of happiness. Say goodbye to the mountains, to the grass, and to the cool morning air. Begin to bring your awareness back to your breath. Feel each inhalation, and each exhalation. Whenever you would like to finish this meditation, you may do so. Before you get up, give yourself some time to adjust.
C h a p t e r 6 : F i n d i n g Yo u r I n n e r Vo i c e Vi a t h e T h ro a t C h a k r a Being able to find greater empathy and
compassion for the people and situations that exist around you will undoubtedly lead to a more complex and humbler relationship with the world. When you focus your energy on harvesting love through every relationship and action that you
take, your energy will be less focused on the egotistical events that are
happening in your life. It will also lead to greater integration with those around you and will provide you with a greater sense of togetherness and fullness. Once your heart chakra has become balanced, it will then be time to
move onto empowering the throat chakra. After reading this chapter, you will understand what the values of the throat chakra energy as, and will also
know how to express this energy more fully. Basic Information Regarding the Throat Chakra In Sanskrit, the throat chakra is referred to as Vishudda. When translated, this word means pure. Located in the middle of the neck, the energy of the throat chakra emphasizes your communicative abilities and how you go about expressing yourself through sound. In fact, sound is this chakra’s element. You might be thinking that a chakra point by the ears would be better suited for the element of sound, but this element is meant to represent this energy’s ability to both hear and communicate the soul’s innermost desires. In this way, the throat chakra goes beyond the simple
auditory processes of the ears and is able to provide a voice for the entire energetic body instead. Blue, Vishudda’s Color The color blue is representative of our ability to link with the divine. The throat chakra, when balanced, is able to provide the soul with a link to the greater power that connects all of us through its mystical energy. This is important to understand, especially when seeking to understand the true properties of this particular chakra. Even when the body and mind are still, the energy within the throat chakra can hear and feel the sounds that are being transmitted from elsewhere. Sound is able to send vibrations that are both auditory and visual, yet the human eye cannot see these visual frequencies. Instead, the throat chakra is able to tap into the energy that is being created from a divine source and can then translate these sounds to the rest of body.
The Thyroid and Other Physical Elements of the Throat Chakra The thyroid gland is the primary gland associated with the throat chakra. This gland is located in the neck. For example, in men, the thyroid gland sticks out from the body in the form of Adam’s apple. This gland releases hormones that help to stabilize the body’s metabolism, as well as ensures that the body is growing and developing in a healthy manner. Other physical parts of the body that relate to the throat chakra include the roof of the mouth, the neck, the shoulders, the jaw, and the tongue.
Your Emotions and the Throat Chakra Unlike any of the other chakras that we’ve discussed up until this point, the energy within the throat chakra consists of elements that relate to what’s known as the subtle body. The subtle body can be best described as your body’s mystical elements. This body exists on a plane that cannot be seen by
the human eye or through any type of scientific medium. This is the body that is clairvoyant and psychic. While you may not be consciously aware that this body exists within yourself,
it exists within every energetic being, whether we are fully aware of it or not. The subtle body is incredibly difficult to tap into and typically will require a lifetime of dedicated practice to properly balance. This chakra is also considered to be the gatekeeper between the physical body chakras and the chakras that can be found in the head. As you can see, the throat chakra provides the body with the potential to tap into multiple realities and wisdom. This a quality that none of the previous chakras can provide. In addition to this cosmic ability, the throat chakra still does mentally alter the physical body as well. Having a balanced throat chakra will ensure that you’re able to express yourself in an honest and true manner. It will also help you to translate your ideas and creative thoughts into action, through communicating your thoughts effectively. Some of these abilities overlap with the abilities of the sacral chakra. You can think of the throat chakra as being able to fine-tune the energy that exists within the sacral chakra. Symptoms of
an Unbalanced Throat Chakra An unbalanced
throat chakra can lead to feelings that are both introverted and extroverted alike. Remember, for all seven of the primary chakras, balance is key. Your throat chakra needs to be better balanced if you’re currently exhibiting any of these types of behaviors: - You find that you talk too much or too little. You either need to be the center of attention or enjoy being the mouse in the room - You find it hard to listen to other people’s opinions, or you listen to other people’s opinions so often that your voice is often lost in the shuffle
- You may
have a hard time keeping secrets, or you may find it difficult to share information with others. This may cause you to be perceived as unnecessarily secretive How to Unclog the Throat Chakra If
you’re
experiencing any
of the difficulties
that were just described, there are certain actions that you can take in an attempt to balance out the imbalances that are occurring within the throat chakra. Some of these methods include the following: Singing: Any type of singing is considered beneficial to the throat
chakra
Drinking Water: There are many studies that have been done suggesting that Americans, in particular, are dehydrated more often than not. Drinking more water than you currently do is considered healthy for the throat chakra Meditating on Blue: People who meditate frequently and consider themselves to have a deep meditation practice will often state that they can see a blue glowing pearl while in their meditative state. One of the reasons why this might occur may be because of the divine properties that are known to be associated with the color blue. By thinking about blue, the energy within your throat chakra will be more likely to activate.
Throat Chakra Breathing Meditation
Meditation Duration: 5 minutes Welcome, and Namaste. This meditation is going to focus breathing. Please begin by finding a comfortable seated position for yourself. It would be best if you were seated on the floor. From here, take an inhale, bend your knees, and place both of your feet on the floor. Feel the four corners of each foot firmly planting down. Take a moment to appreciate the supportive nature of the floor beneath you. Keep inhaling and exhaling in this position. Next, place both of your hands on your belly. Inhale and exhale. Notice your belly filling up like a balloon on your inhale. On the exhaling, feel the belly releasing what it’s holding onto. If you have not done so already, begin to close the
eyes. Continue to consciously fill the belly up with, before letting it go. Do this for at least five breaths. Once you’ve become comfortable with this type of breathing, on your next inhale, consider inhaling for five seconds. Count each second in your head. On the exhale, also count for five seconds, consciously allowing the breath to be released slowly and with care. Inhale. Exhale. Begin to allow your breath to become normalized. You can let go of the count of five that you’ve been reciting in your head. There’s no need to worry about anything. Slowly, bring your attention back to the room in which you find yourself. Wiggle your fingers
and your toes. When it feels right, open the eyes. Take a moment to reflect on how your intuition may feel more expansive and open.
Chapter7:HowtoIlluminatethe PowersoftheThirdEyeChakra The third eye chakra may be the most popular
chakra today.
The
intuitive powers of this chakra and the awareness that a balanced third eye chakra can bring to an individual is one of
the reasons why it’s so well-known and easily recognized. This chapter is going to look at what the third eye does, how it works with the throat chakra, and how you can begin to develop an acute
awareness of the types of experiences that the energy from this chakra brings with it. Similar to the throat chakra, the third eye chakra is able to tap into the subtle body and intuitively see things that others who have an unbalanced third eye chakra cannot. The third eye chakra is an energy center that is mysterious, mystical,
and intriguing simultaneously. The Basics of the Third Eye Chakra The third eye chakra is located between your two eyes, specifically in the middle of your forehead. The element that’s associated with the third eye is light. Some also interpret the elements of the third eye to be a combination of all of the elements in their purest forms. Since the third eye is located between your other two eyes, the energy of this chakra is meant to be the mind’s invisible eye. Its energy is motivated by imagination, purity, and complete freedom. In other words, someone who has opened his or her third eye chakra is said to be someone who is no longer bound to the mortal realm. Instead, this person’s soul has been lifted into a state of being where the concept of time is obsolete. In Sanskrit, the third eye is referred to as the
Ajna chakra. Indigo, the Ajna Chakra’s Color As
we’ve
already discussed the throat chakra’s
color association is blue. We’ve already discussed that the throat chakra is the gatekeeper between the physical chakras of the body and the more subtle and cosmic chakras of the body. When we say that the third eye chakra’s color is indigo, we’re saying that its color is a deeper and purer version of the blue that is associated with the throat chakra. In this way, the third eye chakra is able to deepen the energy that is being experienced within the throat chakra. This ultimately leads to a more pronounced ability to tap into the subtle body, which in turn leads to freedom from the time-space continuum.
The Pineal Gland and the Third Eye Chakra
The gland that is most closely associated with the third eye chakra is the pineal gland. This gland primarily responsible for producing melatonin. Melatonin is a hormone that induces and regulates our sleep patterns. While that is the scientific way in which the pineal gland works, it is also largely understood that the pineal gland is the small part of the body that links the physical body to the spiritual realm of existence. This world is one that we cannot consciously see as humans, yet it is one that the energy
within the third eye can access through the pineal gland’s capabilities as a medium. The pineal gland is positioned in the center of the brain and is located in the vicinity of the brain’s optic nerves. Its position in the brain causes it to be sensitive to changes in light, and some people hypothesize that this subtle awareness of change is what allows the pineal gland to tap into the mystical realm of the unknown. Your Emotions and the Third Eye Chakra While the other chakras of the body have distinct emotions that correspond to them, the third eye chakra is different. Emotions, in general, are sensations that only our versions of reality can experience. For this reason, there are not any specific emotions that are associated with the third eye chakra. When your third eye chakra is open and balanced, it means that you have become some embedded into the balance of the rest of the universe that you’re able to recognize that your emotions are all related to attachments that your small self has to temporary things in your life. When someone’s third eye chakra is open, they are likely going to involve themselves very little in the way in which they feel on a day-to-day basis. The recognition that all emotions are temporary, and that all states of being are always in flux, are concepts that are integral to an enlightened person’s consciousness. Instead,
the
third eye chakra is able
to relay images to the brain that are difficult to describe.
verbally These
images can also be relayed to the brain as
blurry images, rather than something that is extremely clear. When the third eye is able to capture these images, the idea is that your emotions are removed from the equation. Instead of thinking about these images through an emotional lens, the third eye chakra is able to look at these images through a lens that is wise and operates on a plane that is unknown to the likes of me or you. Your consciousness must evolve to a point where you no longer believe that your consciousness and sense of reality holds much significance. One way that this can be accomplished is through the denial and elimination of the ego. Only then, will true clairvoyance and psychic integration with the universe be possible.
Symptoms of an Unbalanced Third Eye Chakra
A few tendencies that can suggest that you have an unbalanced third eye chakra include the following: - The inability to believe or complete rejection of any sense that there is another realm of existence or higher power
- Being able to
only see the “important” tasks that you need to complete on a day-to-day basis, without any contemplation of the size of the universe or your small part in it - You have frequent fantasies or are unable to differentiate the difference between reality and imagination. This can be an indication that your third eye chakra is overstimulated
How to Unclog the Third Eye Chakra We are going to get into the benefits of Reiki in a subsequent chapter, but
participating in Reiki therapy is a great way to balance the third eye’s energy. Placing certain essential
oils on the third eye can also help to realign the third eye energy. Some of these oils include rosemary, sage, or marjoram. It’s also been found that eating particular foods are good for the third eye as well. These foods include kale, blueberries, eggplants, plums, and sweet peppers. Finally, any yoga pose that emphasizes the mat being in contact with or close to the third eye can help to open and activate this energy. Some of these poses include child’s pose and dolphin pose.
Third Eye Calming Meditation
Meditation Duration: 10 minutes Welcome and Namaste. I’d like to invite you to find a comfortable seated position for yourself. Perhaps find a chair with a supportive back, or find a comfortable seated position on the floor. Begin to close the eyes. Wherever your toes are depending on your position,
start to focus on them. Begin to curl the toes and release them at your leisure. While you’re doing this, perhaps turn your attention to the breath. Inhale your breath in, and see if you can imagine the energy of your breath moving into your toes. Try to only think about how this sensation feels, rather than focusing on any other thoughts that might be coming to the mind. After you’ve taken some time to focus on moving your breath’s energy to the toes, consider engaging the ankles, then the calves, then the knees, and then the thighs. Release this tension, and then begin to think about your breath moving through these areas of the body as it makes its way to your
toes. Remember to also release any thoughts that might be coming to your mind. Next, stiffen the glute muscles, and the pelvic muscles on an inhale. On the exhale, release this tension. Feel breath moving from the lungs to the hips, the glutes, and the pelvis. Relax. There is no tension here, no reason for stiffness.
Inhale, this time stiffening the shoulders by raising them towards your ears. On the exhale feel this tension release as your shoulders move back down the back. Feel your neck and jaw relax. Release any tension that you might be feeling in these areas. Now that the entire body feels relaxed take a couple deeper inhales and exhales. Soak in this feeling of calm and serenity.
Slowly, begin to bring your awareness back to the room in which you find yourself. Are there any sounds that you notice? When you’re ready, begin to open the eyes gently and become reacquainted with the space around you. How do you feel?
Chapter8:BecomingO n e w i t h E v e r y t h i n g t h ro u g h t h e C ro w n C h a k r a The third eye chakra may be the most well-known chakra point on the body, but it is not the last chakra point that there is. The seventh and final chakra point on the body is known as the crown chakra. Similar to the throat and third eye chakras in the sense that it seeks enlightenment from a higher power, the crown chakra provides the soul with complete access to any and all realms of existence that are beyond this one. While the throat and third eye chakras can provide the soul with glimpses into the unknown, the crown chakra completely unifies our souls with everything. Think about that for a moment. Everything. Total integration with the universe has also been described as a state of eternal blissfulness or Nirvana.
Basic Information Regarding the Crown Chakra In Sanskrit, the crown chakra best translates to the word “Sahasrara.” Taken literally, Sahasrara means a thousand petals. The symbol for the crown chakra demonstrates this meaning. It is located at the crown of the head, slightly above the end of the forehead. This chakra allows the soul to identify all that is sacred in the world, and become one with it. It can provide the soul with ecstasy, bliss, and freedom from any and all patterns that
exist in the world. For example, in some schools of religion, it’s thought that our souls are reincarnated from one life into another after the physical body dies. From this school of thought, it’s understood that when the crown chakra opens, the soul is no longer to go through the process of reincarnation. Instead, it will transcend all physical forms of consciousness, and become One with the universe. Purple, the Sahasrara Chakra’s Color While purple is formally the color that is associated with the Sahasrara chakra, white is sometimes interchangeably used to describe
this seventh chakra point. Purple is meant to signify connectedness, birth, and rejuvenation. Purple is also meant to signify a reconciling of all feelings of separateness within yourself and with others. In modern and ancient culture, purple is also often associated with distinction, wisdom, or royalty. A healthy crown chakra allows the mind to think deeply, curiously, and without limit. This is what the color purple represents, and why it is associated with the crown chakra. It’s also interesting to note that all of the chakras that are found in the head are linked to similar color patterns.
The Pituitary Gland and the Crown Chakra If you remember, the pituitary gland is responsible for controlling and maintaining the other glands that make up the endocrine system. It’s located towards the base of the
brain. Unlike the pineal gland which is located closer to the front and center of the brain, the pituitary gland is further from the mind’s eye. This suggests that the crown chakra, while similar to the third eye chakra in a few ways, is far more interested in aligning its energy with the unimaginable and mystical than the third eye is.
Your Emotions and the Crown Chakra One
of
the
reasons why the crown chakra is considered to be the last primary chakra point on the body is because all other chakras must be in balance before this one can even think about opening. Now that you’ve learned about what it takes to balance all of the six other chakra points on the body, you can probably imagine that this is not an easy task to take on. When the crown chakra is open and flowing, it means that this energy is moving through all of the chakra points throughout the body. Prana is flowing freely, and this allows the body to remain in a state that is constantly rooted in the present moment. When your mind isn’t busy thinking about the past and how it's influencing the present
and the future, you’re able to truly find a greater sense of freedom. Specifically, opening all of the chakras and finally opening the crown chakra will provide you with freedom from attachment, time, and ultimately the limiting aspects of your human
form. Symptoms of an Unbalanced Crown Chakra An overactive crown chakra will likely exhibit this overzealousness in
some of the following ways: Feeling completely disconnected from the body. You can’t seem to relate to the physical body that you’re in, and this leads to never being able to feel grounded in your own skin
- Keeping all of your thoughts in your head, rather than expressing them to other people - Forgetting to take responsibility for things that are still important to your earthly existence, such as car payments or keeping appointments
On the other hand, an underactive crown chakra might manifest itself in the following ways:
- Having little or no direction in life - Sensing an inability to set goals for yourself and see them through - Developing nerve pain or neurological disorders of one kind or another - Developing depression, schizophrenia or Alzheimer’s disease - Frequently experiencing
headaches -
How to Unclog the Crown Chakra
While unpacking the crown chakra to allow for a greater flow of energy is not necessarily easy, there are still plenty of habits that you can cultivate and practice in your daily life if you’d like to work towards that end. Firstly, chanting OM is a great way to stimulate the energy that is found in the crown chakra. You can either chant OM once, or you can also choose to chant it three times in a row. OM is a word that represents universal peace, and universal energy. It also represents a small piece of matter that exists within every energetic being and connects one of us to all of us. Chanting OM reminds us that our enemies and our friends alike all possess at least one piece of
humanity that is exactly the same as ours. More importantly, chanting OM reminds us that there is a higher power, regardless of the exact form that it takes.
Crown Chakra Guided Meditation
Meditation Duration: 5 minutes Find a comfortable seated position, and from here begin to close the eyes. Make sure that the space in which you find yourself feels calm and is free of any major distractions. From here, take a large inhale. On the exhale, let all of the breath go audibly. Feel how this breathing brings a sense of relaxation with it. Continue this for at least five breaths. Begin to think about yourself finding a greater sense of peace and focus. What would that feel like? How would that enhance your life? Begin to imagine what this type of life would look like. Allow your unconscious to bring these types of images to your head freely. What do you hear? What do you see? How do you feel? Perhaps you already feel calmer or have a greater sense of peace in your heart. Perhaps you can allow this sense of calm and peace to permeate your consciousness every day. Peacefulness feels good, and you deserve to feel good whenever possible. It really is this easy to find serenity in your life. When you feel ready, begin to draw your awareness back to the space you’re occupying. Begin to wiggle the fingers and the toes. When it feels right, open the eyes. Did you learn anything new about yourself?
Chapter9:Understand ingtheBenefitsofaSt ro n g M e d i t a t i o n P r a c t i ce Even if you’re someone who
feels
like
you’re
going to be stuck working on aligning the energy in your root chakra for eternity, this should not discourage you or deter you from developing a meditation practice for yourself. You never know what could potentially open up inside of you when you learn to sit and be okay with stillness in mind. Especially in today’s society, our brains are constantly being assaulted with advertisements and social media posts that can cause us to feel less
than content with ourselves. This is just one reason why developing a meditation practice can be beneficial to anyone. Regardless of whether you’re someone who can only sit still for two minutes at a time, start there. Acknowledge and respect your personal limits, and work within these limits to find
greater mental clarity, contentment, and inner peace. Meditation is Scientifically Proven to Increase Happiness While there has yet to be physical evidence of the energy within our chakras, it has been scientifically proven that meditation can increase a person’s happiness. Not all people were created equal. It’s been found that people who are pre-dispositioned for
more happiness than other people have more brain activity happening in their frontal lobes. The term for your brain’s natural
state is known as its “set point.” Everyone’s set point is different. Additionally, people who are anxious on a regular basis have more activity on the right side of their brain. Studies have found that when people meditate, the activity of the brain moves back towards the frontal lobe, rather than to the right side. In other words, when you meditate on a regular basis, you are able to alter the set point for your brain. Even if you don’t entirely believe in the powers that meditation can provide the body, this scientific evidence should entice you to at least attempt meditation to see if you’re able to generate a greater feeling of contentment from it. Meditation should always be considered before medication is.
Meditation Makes Your Brain Bigger In another study that was done, two types of people had their brains scanned and then compared. The first group of people was those who were dedicated meditators. The second group was those who did not meditate at all. What these brain scans found was that the people who meditated actually had larger brains than did the people who did not partake in a meditation practice. In another study that was conducted, it was found that older people who meditate on a regular basis have gray brain matter that deteriorates more slowly than those older folks who do not meditate. In other words, developing a healthy meditation practice can actually prevent your brain cells from dying. If this doesn’t at least cause you consider meditating more often, then I’m not sure if anything will be able to convince you.
Meditation Helps Your Cardiovascular System If you’re someone who is worried about being at risk for a
heart attack or other cardiovascular-related problems, know that meditation can help to alleviate problems associated with specifically your blood pressure. Studies have found that meditation physically reduces feelings of stress, and promotes feelings of relaxation. Specifically, meditation increases the amount of nitric oxide that the body produces. This expands the body’s blood vessels, which ultimately causes the body’s blood pressure to decrease. People who previously had issues with their blood pressure reported that after they started to meditate, their symptoms related to high pressure seemingly vanished.
Meditation Reduces Your Risk of Sickness This book has gone into great detail regarding the types of biological systems that are influenced by your chakras. It’s no surprise then that meditation has been proven to reduce an individual’s chance of developing a common cold. If you’re someone who typically develops a cold or the flu during a certain time of year, know that this type of sickness can be reversed through the powers of meditation. People who meditate are less likely to become sick and are also much less likely to develop sicknesses like a common cold. As you can see, when the mind is not cared for properly, the physical body will often pay for this neglect. Meditation forces you to take care of your mind, which in turn allows it to feel healthier and better integrated with the body entirely.
Meditation Can Help you Cope Lastly, meditation can help
an
individual cope
with any type
of problem in life. If you’re experiencing the death of a loved one, have been given the news that you have a particular illness, or are even going through some emotional strife, know that meditating is a great way to find a sense of peace and acceptance for the reality in which you find yourself. Turning inward not only allows you to accept the current and ever changing circumstances of your life; it allows opens you up to the possibilities of being able to forgive yourself and others.
As you can see, the benefits of meditation are not simply ones that can benefit for your mind for a temporary period of time. A disciplined and frequent meditation practice can influence both your mind and body both now and far into the future. The benefits of meditation are also not limited to just one area of your body or one area of your life. These benefits can extend and penetrate many aspects of your life, whether you consciously realize it or not. It would be a disservice to yourself to at
least
not
even
attempt
meditating. You may come to find that meditation is exactly what you need in order to find greater happiness and a sense
of fulfillment from the life you currently lead.
C h a p t e r 1 0 : Wa y s t o A l i g n t h e ChakrasBeyondMeditation In addition to meditation, there are plenty of other methods that you can seek out that will help to release and activate your chakra energies within. This chapter is going to look at what you can do when you’re already meditating and still would like to open your chakras in other ways. After reading this chapter, you will have many options when you’re looking to open up any of your chakra energy centers. As you’re going to see, many of these techniques are able to target the chakras in different ways. This means that not only will you have options when it comes to opening your chakras; you will also have variety in terms of how you’re going about doing it.
Using Reiki to Align the Chakras Reiki is a practice that’s used to reduce stress in individuals and promotes optimal relaxation. When you attend a Reiki session, you are going to lay on a table, similar to how you would when you’re getting a massage. Taken apart, the “Rei” in Reiki can be translated to mean “wisdom from a higher power,” while the “Ki” can be translated to mean “life force” or “eternal energy.” In other words, the point of Reiki is for the Reiki therapist to guide the energy of the individual towards greater harmony and alignment with the rest of the body. As you can see, Reiki has been known to directly influence the way in which chakra energy flows in the body. When you’re participating in a Reiki session, the therapist is not going to touch your physical body. Instead, you are going to close your eyes, and the instructor is going to place his or her hands
on top of your main chakra points. These subtle placements of the hands over the body is able to positively influence the energy within. Many Reiki participants walk away from Reiki feeling revitalized, happier, and far more relaxed than when they first entered the healing room. Using Aromatherapy to Align the Chakras
In addition to treating yourself to Reiki, another way that you can align your chakras is through aromatherapy techniques. In opposition to Reiki, aromatherapy emphasizes the physical placement of essential oils on the chakra centers of the body, in an attempt to reach the chakra topically. You can perform aromatherapy on yourself by simply rubbing a drop or two of an essential oil of your choosing over the area of the body where the chakra energy is located. Below you will find a list of essential oils that can be used when you’re looking to target a specific chakra area of the body:
Chakra Root Chakra Sacral Chakra Solar Plexus Chakra Heart Chakra Third Eye Chakra
Best Essential Oils Patchouli oil or rosewood oil Jasmine oil or sandalwood oil Peppermint oil or cedarwood oil Cypress oil or geranium oil Lavender oil or marjoram oil
Crown Chakra
Myrrh oil or helichrysum oil
Using Crystal Healing to Align the Chakras If Reiki and aromatherapy do not seem like chakra aligning avenues that you’re interested in taking, you still have the option of aligning the chakras through crystal healing. Crystal healing is all about surrounding yourself with the color that is associated with the chakra that you’re trying to open. We’ve already discussed the colors that are associated with each chakra along the length of the spine. When your eyes frequently see the color related to a certain chakra energy center, they’re able to bring this stimulus to the energy that surrounds that chakra. Perhaps more significant, colors also have frequencies of light that travel along a wavelength.
When you use crystals as a way to balance the chakras, these wavelengths of energy are able to transcend the visual stimulus from the eyes and penetrate into the chakra in question. You can purchase crystal stones rather cheaply, although there are one out there that are on the more expensive side. Another technique that could be useful is to first surround yourself with the particular chakra color that you’re trying to embody. Next, find a place where you can comfortably meditate. Next, meditate on the color that you’ve chosen. With the crystals around you and your mind focused on that color, you will be able to tap into the energies within your subtle body.
Using Yoga to Align the Chakras
Lastly, developing a yoga practice that focuses on the seven chakras is a fabulous way to get in touch with energy that is unbalanced or needs some awakening. Generally speaking, any yoga pose that requires sitting down is going to be good for the root chakra. This includes stretching. When you’re trying to focus on any chakra point in relation to yoga, you’re going to want to make sure that you’re paying attention to doing poses that will utilize the spine in that specific chakra energy center whenever possible. You could also link certain poses together and create a flow for yourself that targets each chakra to some degree. Seek out yoga classes in your area that perhaps emphasize chakra healing. If you find a class like this, don’t be afraid to ask the instructor questions regarding chakra balancing. He or she will likely have even more techniques that you can try out. In conjunction with a chakra yoga practice, chanting is also a great way to target a specific chakra in the body. Chanting can be done at either the beginning or the end of a yoga session. OM, in particular, is a chant that can cause the body to feel complete and elation and bliss when spoken or sang. Another way to incorporate chants into your yoga or meditation practice is a mantra. A mantra is a phrase or group of words that are typically chanted in Sanskrit. Mantras can range from simple to complex and are
known to be able to invite the spirits of the Hindu gods and goddesses into an individual’s vicinity. Even if you don’t believe in the Hindu gods and goddesses, chanting can still be a form of sound therapy for the body. OM is just one example of the many mantras that you can chant either on your own or in a group as a way to generate greater chakra abilities.
Conclusion Thank for making it through to the end of Chakra Awakening: Guided Meditation for Chakra Healing, Chakra Balancing, and Chakra Cleansing. Hopefully, this book has been able to provide you with the knowledge that will better integrate your mind and body. Remember, a key aspect of balancing all of your chakras is to start at the base of the body. Start with your root chakra, and then work your way towards enlightening the chakras that are closer to the crown of the head. When you’re working each chakra point, remember to take some time to reflect on how your awareness of reality is changing and evolving through your chakra alignment work. The next step is to begin developing a meditation practice for yourself. The guided meditations found in this book are a great place to start; however, you should also feel free to explore the nuances of meditation in any way that will suit you best. Even though meditation can certainly have traditional elements, there’s nothing stopping you from making a meditation practice your own. When you alter and tweak the way in which you meditate when you’re first starting out, you will be able to figure out what it is you like and what it is you don’t like. This way, you will be able to develop a practice that is truly your own. Finally, if you found this book useful in any way, a review on Amazon is always appreciated!
Reiki Healing Heal Your Life with Energy Healing, Chakra Healing,
Guided Imagery, and Guided Mediation
I n t ro d u c t i o n Congratulations on downloading your personal copy of Reiki Healing. Thank you for doing so. Throughout this book, you will learn about Reiki healing and the many things it can do for you. Chapter One covers what Reiki is, how it came to be, how it can help to improve your life. Chapter Two talks about how to find, connect, and awaken your higher and divine self. In Chapter Three you will have your first Reiki meditation techniques. Pay attention to these, so you don't inadvertently hurt yourself. Chapter Four will cover how to clear out all your energy fields. Chapter Five teaches you how to balance your chakras. In Chapter Six you will find some chakra meditations. In chapter Seven you will find out how to use your mind to help heal yourself and others. Chapter Eight teaches us how to use positive thoughts to our advantage.
In Chapter Nine you will learn to do some mindfulness meditation to help improve your life. The last chapter, Chapter Ten will explain how meditation can help raise your positive energy to help you have a more fulfilling life. There are plenty of books on this subject on the market, thanks again for choosing this one! Every effort was made to ensure it is full of as much useful information as possible. Please enjoy! Congratulations on downloading your personal copy of Reiki Healing. Thank you for doing so.
ReikiHealing Reiki thought have
is to been
affiliated with Mikao
Usui
who discovered the root system we call Reiki. His methods and traditions were passed down to several Reiki grand masters. Reiki has many forms today. The Usui is still the
most practiced. Many years after developing Reiki during a meditation session, Mikao Usui added the Reiki Ideals to the practice. These came from the five principles of the Meiji Emperor whom Mikao Usui admired. These were developed to add balance to Reiki. They are used to help one know that healing the spirit by deciding to improve themselves is necessary for the healing experience. For the healing energies to last, the person needs to realize their responsibility for their own healing and be active in it. The Usui system is more than just using Reiki energy. It needs to include a commitment to improving the system to be complete. These ideas are guidelines for living a kind life and virtues worthy to be practiced for their values. Reiki healing comes from Japan and is used for relaxation and to reduce stress. It can also promote healing. It could be done by laying on hands and is based on an idea that each of us has a life force energy flowing through us. This is what keeps us alive. If someone's energy is low, they might become sick or begin to feel stressed. If it's high, they will be healthy and feel happy.
Reiki is comprised of two Japanese words: Rei that means Higher Power and Ki that means Life Force Energy. So, the word Reiki could mean "Universally guided life force energy. Reiki isn’t based on any religion or practice. It is spiritual in nature. It doesn’t have a dogma, and you don’t need to believe in anything to be able to use Reiki. Reiki isn’t dependent on belief and will work even if you don’t believe
in it. Since Reiki come from a Higher Power, many find that using Reiki gets them closer to their Gods. Even though Reiki isn’t a religion, it is important to act and live in a way that creates harmony. It isn't massage. It is an active, subtle form of energy that uses spiritually guided life force energy.
Reiki energy flows in every living thing. Practitioners know that everyone can connect to their healing energy and can use it to strengthen their own energy. It gives them the ability to help others. A person's Ki needs to be high and flowing freely. When it is, their mind and body will be in good health. If their energy becomes blocked or weak, it can cause an emotional or physical imbalance. Reiki is a natural method of self-improvement and spiritual healing that is safe and simple, and anyone can use. It is useful in helping every malady and illness. It works with other therapeutic and medical techniques to help with recovery and side effects. It is a simple technique to learn. Reiki isn't taught in the ordinary sense, but is transferred during a Reiki class. It is passed during an attunement that is given by the master and lets the student tap into the infinite life force energy to improve a person's health and quality of life. It is not dependent on a person's spiritual development or intellectual capacity and is available to everyone. It has been taught to thousands of individuals with many different backgrounds and every age. A session can help relieve stress and tension and can support their bodies to create an environment that can heal on every level like emotional, mental, spiritual, and physical. This will give the feeling of well-being, security, and peace. Many have received incredible results. A session is relaxing and pleasant and done to help a person's wellness. A session can feel like a glowing radiance flowing in and around you. The practitioner will have a discussion before the session begins.
They will tell
the client what to expect during their treatment. They ask the client about any issues or problems they are having and ask them what they want from the session. The person receiving Reiki remains clothed. Comfortable, loose clothing is recommended. They will either lay on a couch or massage table or sit in a chair and relax. The session will either be hands on where the practitioner will place their hands lightly in different positions on the body. If a person doesn’t want to be touched, they can let the practitioner know before they start. The entire body is treated instead of a particular area. Sessions can take anywhere from 45 minutes to an hour and a half. It just depends on what the client needs. The session proceeds with the practitioner moving through different hand positions starting at their feet or head. The client might feel tingling or a warming sensation during the session or just incredibly relaxed. They might see colors, or have emotional responses. This indicates that healing is taking place and is allowing harmony to come back into the body. The session should be invigorating, relaxing, and pleasant.
Practitioners aren’t trained to diagnose and won’t predict any outcome from the treatments. If a person is concerned about a certain symptom, they need to see their doctor. Reiki is ideal for relaxation and reducing stress. Many will use it for wellness. Reiki doesn't cure illnesses or diseases but might help the body to create an environment to help with healing. Reiki is an excellent complement to traditional medicine and is used in many hospitals and health care facilities. Reiki is a soothing treatment that could be: ● Comforting if life gets hard: Reiki is relaxing and can be helpful during difficult times. Everyone feels
disconnected
or overwhelmed at
times.
Sometimes there is a sense of being isolated
spiritually and emotionally. Reiki bring
can about
feelings of centeredness and
peace.
We could get the ability to cope with challenges. Reiki
is
beneficial in short
term
circumstances
but can help people who are dealing with long-
term conditions. It can bring a positive outlook, acceptance, and comfort.
● Helpful during pregnancy: Reiki is ideal for pregnant women. Treatments are delightful and relaxing for the mother.
● Help calm children: Children love Reiki. These sessions are shorter than an adult’s. ● Reassures animals: Animals respond well to Reiki. They find it soothing
and relaxing. ● Gives peace at the end of life: In these cases, Reiki is an excellent comfort. It helps to promote acceptance and peace for the dying and the family members. One session could be enough, but it needs to be discussed with the practitioner. If you have many spiritual or emotional issues, a series might be more beneficial. If you find that real changes are happening, it is best to
continue treatments. There aren’t any known contraindications for Reiki. This non-intrusive treatment can be done in many settings and doesn’t need any special equipment. Reiki is an excellent tool for personal growth and healing. It will create the best results for everyone. It can guide anybody through life. It will assist in creating hidden talents and improve all we do. If personal development and healing are what you want, a Reiki class will be beneficial.
When you begin your self-healing program, take the time to try various techniques. Notice the results of each procedure. If a certain method is moving you to your goal, continue with it. If not, keep trying. By doing this, you will develop a healing system that is right for you. This will improve your results. There are several different ways to use Reiki here are some techniques and ideas that are useful and powerful. Self-Treatments Using selftreatments is an
part
essential of any
Reiki program.
Take 15 to 30 minutes every day to do a self-treatment. You could do a complete treatment by using every hand position, or you could use scanning to treat just the areas you are guided
to. While doing Reiki, your vibrations will go up. When this happens, take the time to contemplate the different activities going on in your life. You will find new attitudes that are developing about certain issues within your life. You will get creative ideas about what to do with them. Keep track of these by writing them down in a notebook.
Personal Healing Alliance Getting treatments from others is important as well. This helps you keep your energy high. Take it one step more and develop a healing alliance. Find someone that you trust who has a life or health issue they need to heal. Meet once a week to exchange sessions and share what has taken place since the last one. Make an agreement that you will help each other by finding solutions to the issues and become healed. Share everything and keep your meetings confidential. Use your inspiration and creativity that comes to you to solve your problems and reach your goals. Set aside time within the week to send distant Reiki to each other. Call the other one if something comes up. Take these meeting seriously and focus. Never let the meetings become a social event. This powerful process will bring profound, meaningful levels of healing.
Prayers and Affirmations
Reiki can be used to enhance prayers and affirmations. Place your goals on 3 x 5 cards. Use energy and draw Reiki symbols on the card. The recommended symbols are the three Reiki II symbols. Place the card between your hands and give it Reiki. As you do this, repeat your affirmation. You could also say a prayer to give thanks that your goal was achieved or the healing took place. Say this prayer or affirmation over and over. Do this once each day. Carry the card with you and do this when you get a moment within the day. Go Against the Issue To accelerate the healing, go against the point and use Reiki to heal any energies or feeling that might arise. Even if you fear do something, do it anyway. Go against this fear. This will stimulate any dormant feelings and cause them to surface where you can use Reiki to release or heal them. It will take courage, but it is incredibly powerful. If you need to, have a friend that knows Reiki to help you. If you fear flying, go ahead and book a flight to any place. Before the trip give yourself Reiki. Focus on any feelings that arise. During the trip give yourself Reiki and concentrate on the feelings. After the flight give yourself Reiki again and deal with any more feelings that arise. If you are just too scared and can't do it, just imagine doing it and direct Reiki to the feelings that come up. By treating the issue in this manner, you will be able to do it in real life at some point. Remember to use common sense and don't do anything that would be extremely dangerous.
Raise Your Vibrations Whatever raises your vibrations will help to heal you quicker. Do things like eating better, exercising, meditation, getting plenty of sleep and rest, stretching, massage, yoga, social activities, Tai Chi, or any form of entertainment that raises your vibration. As the vibrations go up, it is easier to gain insight into your situation and create solutions. It also allows you to heal better. Use Other Forms of Healing Reiki works positively with other healing. With
clear
intentions and by using Reiki energy, you might be guided to different healing sources. Always look for additional healing methods. Methods like different techniques, diet changes, using herbs, and other homeopathic remedies. These will significantly improve your healing. Psychological and Medical Care Numerous doctors and psychologists are open to alternative healing. If you have a medical condition, please get their advice and follow it if your body guides you in that direction. If your condition requires surgery or drugs, get a second opinion before making a final decision. Reiki works in harmony with psychology and medicine, and there might be some therapies they can offer. You need to consider them when you are developing your healing program.
These are just a few ways that you can use Reiki to create a personal healing program. Your clear intentions and inner guidance will enable you to find some that aren't mentioned here. If you are after the greatest benefit, you must be fully engaged in the process. The challenges that we face have the lessons that we need to learn. Don't move away from them. Don't try to solve them halfway. You need to embrace them fully. Accomplishing a personal goal will bring more than just the results you wanted. It will bring a certain knowledge that we can change and create the life we want. When we take a look at our lives, it isn’t what we know that is important, or what we do, but what we eventually become.
HigherandDivineSelf Our
minds
process about forty bits of information every second. The subconscious is more powerful. The subconscious stores the past but lives in the present. This replays within your mind all the events in your past. The ego doesn’t trust anyone, always expects the worst, will never forget, will not forgive, rants, blames, defends, judges, justifies, and whines. The higher self has the ability to get into your energy field. You can engage your higher self by sending gratitude out of the heart into this entry point. The first step to being able to connect to your higher self is to quiet the ego. The ego is your lower self that lives in your subconscious. By clearing out the energies that we no longer need out of our subconscious, we can connect to our higher self and reunite with the Higher Power.
The higher self is what connects us to the spiritual realm. It is eternal and wise. It awakens our consciousness. It keeps in touch with the Higher Power because it is part of it. By gaining knowledge of our higher self and its wisdom is the primary goal of the spirit. Everyone can connect to the Higher Power. The higher self can transcend all the understanding in our minds. Geniuses and teachers all possess this power. This is where magic and miracles live. Here are some ways to connect to it: Belief and Expectation: You have to believe that you have a higher self to talk to. You have to believe that every day you communicate with it will improve as you focus on inner growth. Without these necessities, you will have a hard time achieving anything. These are necessary for internal growth. Make a goal to contact your higher self, look at it every day, and keep this
purpose until you
have
success. Change Your World View The materialist world that we are raised in neglects the Higher Power. To create a close connection to the spiritual realm, you have to your entire being in agreement with your goal. You have to set some rules for how to play the game to reach your primary goals. To get in touch with your higher self is precisely the same. Look for writings and teachers that will help you expand your understanding of the universe as part of the conscious mind. Solitude Take some time to be alone. It will need to be a quiet place. Just sit and don’t expect anything. Do nothing. This will feel strange or possibly uncomfortable but stick with it. Take time to hear the inner voice. It will happen during this quiet time or sometime within your day. Something will happen, someone might tell you what you need to hear, or might give you an insight. Every genius throughout history has found time for solitude. You need to as well.
Meditation You can learn to discipline the internal chaos and quiet the mind with meditation. You will make a clean vessel that your higher self will fill. An excellent meditation training is following your breath. It is relatively easy as you concentrate on a candle flame. You could also visualize a gold ball in your solar plexus that will completely fill your body with energy and healing. There are many different meditations you could use.
Journal Keep your emotions, insights, feelings, dreams in a journal. This will put you closer to your inner intuition. You can ask it questions and record any answers you get. If you can do this expecting something, you will receive answers. Inner Dialogue
Have talks with your higher self. Stay in contact with your higher self for 40 days. Tell it that you know it’s there and you will pay attention to it. Ask it to guide you and speak to you. This might be a one-way dialogue at first. Keep in mind that you haven’t been in touch with it for a very long time. It is going to take time to get everything cleared out. Talk to it just like you are talking to an old friend. Share your hopes. Ask questions. Just talk. Just remember to listen for answers. They will come to you.
Life Lessons Life is a mystery. Believe that your life was constructed to teach you what you have to know. Approach life as if it was created to do good for you. If something happens whether bad or good, ask yourself what you have learned. Toxic people and situation are there to challenge you. If you can learn to view life as a drama where you are the main character, your higher self will become evident in your life. Write your findings in a journal.
Your divine self is your inner life force. This is your motivation for living. The divine self gives you power and causes you to wonder. It is the light of your core that chose to be embodied at one point in your life.
The divine self if aware at all times. It has been thinking since you were born in every lifetime you’ve had. The body and physical realm that we are in are what hold the higher self. You made a decision to be here, and that is why you are here. This energy force provides you with lessons you need to learn. Exchanges have to be made that you can only do as a human. It may seem like the rules of carnation which are birth and living in the world would keep us from knowing our divine self that lives in our core. This isn’t true. You can make a choice for change. You can acknowledge your divine self and begin to draw it closer to our higher being. The very first thing you need to do is embrace your divine self. Shut off your mind as you calm and quiet yourself. Stop all distractions. No telephones, music, clocks, lawnmowers, children, television, or radios.
Sit where you are comfortable and pick either a candle or mirror. If you chose a candle, stare into the flame. If you use a mirror, stare at it and look at your whole face. Don't look into your eyes. Don’t let the candle’s flame make your eyes lose focus. Keep yourself aware. Stay in your body and remain relaxed. Make sure your eyes stay focused. The flame is representative of that light that is all life force. All that is alive is powered by light. Everything that is real is perceived by absorbing and reflecting light. The mirror reflects a self-image that is embraced and avoided. We try to stay away from it because
we
compare it to the beauty and
perfection that we want to find in the natural world. We don't think about the imperfections of our bodies because it makes us believe that we are unworthy and unlovable.
People don't understand that life is all about imperfections. Conscious energy is perfect and would love to be embodied, so it will experience the joy and sorrow that is reality. It wants to experience the joy and pain that is not perfect and learn how to send unconditional love in spite of these imperfections and sorrows. This is when you can learn real lessons and get closer to being one with the All. The All is the Creator. The Creator isn't male or female but just is. All is presented just like everything else is; it comes from the Creator. This means that light, awareness, and everyone is always present. Everybody are siblings within the Light Family. One thing that we miss is that people and things that we assume are perfect have been changed to look perfect and are not natural. Natural Perfection is a lie. One other reason that we embrace self is ego. Everyone knows we all have
bodies. Our bodies have shapes, a mouth, a nose, a face, and eyes. We believe this as truth because we can see and feel it. When we look in a mirror, we just see a physical thing. Something made up of matter. We might be matter. We do decay and die, but there is more. We feel. We feel love and anger. We cry, make objects with our hands, celebrate religions, reproduce, stay awake and think, and we make choices.
Is that all we are matter? Are we not more like a spirit or a personality that has become embodied? Personality and thoughts are just a function. They might be powered by a physical function, but it is a bridge between your spirit and body. The brain tries to convert the spirit, but we need this spirit to fuel our lives. If our engines become clogged, we need to look for a neglected spirit for find the reason. Start looking at your reflection as not just something that is flesh and bone but as a spiritual being that lives in your body. You will then be able to develop a connection to things that are beyond our physical realm. Stop and just look at your reflection. Notice the light and life that glows and surrounds it. Do this with a candle or mirror, embrace the creation, the light of life, and your connection to it. Say this affirmation, “I believe in myself. I know it because I can feel it within me. I see it in my life.” Continue to say this and don’t be mindless. Repeat it as you feel its truth take hold of your heart. Notice the divine energy and its connection to the universe and the buzz of the creation on the skin. Repeat this or change it to suit you. Think about your divine self and try to make contact with it. Stay open to the divine self and keep your heart open so you can communicate with the higher being and see what happens in your life. Try to do this during a new moon. Continue to do this as long as you need to so you can grow your relationship with your higher being.
At the mystical heart of all religions is a higher being. Understanding this higher being is the most important thing anyone can possess. Your higher self is surrounded by seven spheres that are your body. These spheres contain your good works. You can look at this as your cosmic bank account. Your body has spheres of cosmic consciousness that include seven planes of heaven and seven spheres of awareness that correspond with the seven days of creation, the seven Archangels, the seven Elohim, and the seven colors of the rainbow that comes from the white light that is the Father. Your
higher
self is part of you right now. It can never be
removed. isn't
It
separate
from you in time or space. What separates you from your higher self is your consciousness, your limitations, and the vibrations that you have gotten from
all your lives. Between the light above and the soul below is your higher self. The higher self is part of you that translates an imperfect soul into perfection. It is a part of you that is real and will stand with you in the presence of your God.
This higher self helps you come through all your evolutions and experience in time and space. Whatever your religion, you can think of this higher self as a guardian angel, a voice of conscience, your inner guru, or your closest friend. Everyone is destined to be one with their higher self. It doesn’t matter if we call it Christ, Buddha, Tao, or Atman. Your soul evolves on a spiritual path in time and space. It is a part of the mortal you, but it can be immortal. Your soul’s evolution is ascended to the light, complete your mission, balance your karma, and grow your self-mastery. Your incarnations will end when you become your real self so you can return
to your real home. If you pay attention to your spiritual path, the figures that are separate because of limited consciousness will eventually become one.
ReikiMeditation Silence is hard to find. This noisy world deprives us of subtle
and
simple experiences. There is an ancient Japanese practice that can let you feel the universe’s energy right in
your body. This method is Reiki meditation. Reiki Meditation is a process where you will experience silence and a quiet mind. This meditative energy is loving and healing. In includes mantras and symbols to help your experience. 10 Minute Reiki Meditation Lay or sit down comfortably on a mat. Keep your back straight. Stay relaxed, composed, and calm. Breathe deeply. Imagine that you are inhaling the goodness and happiness that you want. Now exhale all the negative emotions like anxiety, fear, and depression. Imagine them leaving your body. Do this a few times and think about how in tune your mind and body are. Just relax.
There are seven different chakras in the body. They go from the bottom of your spine to the top of your head. These are energy centers for the body. Put your hand in front of each chakra and hold it for a few minutes. This all depends on what your body needs. If your body asks for it to stay longer, leave it there. Move it if the body has enough. Feeling with the hands is the best way to listen and connect to your body. As you tune in with your hands, imagine the universe's life force is entering your body through the hands. Your chakras are the passageway. Feel your body vibrate with the energy flow. Go into deep relaxation and rejuvenation. Put your palms together at the top of your head. Hold your hands there and listen to your body. Pay attention. Continue to do this and breathe slowly and
deeply. Remove all the negative and bring all the positives into you. Relax.
Put your hands on your forehead. Now move them to the back of your head. Move down to the throat and put on hand on the throat and the other at the back of the neck. Hold this for a time and relax. Continue down and put your hands on the back of your shoulders. Your fingers should be facing downward. Your touch needs to be gentle. Hold your hands still until the body is ready for it to be moved. Put your hands on your chest covering your heart. Remember to hold until the body tells you to move. Move on to the rib area, then the stomach and lower abdomen. Keeping your touch gentle and moving when the body is ready. When you are done with the head and torso, move to the hips and put your hands on both your hips. Moving only when the body tells you to. Feel the energy flowing through the body. Enjoy the sensations. Move on to your knees and feet. For your feet, place the hands either on bottom or top whichever is more comfortable. Move your hands when your body is ready. Enjoy the experience. Finally, place your hands in the prayer position and
put them in front of your chest. Sit with the spine straight and the body taut. Breathe normally. Feel the energy coursing through your body. Continue this for another three to five minutes or as long as you feel the need. This process is done when you feel energized
and ignited. Five-minute Body Scan Begin with the eyes close and examine any sensations that come into the body. Be aware and investigate any place that holds tension and is blocking energy. Let yourself turn inward and work from your toes up to the crown of your head. Stay aware of the different parts of the body and let go of any
feelings that come up. Experience them without trying to change them. 25-minute Chi Kung Shamanic Journey Think about yourself as being very tiny and in your head where your pineal gland is. You are a higher version of yourself. You are glowing bright white.
Feel yourself moving down your spine. Down through the body toward a spot just below the navel. You should be able to sense it. There is a tiny bit of room. Now enter it. In this room, you find yourself in white robes. A red spinning field is developing under your feet. It looks like fire, but it isn't burning you. It begins to spin faster and faster. As the field spins, the momentum lifts you. Slowly, while suspended above this field, you feel yourself going back up your body and then out of the crown chakra. Keep rising until you see your physical body
below
you and the place where you are sitting.
Go until you see trees, houses, and cars as tiny dots. Large geological features become visible. You are so high now that you can see the curvature of the Earth. You keep rising until the Earth is only a dot below you. Move past the planets and Solar System and go beyond, always with the red field
spinning beneath you. You are aware that you are heading to a Star that is your central core. It might be in this Universe maybe another one. It could lie in a timeless space beyond all universes. Your Inner Being knows how to get you there. Feel yourself moving through All That Is until you get to this Star.
You are hovering in space, standing on your spinning disk, and you hear the Star speaking to you. You might hear actual words, maybe not. Information might just get downloaded for later use when you need it. You might see images, or receive a sense of love and oneness with the very core of your being. You can stay with your star as long as you want to.
When you are ready to return, you can move quicker than when you came out. Go through all the steps and return through the universe to Earth, through the atmosphere back into your crown chakra. Continue into the room and cast off your robes. Come back up the spine. Begin to come more into yourself while still meditating. If you called for your guides to help, thank them now. When you are ready, open your eyes.
ClearingNegativeEnergy Have you ever had a sudden
onset of tiredness for no
reason?
You
might
have
caught
onto someone’s bad energetic field. The trauma from your ancestors, other people’s emotions, or negative Feng shui in a room can create havoc in an energy field. This can cause problems like depression, fatigue, or chronic illnesses. Everything has an energy field. This energy must be maintained properly. Just as our bodies have to get rid of waste, the energy fields of every living thing need to eliminate some toxins. The toxins aren’t visible, and can’t be measured, but they have the ability to affect us. The cleanliness of our energy fields is usually overlooked, even in alternative or holistic practices. This is incredibly easy to do. You don't need strength. You don't need to send or gather energy. You don't even have to manipulate energy. You just work with information like working with a computer program. Here are some ways you can clear your energy fields, so you will no longer suffer any ill effects of having a clogged energy field. These are helpful for empaths. ● Cut ties
This one doesn't clear out your energy field, but it will help to keep them from getting clogged. If you are an empath, you are good at creating relationships, and people are drawn to you. They take your energy but don't give you any in return.
Connections with people whether past or present like family members, friends, or lovers can stay with you long after the relationship is over. Now is when you need to cut ties. You must make a choice to do this. No one can do this for you. To cut these ties, you just have to picture this person and picture the cords being cut. Bless them and let them go. ● Clear the negative thoughts out of your aura
The mental body is always interacting with other mental bodies. We can pick up negative thoughts that others are thinking. Negative thoughts can be fed for several years if they are connected to any bad experience. These thought-forms vibrate through you that will cause a cascade reaction in every level of your energy: emotional, etheric, physical, mental, and spiritual. These energies can cause you to attract situations, people, and experiences in your life that will have the same vibrational alignment. If you have negative energy, you will only attract negative experiences.
To clear this, look at your life and figure out if you have been attracting anything you don’t like. You have been vibrating in alignment with these things. This is sometimes referred to as the law of attraction. Begin checking your energy field through the day if you have been feeling off, to see if you have picked up some negative thoughts. If you have, then let them go. To do this, picture a white light cleaning your aura of all debris and anything that hasn’t been serving you positively. ● Have a Sacred Space
You can make a sacred space anywhere that you can spend
some time by yourself. This needs to be a space where you can express yourself freely. This might be an office, an art room, or a
meditation room. The most important thing is that this is your room. You can’t share this space. It is okay if a pet or child walks in since that is hard to control. They need to just pass through and not stay. You don’t even have to
have the space inside. Be creative, but this place needs to be one that you go to once a day. If you can't create an actual physical space, make on in your mind and take time to go there. It's amazing what your mind can come up with. ● Smudging You absolutely must do this. It is very effective. This needs to be done on a regular basis especially if you have endured a bad situation. Use a bundle of white sage and smudge your house and yourself regularly. ● Get in Touch with Nature
Take a hike or nature walk if you start to feel overwhelmed. Negative thoughts are found in humans so spending time with nature is a wonderful way to get yourself recharged. Connect with water, flowers, animals, and the landscape. The beautiful thing about this is it is free. ● Sea Salt Bath
Sea salt does an excellent job at cleaning your energy. Sea salt draws out negative energy. Take a hot bath with sea salt if you start to feel
overwhelmed. If you don't have sea salt, you can use regular salt, Epsom salt, Himalayan salt, or whatever you have on hand. Add some essential oils to your bath if you would like. Be sure to test them to make sure you aren't allergic to any. Eucalyptus, Citronella, and rosemary at the best ones to use.
BalancedChakras When someone talks about balancing their chakras, they could be referring to different meanings or techniques. One definition of chakra balancing is the process where the chakra’s energy is brought into a harmonious and functioning state. Balancing the chakras is just one part of the picture: Each chakra is a part of a system that works as a whole. Each chakra connects with the others, and they interact energetically. When balancing the chakras, we must think about each chakra, their neighbor, and the energy they hold as a whole unit.
Balancing the chakras falls into three categories. The ones that are centered on
physical activity,
meditative practice, and passing energy from another. Some practices that you can use to balance the chakras are:
a
● Alternative or holistic medicine. ● Breathing practices. ● Exercises that connect the mind and body like yoga.
● Self-inquiry and meditation.
● Energy or hand on healing. There are practices that help to restore balance to the chakras for well-being.
The common ones are: ● Pranic healing ● Craniosacral therapy
● Reiki Using healing stones or crystals can support chakra balancing activities. Why would you need to balance your chakras? To help support the flow that
sustains your energy level. We are subjected to many activities that are demanding and stressful that can cause fluctuations in the energy. Some people might feel nourishing, fulfilling, or draining. Past experiences and events can influence how we feel in the world and how we manage our daily energy. Stress that is put on us by life’s demands might cause fluctuations and interruptions in our energy flow and causes our chakras to be out of balance. Chakra imbalances can cause: ● How the energy flows through the chakras.
● The energy to be blocked. ● The energy flow to increase excessively and doesn’t get regulated.
● The chakra’s energetic field is displaced. Balancing regulates energy when it is too much, establishes a consistent flow
if there isn’t enough, and aligns if there is a displacement. The seven energy centers that go through the body are the chakras. Each one is situated in a different location so they can correlate with different ailments. Each energy center houses our mental and emotional strengths. If we have a physical problem, it can cause a weakness in our emotional behavior. If we can get rid of bad energy, it can help any malfunction, stiffness, or tightness
in an area. Clearing energy can balance our state of mind. Balancing the chakras is a two-way street. If we have certain emotions or fears that we hold onto, we will have some physical restrictions. Using affirmations is highly effective when balancing the chakras. Thoughts can create your reality. When you begin using chakra balancing affirmations regularly, you can achieve amazing results. The word chakra translates to a spinning wheel. Every chakra corresponds to a certain color-coded vibration in the universe that influences our spiritual, emotional, and physical well-being. If the chakras are aligned right with the universal energy, every aspect of our lives will be harmonious and joyful. We can have perfect health. Our passion and love for life will become renewed.
When you use affirmations, sit or lie in a comfortable and quiet place where you can focus. When speaking an affirmation, visualize a spinning wheel going in a clockwise direction in the color that corresponds to each chakra.
ChakraMeditation We have covered how to balance your chakras to improve your life. This chapter will cover a meditation that can help you balance them. This is just one meditation that will cover the complete chakra system. You need to make sure you have enough time to completely do this meditation. This will take about 25 minutes. This is not ideal for your very first meditation.
It is very important that you have experience with basic and mindfulness meditation before you start this chakra meditation. Let’s begin. Sit in a position where you are comfortable. This can be cross-legged on the floor, or in a chair with your back straight. Close your eyes and lower down into your breathing, relax the stomach and soften the mind.
Be aware of how you feel. How you are supported and connected to the ground underneath you. Allow your weight to sink into the floor, chair, or cushion. Hear the sounds around you, and allow them to be there. Notice the shade and light and the air that is touching your body. Sense the sky above you, the horizon stretched out around you, and the earth below you, supporting your weight. Let your mind let go and empty everything that you don’t need to hold onto. Let it leave, flow out, and go away. Allow the body to do the same. Let it release anything it doesn’t need to hold onto. Let it leave, flow through you, and away. Take yourself away from what happened to you today. Bring all the energy to your center and ground yourself in the moment. Notice the area around you. Breathe with the space. Be aware of the rise and fall of each breath. Notice how it comes and goes, its sensation, temperature, and sound. Breathe down in the area where your body weight rests, below the spine, into
the root chakra. Breathe into this area. Let it soften and grow with each breath, bring nourishment and life force energy into it. Let the root chakra connect into the ground below you, deep within the earth. Bring the color red in, the color of the earth. Allow the root chakra to be bathed in red. Let it ground, embody, and empower you in the present moment. Let your root chakra take everything it wants. Say these words: “I am here.” “I have every right to be in this moment, as I am.” “The earth will support me.” When you are ready, continue up to your stomach, just below the navel, to your Hara, pleasure, emotional intelligence, creativity, movement, and choice chakra. Move your breath in the Hara. All this area to gently soften and expand with your breathing. Bring in life force energy and nourishment. Invite in the color orange, the color of the setting sun. Allow the Hara to be bathed in orange: empowering, balancing, and motivating. Let your Hara be fed and say: “I honor all my needs.” “I will allow myself this nourishment.”
When you are ready, change your focus to the area just below the breastbone to your Solar Plexus, your power chakra. Breathe into this area. Let the solar plexus expand and gently soften
with your breath. Bring in the color yellow, the sun’s color. Let your solar plexus be bathed in
sunshine: restoring, replenishing, and nurturing. Let the solar plexus take what it needs. Say this: “I am worth my weight in gold.” “I am enough.” “I am more than enough.” “I greatly value myself.”
When ready, move up to the center of the chest, the heart, unconditional love, and the self-development chakra.
Slowly breathe into your heart. Let it expand and soften with each breath. Bring in the color green. The color of spring. You can bring in the color rose pink if green doesn't speak to you. Let your heart be bathed with renewal,
healing, and nourishment. Let your heart take what it needs and say, "I am nourished with love." "I will give and receive love freely." "I am completely loved." When you are comfortable and ready, move up to your neck, your throat, personal will, and self-expression chakra. Allow the throat to expand, soften, and breathe. Bring in the color blue, the color of the sky. Let your breath bring the sky into your throat. Let it free the creativity and self-expression, softening the need to control, opening, and clearing. Let the throat take what it wants. Speak, “I will go with life’s flow.” “I express myself.” “I speak and hear the truth.” When ready, move your focus to your forehead, between your eyebrows, into the third eye, the wisdom and intuition chakra. Let it breathe, expand, and soften gently. Bring in the
color indigo, the night sky’s color. Let the third eye be bathed with indigo. With balancing, clarity, soothing, insight, and understanding. Let the third eye
take all it wants. Say: “Everything is unfolding as it should.” In your time, move your focus to the top of your head, your crown, the oneness chakra. Allow your crown chakra to breathe. Bring in the color violet and bathe your crown chakra in this color. Allow it to restore, harmonize, and balance. Let your crown chakra take what it needs. Say, “I am one with the whole.” “I am one with the universe.”
When you feel ready, bring yourself back to a whole, back into your normal flow of breath, back to your center. Breathe deeply into the core, and say. “I am perfect as I am.” “I am whole.” Allow the word’s energy bathe your spirit, mind, emotions, and body. Let your body take what it needs. When you are ready, let yourself become aware of the air touching your body. Notice the sounds near you and far away.
Let the chakras close just a bit. You just need the intention. Be aware of the support from below. Notice how it feels and holds you in loving kindness for the unique, amazing, and beautiful person you are. When you are ready, bring the meditation to a close and slowly open your eyes. Notice how you feel and how your surroundings have changed. Do not use this meditation as an everyday practice. Use it only when you feel like the chakras need cleaning. You can set a schedule for when to use this meditation. It might be once a month, when the seasons change, or whatever works best for you.
MindfulHealing A revolution has happened over the past few decades with how we look at the body. What looks like just another anatomical structure, is really a process that is a constant flow of information and energy. At this very moment in time, your body is moving things around, shuffling and exchanging molecules and atoms with everything else in the universe. This is done at a speed faster than you are able to change clothes. The body that you have this very moment is different than the body you had a few minutes ago.
Every cell in your body is constantly communicating with each other, so they are able to fight off diseases and infections, eliminate toxins, digest
food, keep your heart beating, and other functions that keep you alive. These processes might seem like you don't have any control over them, but in fact, research has found that
nothing holds more power over the body than the mind. Every time you think, you are using brain chemistry. When you experience any feelings, emotions, or thoughts, you are making neuropeptides. These molecules go through the body and get in touch with receptors, neurons, and cells. The brain gets information, turns the information into chemicals, and tells the whole body that it can either celebrate or trouble is coming. The body is affected as the neuropeptides go through the bloodstream, sharing the effects of what the brain is feeling and thinking.
If a person says their heart is happy, then they have a happy heart. If a person could look inside that heart, they would find that is being affected by the molecules that create happiness and joy such as huge amounts of serotonin and dopamine. If a person is constantly sad, their skin could be looked at, and they would see large amounts of cortisol. To harness this unlimited power within the mind, you need to expand your self-awareness. If self-awareness is closed, the flow of information and
energy throughout the body and mind is hindered. This will cause people to remain in toxic emotions like regret, self-pity, and resentment. Habits like not getting enough exercise or overeating will take hold. The feedback loop that travels between your body and mind will be negative, and stress will grind away at your life, or you will feel it hit instantly.
If self-awareness is open, then the energy can freely flow. You will be more flexible, creative, and balanced. You will be able to see the world and yourself with understanding and compassion. You will become open to new things. You will experience more energy. With this awareness, you will have the power to create a new reality for yourself. A reality that is filled with well-being and health. There are many different ways that you can expand your awareness that includes mindfulness and meditation. A self-aware approach to your life will include: ● Don’t fear the future or regret the past. This will only bring more misery and selfdoubt. ● Redefine yourself every day.
● Don’t keep secrets. They can cause shadows in the psyche.
● Get emotionally free. Being resilient emotionally is better than being rigid. ● Work through blocks like guilt and shame. The will falsely color your reality.
● Take responsibility foryour
conscious choices. ● Examine every point of view as if they were your own.
● Never let denial censor incoming data. ● Don’t allow the feedback loop to get shut down by judgment, prejudices, or rigid beliefs. ● Remain open to input.
● Stay passionate about your life and experiences.
Let’s take a look at how we can house that power to help you heal yourself. A 37-year-old woman from Hungary was diagnosed with breast cancer. She did not want to undergo any conventional treatments. The doctors wanted to remove her breasts. She didn't want to have that done. She felt like the answer was deep inside her. She turned to reflexology and Reiki healing before she learned about German new medicine. German new medicine showed her that cancer was caused by emotional conflicts. These things did not work for her, and her cancer began to spread. She went to Lourdes looking for a cure. Let's pause here for a moment. Knowing that the mind can heal you isn't harmless. If these claims are made without evidence, it can create a false hope. If this person wants to totally reject conventional treatments, then they could die. It isn’t surprising that skeptics write off healing thoughts as evil and a threat to humanity. They brand it as a placebo effect or just plain quackery. The truth is these claims don’t have any scientific proof either. Even though the mind can’t completely heal you, the use of conventional medicine will probably be needed. There is growing evidence that the mind can influence your physical health.
Your state of mind does play a large part with problems like fatigue, depression, nausea, and pain. Burn patients find about a 50 percent better reduction in pain when using virtual reality games instead of traditional painkillers. Placebo medications work with the mind. The mind expects the medicine to do something and that reflex releases dopamine and other chemicals. If you have trouble believing that your
body
harnesses this power, look at these examples
from medical literature:
● Some veterans that had been plagued with severe osteoarthritis regained pain-free mobility after they had sham or placebo surgery. The surgeon
made a small incision on their knees and sewed them back up. They didn’t do anything to their knees. ● A woman had suffered from depression was impressed with how well her depression had lifted
that she assumed she was in the active drug group. She found out that she was in the placebo group.
● A man was diagnosed with incurable cancer and
diedsoon after; his autopsy showed that he was actually misdiagnosed. To be able to tap into this power is by mental rehearsal. You do this by picturing the desired outcome in a way that causes your thoughts to be more real than the world around you. If you can combine a clear intention of what you want with positive emotion, gratitude, and joy, you will be able to give your body a taste of what could possibly happen in this present moment. If you are able to make this visualization real enough, the brain can’t distinguish the difference and will make new neurons and make connections until things start to appear just like the event actually took place. In a quantum physics standpoint, all the possibilities do exist in the current moment, you then pick a new future from these possibilities, you will be
successful in your use of mental rehearsal to make it feel real, it is possible to observe this new future into reality by changing your DNA. What this means is that you become someone new because the body and brain can’t identify with who you used to be. By doing this, you actually become a placebo. This will work for anyone. You don’t have to be a spiritual master or neuroscientist for this to work. To get you on the right track, here are some ways to get your mind working to help your body:
1. Help your treatments to work by expecting them to work. This goes back to how effective this placebo effect could be. If someone tells you that a pill can cure your headache, the treatment is likely to be helpful, even though the pill doesn’t have any medicinal qualities. If you go to a chiropractor for back pain or a physical therapist for a bad knee, you believe these treatments are going to be helpful for them to actually be effective.
2. Keep a gratitude journal to get better sleep. If you have insomnia, using a gratitude journal might be able to help. Studies show that gratitude is linked to quality and longer sleep. Before you go to bed, write down three things that you are grateful for. Doing this right before you go to sleep will increase the odds of getter a better night’s sleep.
3. Focus on your life’s purpose and live longer. If you feel like you have a purpose in life, then you have a chance of living longer. Research shows that people who believe that their lives have a purpose live a longer and healthier life. This means that if you find a purpose for your life, or you find meaning in volunteering in your community, just do something that matter to you. Give yourself a reason to want to get out of bed every morning
4. Stay optimistic, and your immunity will get a boost. Plenty of research has shown that people who are optimistic are less likely to get sick. They used to believe that optimistic people just took better care of themselves, but recently they have found that their hopeful outlook is what is
boosting their immunity. If you can look on the bright side of things, you are less likely to get a cold or infection since your immune system can perform at peak efficiency.
5. Meditation slows aging. Meditation can provide you
with a buffer from that
effects stress
leaves on your
body. Meditation can also slow your rate of cellular aging. This means you could stay looking youthful and avoid age-related diseases with meditation. Research has found that if you teach children to meditate, it will give them lifelong benefits. It doesn't matter how old you are; it is never too late to get health benefits from
meditation.
6. Imagine yourself working out; you can build muscles. It would be great if you could become buff by imagining you are lifting weights? This might be possible because research has found that using imagery can help you gain muscle growth without lifting a finger. One study found that people who pictured themselves lifting weights had a 24 percent increase in muscle strength. People who actually lifted weights had better results, but research still showed that mental training worked and did result in change.
7. Laughing can reduce heart disease. If you want a healthy heart, then think about something that makes you laugh. Laughter can decrease stress hormones and increase your good cholesterol. It can also reduce inflammation in the arteries. The effects of laughter can last up to 24 hours after you laugh. Your mind could be your worst enemy or your best friend. Begin to train your brain, so it will help your body perform at it very best. Everyone can
build their mental strength. With some practice, mental exercises might just be your key to living a happier and longer life.
PowerofPositiveThoughts
The phrase positive thinking sounds wonderful on the surface. Most people would rather have positive thoughts than negative ones. This phrase is a fluffy one that is usually dismissed in the real world. It doesn’t carry the same weight as a phrase like hard working or work ethic. These views are changing. Research and people
are
telling us that positive thinking isn’t just about being happy, or pasting a smile on your face to everyone to see. Positive thoughts add real value to your everyday life and can help build skills that will last longer than a pasted-on smile. A positive psychology researcher from the University of North Carolina, Barbara Fredrickson has helped to prove the power of positive thoughts on everyday life. Let’s look at what she found and what it means for you. Let’s take a look at what negative thoughts can do to your brain. Imagine this. Pretend you are walking in the woods. A tiger suddenly appears before you on the path. When you see the tiger, your brain automatically creates a negative emotion. For this example, it is fear. Researchers have known for a long time that negative responses can cause you to act a certain way. Such as if a tiger crosses your path, you are going to run. Nothing else matters in that moment. Your attention is on the tiger, the fear, and how you plan on getting away.
This means that a negative emotion will narrow the focus of your mind and thoughts. At this moment, you could choose to grab a stick, climb a tree, or pick up a leaf. Your brain ignores these options because they aren't relevant
when you have a tiger standing in front of you. This is a wonderful thing to have if you need to save yourself, but in today’s world, you don’t have to fear walking up on a tiger in the woods. The bad news is, the brain still has a programmed response to negative emotion, and it will shut out the rest of the world and will limit what you see.
One other example is if you are fighting with someone. The anger and emotions you feel might completely consume you, and you won't be able to think about anything else. If you are stressing out about everything you need to get done today, you might find it hard to focus on what you need to do or how to get started because the length of your list has you paralyzed. You might feel bad because you haven't been eating right or exercising. All you can think about is your willpower and thinking that you are lazy. This is causing you to not have any motivation. With all of these examples, your brain shuts off to the outside world and just focuses on the emotions of stress, anger, and fear, just like with the tiger. The only thing negative emotions do is prevents your brain from seeing other options that might be around you. This is a survival instinct.
So, what do positive thoughts do to the brain? Fredrickson created an experiment to see if positive emotions impacted the brain. In this experiment, she divided her subjects into five separate groups and showed them different movie clips. Two groups were shown clips that created positive emotions. One group was shown things that caused tremendous joy. The other group was shown things that created contentment. The third group was the control group, and they were shown things that caused no significant emotional change. The last two groups were shown clips that caused negative emotions. One of the last groups saw images that created fear; the other was shown things to cause anger. Once they had seen the images, all participants were asked to picture themselves in a place that would cause the same emotions to come up and write down
what they would do. They were given a sheet of paper that had 20 fillins the blank lines that started with “I would like to…” The participants that were shown images that caused fear and anger were not able to write down as many responses. The participants that were shown images that caused contentment and joy could write down a lot more actions than even the control group. This means if you feel positive emotions like love, joy, or contentment, you will see more things that you could do in life. The findings showed that positive emotions could broaden your sense of possibilities and open your mind. More interesting discoveries came later. Benefits from positive emotions don’t end when the emotion ends. You receive the most benefits from these emotions with an ability to build greater skills that you could use later in life. Children that run outside, swing in tree branches, and play with friends are developing physical, social, and creative skills by moving athletically, playing and communicating with others, and learning how to explore the world. This happens because the emotions of joy and play are prompting the child to build these skills that will be useful to them later in life. These skills will last them longer than the actual emotions that initiated the learning. Negative emotions have a different effect since building skills for the future are irrelevant to the brain in a moment when you are faced with immediate danger or a threat. These thoughts and emotions can greatly impact your life. It is important that you learn more about positive thinking. Don’t misunderstand what is meant by positive thinking. This doesn’t mean that you turn a blind eye to the bad things in life. Positive thinking means that you approach unpleasant moments positively and productively. You must believe that only the best will happen. Thinking positively starts with self-talk. If you don’t know what this is, it is the stream of unspoken communication that goes through your mind. These thoughts can be negative or positive. Self-talk can come from reason or logic. It can arise from misconceptions because the lack of information that you
have
about
something. If your self-talk is mostly negative, then your outlook is going to be pessimistic. If your self-talk is positive, then you will be more
optimistic. Researchers continue to explore all the effects that optimism and positive thinking has on health. Here are some of the benefits:
● Better coping skill when facing stress or hardships. ● Improved cardiovascular health and reduced risk of dying from heart disease.
● Improved physical and psychological well-being. ● More resistance to getting a cold.
● Lower stress levels. ● Lower depression levels.
●A longer life. Negative self-talk comes in one of these forms:
Polarizing You see things as either only good or only bad. There is no middle ground.
You feel like you have to be perfect or you are a failure. Catastrophizing Your thoughts will go automatically to the worst-case scenario. Your regular coffee shop gets your order wrong, and you think that the rest of your day will be horrible. Personalizing If something goes wrong, or something bad happens, you automatically blame yourself. Here's an example, your friend's night out gets canceled. You automatically think it is because no one wants to be around you, so everyone canceled. Filtering You increase the negative parts of a situation and ignore the positive ones. For example, you had a great day at work. You got all your work done faster than normal, and your boss compliments you on the quality of work and how fast you got it done. That evening, you can only think about doing more tasks the next day and totally forget the compliments you received from your boss.
No need to fret, it is easy to change your negative thoughts with positive ones. It will take some time and effort. It is just like creating a new habit. Here are a few ways you can get started: ● Find areas that need to be changed.
If you want to become more optimistic and practice positive thinking, find the places in your life where you are always negative. This might be your commute to work, a relationship, or basically anything. Begin by focusing on just one area.
● Check yourself.
Every now and then check in with yourself during the day and see what you are thinking about. If you see that your thoughts are negative, figure out a way you can turn them positive. ● Learn to love humor.
Give yourself permission to laugh and smile, especially if you are
going through a hard time. Find humor in everything that happens throughout
the day. If you can learn to laugh at life, you will feel
less stressed. ● Start a healthy lifestyle
Start exercising about 30 minutes a few days a week. If you don't have the time to do 30 minutes at one time, break it up into three ten-minutes sets. Exercise creates a positive effect on your mood and can help you reduce stress. Eating a healthy diet can help fuel your body and mind. ● Surround yourself with positive things.
Be sure the people you spend time with will add positive feelings to your life. They need to be supportive and positive. They need to provide you with helpful feedback and advice. If you surround yourself with negative people, it will increase your stress and negativity. ● Practice positive self-talk
Try to follow this rule: Never say things that you wouldn’t say to a friend. You need to be encouraging and gentle. If negative thoughts do enter your mind, look at them rationally and say a positive affirmation. Think of things that you are thankful for.
MindfulnessMeditation Another
type
of meditation is mindfulness meditation. Mindfulness is bringing your attention to what is happening at this very moment. You develop this ability by practice
and meditation. In Buddhist traditions, they believe that mindfulness will bring you spiritual enlightenment and put an end to your suffering. Studies have been done on mindfulness, and it has been found to help you live a better and happier life. If you spend your entire life worrying about things that you can't change or haven't happened, you are living life in negative emotions. This will lead to anxiety, depression, and numerous other mental illnesses. When you begin practicing mindfulness meditation, start with just ten minutes a day for your first sessions. When you are used to the practice, increase the time by five or ten minutes, whatever you think you can do successfully. The goal is to do it for 30 minutes a day. You can do it longer, but it isn’t necessary. The goal of mindfulness is teaching you to live in the moment. You might think that you do already, stop and think about where your mind is right now. When you eat, do you taste your food? Do you appreciate it for what it can do for your body? Probably not. Mindfulness will teach you how to have your mind and body doing exactly the same thing. The best place to learn this is within the Buddhist tradition. The term mindfulness comes from the Pali word sati and the Sanskrit word Smriti. Smriti means "to bear in mind," "to remember," or "to collect." Sati's meaning is also "to remember."
Now that you know a little bit about mindfulness let’s move on to some meditations to help you begin living mindfully. Three Minute Body and Sound Begin by noticing your posture in this moment. You might be lying down, standing, or sitting. Be aware of how your body feels in this very moment. Now, take time to see if you can notice any sensations that are present in your body right now. You might notice lightness or heaviness, weight or pressure. You could even notice warmth, coolness, pulsating, movement, or vibration. You might notice these sensations anywhere in your body. You don’t have to do anything but notice them. Be aware of these things with interest and curiosity. Take a deep breath in. As you breathe in, let your body relax. Don’t do anything but be present and aware of your body. Now let all of the sensations just go. Now turn your focus to the sounds around you. They might be inside or outside of your space. There might be many different sounds. They might be quiet or loud sounds. You need to take notice of the silence between the sounds. Be aware of how the sounds come and go. The mind wants to concentrate on these sounds. It will begin to come up with a story for the sound. You think you need to react to it: I don’t like it. I like this better. Don’t do that, see if you can just listen. Notice it with interest and curiosity.
The sounds are just happening. Focus again on your body; presently standing, lying, or seated. Take note of any sensations. Take another deep breath. Let your body soften. When you are ready, slowly open your eyes. Nine Minute Loving Meditation To begin this meditation, let yourself feel relaxed and comfortable where you are. You need to cultivate positive emotions, more importantly, loving kindness. This means you desire someone to be happy, or better yet, yourself to be happy.
This
isn't
dependent on anything, and it
isn't
conditional. This is just
allowing your heart to open to either yourself or someone else. Take a moment and check with yourself to
see how you feel right this very moment. Let whatever is there, to just be there.
Let your mind think of something. This might be a person, as soon as you think of them, feel happy. Let someone else come to mind. This might be a relative or friend. It would be best if it is someone whose relationship with you isn’t complicated. Once you have them in mind, you should be happy. You might even think of a child. If you can’t think of a person, you could choose a pet. Any animal that you feel love for. Let them come to mind. Feel like they are standing right in front of you. You should be about to see, feel, and sense them. As you are picturing this, notice how you feel inside. You might feel warmth, or your face might feel warm. You may also begin to smile or have a sense of expansiveness. This is loving kindness.
This is a natural feeling. Everyone can access it at any given moment. When you have your loved one in front of you, begin to wish them well. Wish them to be protected from danger. Wish them safe. Wish them peace and happiness. Wish them strength and health. Wish them wellbeing and ease. You can wish them these or use your own words.
Be aware of the sense of letting this loving kindness come from you and how you are being touched by this loved one. While you are doing this, you might have images come into your mind. Notice any light or color. You might even have feelings. The words that you say to your loved one might bring out more feelings. Say whatever is most meaningful to you. Wish them free from anxiety, stress, or fear.
During the time you are sending them these feeling of loving kindness, check
yourself and notice how you are feeling. Picture the loved one turning around and is sending those feelings back to you. See if you can receive these feelings from them and take them in. They are wishing you well. They want you to be happy. This means you. Wish yourself to be at ease and peace. Wish yourself to be protected and safe from any danger. Wish yourself to have well-being and joy.
Let yourself take all this in. If you haven’t started to feel loving kindness, or you haven’t in any other meditations, it isn’t a big deal. This is just to plant seeds. If you begin to feel something other than loving kindness, check that feeling. What are you feeling? You might need to learn something from this feeling. When you are ready, this is not going to be easy, try to send yourself some loving kindness. You could picture this as a light going down your body from your heart. You just need a sense of it. Say this to yourself: “I wish
to be protected and safe from danger. I wish to be strong and healthy. I wish to be peaceful and happy. I wish to accept myself for who I am.” Now, ask yourself, “what will make me happy?” take note of what comes up, offer yourself that. You might wish to have meaningful work, close family, and friends, a joyful life. Now check again and see how you are feeling. Now think of a person or group of people that you would like to send some loving kindness to. See them sitting or standing in front of you. Sense and feel them. Wish them to be peaceful and happy. Wish them free of all fear, anxiety, and stress. Worry, grief. Wish them happiness and joy. Well-being. Let this loving kindness to go outward. Let it spread and touch everyone that you want this feeling to touch. Let it go in every direction. This might be people that you do or do not know. People that you have problems with. People that you love unconditionally. Visualize this feeling touching and expanding. Visualize every animal or person that it touches is filled with loving kindness. Each person is changed. You can picture that everyone, everywhere is peaceful and happy and at ease.
When you are ready, take a deep breath in, and open your eyes.
Energy Everything in this world is a form of energy. It doesn’t matter if you can see it or feel it. You navigate through different kinds of it as you go through your day. Negative, neutral, or positive, you create energy each moment of each day. Whatever you think, whatever you say, what you do, and don't do all give out corresponding vibrations that go out into the world. If you can focus your thoughts, actions, and words on making positive energy, your life will get better in ways that you think is impossible. Everyone and everything
in your life and on your path, will move to a higher vibrational plane. Wouldn’t it be wonderful to transform into a positive energy beacon that radiates beautiful light wherever you go, in everything you do? You can use your higher vibrational state to make this world a much better place. Good news, you can. Here are some ways that meditation is the best way to increase positive energy and effectively raises your vibrations to the highest levels possible. Remember the Truth: “We Are All One” Can Boost Positive Energy Visualize all of us as simply grains of sand on a beach. Each one is a separate manifestation to a whole. If you are harboring resentment or holding grudges, negative emotions toward other granules can pollute the entire beach. Is all the loneliness, depression, and isolation that plagues our society really a big surprise?
So, what is the solution? How can we get to a large mass of higher awareness? That’s easy, meditation. The shift of consciousness that is achieved with meditation can make you aware of the most guarded truth that "we are all one." Poor, rich, atheist, religious, democrat, republican, white, or black. Humans are more alike than different. We have the same motivations, wants, and needs. These are love, purpose, happiness, and health. Meditation can help you remember that we are in this together. If the ship goes under, everybody jumps overboard. When you can begin to see your face in others, a miracle can happen. Everybody becomes your other "you." They are you in another form in a different timeline. It doesn't matter what your current path is, we are all coming back to the source. Do you really need to be in awe that all of humanity’s greatest people meditated? Let go of your negativity, remember your divine self, and find meditation. The Law of Attraction Can Create Positive Energy The law of attraction says that all thoughts and beliefs send vibrations out into the universe. The universe will respond by giving you a set of experiences that will validate your beliefs and thoughts. We are the creators of life circumstances we find ourselves in because our thoughts can become things. If your mind is filled with limiting thoughts like, "I will not get the job. I won't
get better. I will never find my soul mate". Well, if you continue to think this way, you won't. Your inadequate feelings tell the universe exactly what you want to
experience.
This cosmic law carries a powerful and misunderstood paradox: your inadequacies and fears are equal to your confidence and convictions. This wonderful creative force can’t discern between what you want and don’t want. They all are put on the same page. What you try to resist will stay. What you believe to be truth, will get conceived. So, what is the secret to lining up with the law of attraction? All the while trying to remove all the limitations that you imposed that are currently preventing your dreams from becoming a reality. Simple, meditation. The easiest way to increase your vibrations, create positive energy, and make your intents pure is meditation. Meditation will put the law of attraction right in your hands. We know that like attracts like, so meditation pulls the rug out from under emotions like regret, fear, shame, despair, and anger while it clears the way for the emotions of hope, love, joy, and gratitude. The stillness and calmness of your mind that is brought by the meditative shift in your vibrational frequency will make you a magnet for positive experiences. This sets your life on the best possible course. If you would like to charge up your positive energy, plug into meditation. Releasing Resistance to Develop Positive Energy Life is similar to driving down a highway. Do you like driving during rush hour where it takes you ten times longer, wastes your time, and causes all kinds of stress? Or do you like waiting a little later and getting there in the same amount of time without all the stress? We might not realize it, but many of us live our lives going against the grain. We want to control everything in our lives, and we fail to see what our difficulties are doing to us. We resist our circumstances, and our thoughts turn toxic when everything doesn't go the way we want it. It just might be possible to make sure we are going in the right direction but to supercharge us on the right path to success, happiness, and perfect health. You can, with meditation. To quote Bruce Lee: "Empty your mind, be formless, shapeless like water. Now you put water in a cup. It forms to the cup. You put water in a bottle it
becomes the bottle. You put it in a teapot it becomes the teapot. Now water can flow, or it can crash". The amount of mindfulness and the depth of thought that can be achieved with meditation can help you realize that the universe is built on polarity. If there is no bad, there would be no good. Our world is made up of dark and light, yin and yang. Meditation can help you understand and see that the
difficult problems that you face are just steps that will lead to a higher level of being. The darkness within your life will only make your light burn brighter. Meditation can open your eyes to the higher purpose in your life. This will, in turn, declare a peace treaty in your mind that will unfold the most wonderful things in your life. Your fresh consciousness can shift your spiritual polarity to help others. You can help to improve the lives of others. By doing this, you will supercharge your positive energy and thus allowing wondrous experiences to fall in your hands. Clearing Energy Blocks Can Increase Positive Energy Have you ever wondered why you always get a cold right before you have a job interview? Or how the cold winter months makes you feel like you are just can't get out of bed much less leave your house? Think about your body as a cobweb that traps all sorts of energy, especially negative. Given time, it can become weighted down with fear, worry, and stress. This can cause your energy field to become clogged. If you have seen numerous doctors about why you are feeling bad all the time, and they can’t give you an answer, it might just be that you have accumulated a lot of negative energy blocks. This is bad news.
How do you get rid of all the energy blocks, while raising your vibrations to a much higher level? You guessed it, meditation. While you meditate, you will tap into the source field that pervades everything and everyone. With each session, divine energy encircles your auric field. This easily and quickly clears and balances any blocks you might have. By getting rid of the multiple layers of years of anger, guilt, insecurity, doubt, and fear, meditation lets you start to live the life that you were meant to live.
When you swap negative thoughts for positive ones, you will restore the childlike innocence of always being happy. Meditation can make every day the best day of your life. Fill up with the universe’s energy. Get aligned with the divine. Learn to meditate. Transcend Fear and Anxiety to Remove Negative Energy If Batman is positive energy, then the Joker is anxiety.
It is extremely easy to become fearful of things we don’t want to experience or feel. We fear humiliation, failure, inadequacy, and inconvenience.
Everybody does it, worry. We worry about the future, and this never solves anything. It does limit your potential. It blocks your flow. It paralyzes your positive emotions. The big picture is that anxiety causes more problems than it will ever solve. Shifting your consciousness into an extremely high gear as possible. This gear exists with your awareness in a permanent mental paradise. It starves your mind of lower vibrations and feeds it positive energy. This gear will open your imagination. It will unearth your potential and awakens your creative powers. It will help you to achieve the future you want instead of the future that you fear. This can be done with meditation. The best way to get your consciousness to the highest level possible is meditation. Meditation will put you face to face with all the hypothetical fiction you feed yourself that is all your fears.
Just like you strip
the
outside of an artichoke to get to the soft heart, meditation will strip all the layers of your mind to the center. It brings the finest tools to completely fix your anxiety.
You receive pure awareness through meditation. It will help you realize when you begin to think bad thoughts. It allows you to snap yourself back to your focused, positive, and calm state of mind. If you can become the master of being in the present moment, meditation will create a fear free zone that will transform you into a happier, more positive person who has the energy to match. Here are some meditations that can help you get more energy or clear out your energy fields. These are perfect to do in the mornings so you can have a positive outlook for the entire day. 15 Minute Body Energy Get into your favorite comfortable position. Either sitting crossed legged or lying down. Close your eyes and focus on your body. Notice your breath and how you are breathing. With your mind’s eye notice how your breath is flowing in and out of your body. If your attention begins to wander, bring it back into focus gently with your breathing. Each time you inhale, you are bringing in life force, vitality, and energy to your body. When you exhale, you are releasing stress, negativity, and fatigue from your body. Let these negative energies drain through your feet and disappear. Breathe in and breathe out. Stay with these deep cleansing inhales and exhales. Take ten more. With every one of your inhales, you are bringing in energy to the body. You should begin to feel a subtle new energy vibrating through your body from the bottom of your feet to the top of your head, and then from the top of your head to the bottom of your feet. Be aware of the tingling warmth in each
cell. Start to visualize the positive energy that is accumulating through your body, and the energies are shining bright like the sun. Take this glowing energy all the way to the crown on top of your head. Take a deep breath in and then release it slowly. You should begin to feel this warmth of positive energy as it begins to radiate over your neck and face. Feel this new peacefulness and lightness of mind. Take one more deep breath in and
let it out slowly. Notice the positive energy moving across your shoulders and neck, down each arm all the way to your fingertips, and across your heart. Feel the love and warmth in your heart. Let this positive healing
energy fill your body with unconditional love. Take a deep cleansing breath. Notice the healing energy that is moving down your body over the hips and down each leg to the tips of your toes. Be aware of how this energy grounds you to the earth. Feel centered, supported, and grounded. Take one more cleansing breath. Your whole body is filled with positive energy. Let this energy flow through your whole body freely. With each breath, let this energy get stronger. Take three more deep cleansing breaths. Focus on your breathing and feel how this positive energy is flowing through your body. Notice this new sense of alertness and clarity that is in your mind, the vitality and energy in your body, and the peacefulness and positivity in your soul. Let this awaken your soul. Take a cleansing breath. Rest here with your breath and these feelings for the rest of the meditation. Take them with you through your day. 10 Minute Tranquility Meditation Get in a comfortable position either sitting or lying and close your eyes. Become aware of your breath. Notice the sensations of your
breath as it enters your nose with cool sensations, and then warms as it travels to your lungs.
Fill your lungs with a deep inhale, bring in prana, energy, and vitality, your life force. When you exhale, feel your body releasing all the negativity, stress, and toxins that have accumulated during your day. Stay with your breathing and focus on the deep inner peace for ten more inhales and exhales. Feel this positive energy that you have coursing through your body. Notice how each cell is warming and tingling. Be aware of the energy that is within your environment, in all parts of nature, and in all living things. Take these energies and bring them together so they become as one. Picture these energies shining bright like the sun.
Let this ball of white energy into your crown on the top of your head. Allow this white light to travel down your body. See how it is warming your face and neck, and traveling over your shoulders and down the arms to the fingers. Be aware as it moves across your chest, down your stomach, and over your hips, then spreads down your legs, feet, and toes. Your body is filled with the warm, divine, white energy and light. Let this healing light to fill each part of your body that needs to be healed. Feel it healing and warmth spreading through your surroundings. Let this light bring healing and peace to you and to any emotional issues you might have. Change your awareness to and intentions and desires you might currently have. Hold these thoughts about your desires and intentions as you let the energy bring your deepest wishes to life and your intentions into reality. Feel how you are connected to the light and energy. Remember that it is all one. Stay with this feeling of peacefulness, relaxation, and deepness for the rest of the meditation.
Conclusion Thank you for making it through to the end of this book. I hope it was informative and able to provide you with all of the tools you need to achieve your goals, whatever they may be. The next step is to start trying some of these techniques in your own life and find out what works best for you. Lastly, if you enjoyed this book, I ask that you, please take the time to rate it on Amazon. Your honest review would be greatly appreciated. Thank you!
Energy Healing Heal Your Life with Chakra Healing, Reiki Healing,
Guided Imagery, and Guided Meditation
I n t ro d u c t i o n Congratulations on downloading your personal copy of Energy Healing: Heal Your Life with Chakra Healing, Reiki Healing, Guided Imagery, and Guided Meditation. Thank you for doing so. In this day and age, we are all forced to work hard and run around to get things done. We no longer live in a world where we can exist at our own pace, and it does not look to improve anytime soon. That being the case, we need to find ways to slow down and realign ourselves with our inner purpose, so that we may live the best life possible. As we learn to live up to the purpose of our inner selves, we find that things fit into place, and energy flows much easier, making daily and long term goals much easier to meet.
The following chapters will discuss some of the ways to practice energy healing, and how it will positively affect your life. The subject of energy healing is very broad, but it is deeply rooted in Eastern culture. Recently, these practices have made their way into the Western world and can act in tandem with traditional Western medicine to cure what ails us.
There are many ways to improve our lives through energy healing, and this book will discuss the basis of these practices, and go more in depth with the concepts of meditation, Reiki, guided imagery and much more. You will discover how important it is to align your daily life with your inner purpose and your spiritual well-being. Even if you can’t change your job or circumstances, there are little things we can do every single day to become more aligned with our true self, and the
more we tap into that, the better off we will be. Here, you will also find guided meditation sessions to help you on your way to practicing energy healing every day. There are plenty of books on this subject on the market, thanks again for choosing this one! Every effort was made to ensure it is full of as much useful information as possible. Please enjoy!
Chapter1:WhatisEnergy Healing? The idea of energy healing is a very broad subject, as there are multiple methods that can be used to accomplish the same goal. The linked goal between all of these practices is to realign the body’s natural energy fields in order to restore health and wellness. That too sounds pretty broad, so let’s explore that for a minute by thinking about why we would need to do this in the first place.
What we know is that the body is made up of energy. The atoms and molecules that make us up can be pared down to sets of positive and negative particles that interact with each other. In nature, energy prefers to flow a certain way, and if anything is done to disturb that interaction, it creates a chain reaction wave that offsets energy elsewhere. Now, this can apply to one organ in the body, our entire beings, and the way that we interact with the world. The idea of energy can be a tough concept to grasp, as it cannot be tangibly seen, at least not to the average person. Everything in the universe is simply the energy we talked about before. When broken down, there are only positive and negative charges. All living things, human and animal alike, have developed brains that sort out the waves of energy that are perceived in the environment and make sense of them.
Our five senses are available to sense energy waves, which are then computed in the brain to develop a sight, smell, taste, sound or feeling that will be associated with this energy. For example, sitting under a pine tree gives us the sense of branches and leaves, and the smell of pine.
Energy healing has been around for ages and is believed to have originated somewhere in the Eastern region, in
countries like India and Nepal. The idea that the universe is made up of energy was well known throughout the ancient cultures of every civilization, including Native Americans in the United States, half way across the world from India. As civilization dragged on, people became less in-tune with this fact, often turning to pharmaceutical medications to soothe what ailed them, whether a physical problem like arthritis or an emotional issue like depression. As a whole, humans were more willing to go with the efforts of modern medicine, rather than realigning a somewhat intangible energy field that could solve all of their problems. Sure, the idea of the world being created by an intangible energy may seem like hocus pocus, but then we must also consider the workings of one of the greatest minds in history, that of Albert Einstein. His famous theories were based on the fact that the universe is just energy, and there is a specific order to it. Everything is interconnected because ultimately, we are all a part of the same energy field.
Even more recently, Dr. Wilhelm Reich discovered
that
imbalanced energy within the confines of the body caused disease and distress, and fixing the energy would cure the ailment. This is the direction we would like to
discuss more, as physical and emotional ailments are at the center of our health and well-being.
Luckily, there are groups of practitioners in existence that are still knowledgeable about universal energy and how it affects the body. These are the people who are most in-tune with the body today. The good news is, these ideas are also backed by science.
For centuries, practitioners spoke of a ‘third eye.' This invisible eye was something everyone had, and it was the connection between the body in the flesh and its spiritual being. In pictures, it is depicted as a literal eye located just above and between our eyes. While not clearly visible to the naked eye, it was thought to be the eye that saw the most and was responsible for our emotional response to the world. Myths tell of supernatural powers being activated as the third eye awakens. If activated, we are able to see the future, tap into the full potential of our intuition, and be a step ahead of our counterparts. The third eye acts as a sixth sense, allowing us to see above and beyond, including into different realms and universes. Instead of detecting sights and smells, your third eye detects patterns across your life. It can show you patterns of how you react in certain situations, things you gravitate toward, positive and negative, and when listened to, can be a guiding force to set you in the right direction. For some people, tapping into their sixth sense gives them the ability to see auras or the physical manifestation of energy surrounding a person. A body will emit a glow of varying varieties of color, which can usually be related to their personality and mood. We all emit these auras, but only a select few can actually see them. Modern science has mapped the brain and found that this third eye actually exists. It does not work like a typical eye, in fact, it is responsible for much more. The pineal gland, which is centered in the middle of the brain, and, if our skulls were see-through, would
be seen right on the forehead, as the mystical third eye was once imagined. While the tiny gland remains a mystery, it is responsible for releasing the hormone melatonin, which regulates your circadian sleep and wake rhythms. This hormone is key to overall function and vitality in life, and we literally cannot live without it. The full potential of this pea-sized gland still remains to be discovered, and we will anxiously await those results. Lots of things can set off an energy imbalance, including stress from the environment, inner turmoil and even physical problems like the decline in health. The goal of any type of energy healing is to offset this energy imbalance where it lives so that the body and spirit may come back to center, where it functions at its best. The practices that will be discussed in the following chapters are just a few of the many offshoots of practices that involve energy healing. It is important that you experiment will have any option you come across, as everyone is a little bit different, and one method may click with you more than another, depending on what your needs are. Pay attention to your energy and mood while doing any given practice to determine if carrying on is right for you.
Chapter2:ThePowerand BenefitsofEnergyHealing Consider the idea of electricity for a moment. We have found ways to harness energy in which it can be created almost instantaneously, travel miles and miles to your home to power all of our daily appliances, all in a matter of milliseconds. In the worst cases, lightning can strike from a thunder cloud a mile into the atmosphere and incinerate its target before it even knew what happened. Electricity is so powerful that it can be dangerous if not used carefully. Luckily for us, humans hover at a much lower energy frequency, hardly even close to the capacity of pure energy. However, some people can harness and use more energy than others. Maybe you have noticed that a friend or co-worker is always energized and ready to go. Perhaps they are simply pulling in more energy from the universe than you, and have it to burn. You can learn to harness this energy by fixing your energy flow and tapping into your full potential.
Since the entire universe is made up of energy, there is nothing that can’t be improved via energy healing. With proper care, your body can work to its fullest potential without ailment and disease. Your emotional state can improve, with less stress and more happiness overall. You can attract people that value you and bring joy to your life. You can be successful professionally and personally beyond your wildest dreams if you simply tap into the energy that is already inside of you. In order to get these results, we must know where you are starting from. Imagine your body as multiple strings of Christmas lights. Even if you do not celebrate, you are likely well aware of the pitfalls of these brightly colored strings of light. Hundreds of tiny bulbs are strung together by tiny, fragile wires. Every string can be connected to another, to eventually light up the tree, the house, or whatever else needs some cheer. As the fragile wires and bulbs age, they become brittle and are more likely to lose electrical connection and fail. The dimming of one bulb may not have an effect on the aesthetics of your Christmas tree, but that’s also not how it works. The problem is, each of those light bulbs is connected and requires the light before it to work for them all to work. So, if one goes out, they all go out. The energy cannot flow properly, and the holiday festivities come to a sudden halt. The energy in your body works the same way. Our bodies are made up of systems of nerves that flow through every tissue, every organ. If one connection is lost, the whole system of energy is thrown off, and the body cannot work properly. One of the most obvious physiological examples of this is carpal tunnel syndrome. This is usually caused by a pinched nerve under the shoulder blade that prevents the entire arm from working properly. Sufferers
experience pain and tingling and can be debilitating. Many cases can be resolved with physical therapy that removes pressure off of the affected nerve to restore energy balance to the arm.
Most energy healing is done through light touch between one person and another. Usually, a trained professional, the healer, is at the center of the work, and the patient is on the receiving end of the energy. As energy is of a fluent nature, it is possible to transfer energy from one person to another, and this is the basis of the healing properties. This transfer
of energy is done in a quiet, relaxed environment, like when getting
a
massage. Most people who partake in this healing feel a deep sense
of relaxation during and after the treatment. Reducing this stress brings about a great change in the body, as muscles and nerves
relax, getting back to their normal, functional state. Specific energy healing is done to focus on the endocrine glands as well. This system is responsible for releasing toxins from the body, and if energy is blocked around this area, the toxic matter is allowed to build up in the body, causing lethargy, illness, and disease. Moving energy to this area promotes proper function and flushes toxins properly from the body. As these toxins are removed naturally, the immune system improves as well. If this system was formerly trying to eliminate these toxins, making the body more susceptible to attack, illness is much more likely. Removing this burden from the immune system increases overall wellness.
Energy healing can also help with small ailments as it boosts the immune system. Head colds, arthritis, general pain and inflammation can all disappear when properly and frequently treated with energy healing. Fixing energy pathways can reduce headaches, as energy and proper blood flow is restored to the brain.
The power of energy healing is also an important tool in chronic and serious illness, like cancer treatment. Generally, traditional treatments like chemotherapy and radiation are very taxing procedures that actually harm the body. Heavy chemicals and radiation are meant to kill off the cancer cells, but end up harming healthy cells as well. The body loads more energy to restore the healthy cells and often leads to symptoms of fatigue, malaise muscle loss and much more. The body requires a higher intake of energy from food to maintain this rebuilding process, but often symptoms of nausea and decreased appetite from treatment prevent this from happening.
Energy healing
can
help transfer energy from the universe
into that body to help out. Also, unblocking energy channels can help things flow more freely, making it easier for the body to recover. Energy healing, combined with a proper, nutrient-rich diet can help the body produce the energy it needs to fight and recover from the disease. Perhaps the most important benefit of energy healing is restoring emotional balance. As we know, emotions are centered in the brain, and they are manifested as hormones are released in the brain. If
hormone balance is off even the slightest bit, it can cause us to become moody, depressed and anxious, among a host of other problems. If you have ever experienced this, whether, for a short time or a long duration, you know how great of an impact it has on your overall health and life. Feeling depressed sucks your energy, makes you feel achy and generally sluggish. You can’t concentrate on tasks, and socializing with others feels like a chore. Feeling this way for long periods of time can affect your social ties, career and overall quality of life.
Using energy healing to unblock energy channels that affect hormone balance is a great remedy to try. The feeling of relaxation and revitalization that accompanies an energy healing session may be all you need to get your hormones back in balance, and to start feeling well again. The power of energy healing is actually boundless. Regularly partaking in energy healing sessions can improve health and emotional wellness across the board, leading to a better quality of life overall. Finding help from a practiced healer is your best bet, but it is possible to practice energy healing on yourself as well. More on that in the following chapters.
C h a p t e r 3 : C l e a n s i n g Yo u r E n e r g y By now, you understand the powerful benefits of cleansing your energy through energy healing, but how do we go about doing this? If you are not ready to commit to meeting with an energy healer and getting on track that way, there are a multitude of simple things you can do at home to try and balance your energy on your own.
One of the strongest ways to accomplish this is through meditation. Like energy healing, meditation is nothing new, and you have probably come across this concept before if you are not already practicing. The concept is very simple. We must relax and focus our mind for the rest of our body, and our lives, to function properly. Our mind controls everything else, and so we must start here in our journey to overall wellness.
Meditation often calls upon energy from the earth to be imparted to the body to provide focus and insight. This energy surges throughout the body, pushing through energy blocks, resituating the mind where it should be. While there are many different types of meditation, asking for energy to enter your body is a great place to start. Many offshoots of meditation offer benefit through passive means. That is, the mind has the ability to gather itself and focus by thinking of nothing at all. In fact, if your mind tends to wander, worry and get overwhelmed, there is a lot of benefit from meditating this way. Of course, as it does, energy will naturally flow in and out of you to create equilibrium with the environment around you. This process alone often leaves you feeling mentally acute and ready to handle the next task. Energy healing takes meditation a step further. In this case, we do
not passively meditate, hoping the universe will send us what we need.
Instead, the idea of asking is imparted. In this asking, we sit silently, and simply imagine the energy we require entering our body. Many practitioners imagine it coming in through the very top of their head, traveling down the spine, and hitting every nerve on the way through. Imagine the feeling of energy flowing down every limb, descending to every finger and toe. Ask and you shall receive. If meditation interests you, it is easy to get started. You will simply need a quiet room and yourself. Sit or lie down comfortably and focus on deep breathing. Let your breath steady and focus your mind on the ins and outs of your breathing. Let the stress of the day go and keep your focus. Once you have relaxed yourself a bit, decide how you would like to proceed. If you feel that honing in on your breath is energizing and fulfilling, keep that up. If you would like a little more, try asking for energy as the next step.
Practicing meditation daily, for about fifteen minutes can have amazing effects on your body and mind. If this is something you feel like adding to your daily routine, the last two chapters in this book are dedicated to guided meditation practice.
If meditation isn’t in the cards, or you are looking for other simple things to do at home, look no further. There is a host of small, seemingly insignificant things that can be done on a regular basis to promote energy balance. The first may seem obvious, you may not have realized its purpose.
Most of us have partaken in a bath using bath salts. They are a popular Mother’s Day gift as moms are usually characterized as stressed out. Salts are often infused with lavender and other essential oils to promote relaxation, but the salt by itself has amazing healing properties. Salt is polarizing
a
substance. It draws water
to itself. In the medical field, we are familiar with reducing salt to decrease fluid buildup that raises blood pressure and causes swelling, usually in the lower extremities. Water is a universal solvent, and everything, including toxins in the body, can be dissolved in this water. The salt draws
this water out, toxins and all. Salt is purifying in any form, and if you feel you don’t have time for a daily salt bath, using it in the shower is another great way to incorporate it. Have a small container of bath salt or regular sea salt in the shower. As you wash away, take a little of the salt and run it over your skin. As you do, imagine negative energy and toxins leaving your body, as they are. Touching the salts to your chakra points has an even bigger benefit. More on chakras in the following chapters. As discussed earlier, the mind has the power over everything else in the body. In that effort, we must do everything in our power to keep our mind calm and relaxed, so that it may move the body in a similar way. One great thing to do is to keep the spaces in which we live and work organized, clean and in good working order.
If you struggle to find things at home, making daily tasks just a little harder, you are unnecessarily stressing your brain. If your home is cluttered and your eye cannot pick a pleasant focal point, you are stressing your brain. By cleaning and streamlining your home or office space, you relax the brain and make it easier to do daily things, saving that extra energy for healing, or to increase your productivity. We have discussed many ways to gain extra energy from the earth, but often,
this can actually
be
detrimental. For anyone who is anxious on a regular basis, getting more energy may actually be a problem. When the mind is on edge and anxious, there is likely too much energy, usually negative, flowing through the body. Anxious people often fidget and pace in an effort to burn some of that negative energy off. Using techniques like meditation, we can release negative energy from the body as well. Instead of asking for it, we can ask to release it
through the soles of our feet. If meditation isn’t possible at any given moment, taking a few seconds to imagine that energy flowing out of us in moments of panic can have similar results. Tell the earth that this energy is too much to bear, and ask it to take it back. Imagine it flowing right out of you, releasing your muscle tension and reducing your jitters. Exercise is another great way to relieve this negative energy. As anxious people often fidget, it shows that they are trying to burn the energy off naturally. Doing physical activity has the same effect. Walking, running or jogging creates a great release of energy from the whole body. Other exercises, like yoga and stretching, also promote the unblocking of energy channels, which can help release
energy naturally as well. Naturally, everybody is a little bit different and will require a different way to unwind and re-energize themselves. Often, different techniques can be used at different junctures in life to produce a good energy balance. Energies change, ebb and flow, and so we must use different tactics to resolve it. Most importantly, we must listen carefully to what our bodies are telling us, and give energy to areas that are lacking, and remove energy from areas that are overstimulated. Continue with techniques that bring you peace and energy, and forgo those that do not.
C h a p t e r 4 : Aw a k e n i n g Yo urHigherSelf There is one topic we must discuss in order for everything else to make sense, and that is the idea of a higher self. We touched for a moment on this in Chapter 1, with the idea of our third eye, or our sixth sense. Let’s explore this a little bit further. The higher self is innate in every living thing. It has been called many things, including gut feelings and intuition, our soul, our spirit. To the untrained person, the higher self is an intangible thing. We cannot necessarily see it, hear it or physically feel it, but it is still there. When you have an inkling that something isn’t quite right, or if you make a decision based on a gut feeling that may have no other logic, this is your higher self, guiding you in the right direction. The
good
news is, we can
be
trained
to
become more in touch with our higher
self. In fact, when we really look at it, our higher self is tangible after all. We can feel it, sense it, but only if we try. Imagine that this higher self
is simply a small ball of energy that lives within us. For many spiritual followers, we know that our spiritual being will eventually leave our bodies in death, and leave to other parts of the universe.
No matter what religion you follow, if any at all, this idea transcends all. Religion is based on this idea, and we see it playing out in varying degrees of heaven, and places in which our spirit will be free from the flesh. We cannot simply imagine that our consciousness will not go on once our bodies have expired.
This ball of energy, our higher self, has a mind all its own. It is our guiding energy that knows right from wrong and knows our true path. Think for a moment about the state of your life. Think about your career, your family, how you choose to live your life. Are you content with everything, or are there other things that you strive for? Do you feel you are in line with your conscience, or is there a nagging feeling in the back of your mind that is pulling you in a different direction? This feeling is with everyone, and there is nothing wrong with following it, as it is simply your higher self, trying to tell you something. Our society has fallen far from a once virtuous place in which everyone followed their inner voices and did what was best for them, for their communities and the earth they call home. Instead, the world is filled with greed, money, and the pursuit of a ‘stable’ life filled with inanimate objects like fancy homes and cars that bring ‘happiness.' In reality, we do not need any of those things to survive, and listening to your true self will help you distinguish what is necessary and what is greedy.
Many of us try and push these feelings away, as society is telling us what we need. Our desire to follow the crowd and do what is socially acceptable has imprisoned our spirits into endless days of work and responsibility that is slowly killing our energy. We often push our desires down to go to a tireless yet well-paying job to make money and live a responsible life, all the while reducing our higher self to nothing.
Instead, if we learn to work with our higher self, we unlock the potential of endless bounds of energy, happiness, and life. Our higher self, that little ball of energy within us, holds the key to a fulfilling life, one that may not be so prosperous monetarily, but one that is worth living in the end. If we learn to follow our intuitions given by the higher self, everything we truly need will come to us when we need it. Now for some training to get in line with our true self. Simply, we must learn to follow our gut instinct. Those little feelings of dread and cues for you to do certain things are your roadmap. Understand that stress, anxiety, and depression are symptoms of an unhappy inner self. Your energy is off balance, and something in your life is causing it. Instead of suppressing these feelings by medicating with sedatives and mood stabilizers or self-medicating with alcohol or other substances, embrace and explore these feelings. Something in your life isn’t quite right, and finding out what it is and making changes is the key to balancing your energy and emotion. If you don’t feel right, something is wrong. It is as simple as that.
We certainly would not recommend getting up and leaving your job and abandoning your current life, unless of course, this is the only way to find spiritual peace. Instead, take some time to really discover what your true path is by paying attention to those gut feelings and determining where it is they are telling you to go. You cannot expect to be good at being in-tune with your higher self immediately, so don’t make any rash decisions until you become comfortable with its signals. For example, if you have begun to dread going to work every day, it may not be because of the work, but because of the specific environment. You may enjoy that same work somewhere else and does not require a complete upheaval of your life. Maybe you just
need to find work with another company to bring your balance back. Or, maybe you discover after switching jobs that your work is no longer fulfilling and finding something new is really what you need. Now may be the time to start looking into a new career, your true calling. Remember that the universe will give you exactly what you need if you stop working on its energy. Everyone has a true path that they need to follow, one that
brings ultimate happiness and joy. Once you are in line with this ideal energy path, everything will fall into place on its own. Going against this energy is like trying to swim up river after a heavy rain. You will fight the current but get nowhere. Giving in and flowing with the river will get you where you need to be faster. You simply need to accept that this river of energy knows where it is you need to be.
If you are someone that needs something to ‘do,' trying keeping a journal expressing your feelings and emotions in relation to your situation. You can quickly develop feeling patterns in relation to specific events, like work, with certain people that take advantage of you, or even your location. Maybe you do better living in the country in the peace and quiet that on city streets. All of these things are valuable pieces of information that will be necessary for plotting out potential life changes. If this doesn’t sound like you, know that your inner self will give
you the wisdom and energy you need to navigate this life, and it will guide you as it sees fit. This doesn’t require careful planning, just the ability to tap into your true feelings and emotions at any given time. This doesn’t mean that you won’t make mistakes. You need to experience certain things to gain knowledge and wisdom to make the next step. You are not necessarily on the wrong path, and as long as you feel in-line with your true self, there is nothing to worry about.
C h a p t e r 5 : K n o w Yo u r C h a k r a s In order to complete true energy healing, we must understand our chakras. The chakra system developed in India thousands of years ago. The idea is that the body has seven chakras or discs of energy centered along the spine. In true symmetrical fashion, the chakras align with the spine, and their energy resonates to the rest of the body with the order.
Think of your spine and the center line of your body as a power cord. This cord receives energy from a ‘plug’ or in this case, from the universe outside. Energy flows from the head, down the spinal cord, and is then dispersed throughout the body. Each chakra is responsible for propelling energy onward and outward, and if one chakra is not functioning properly, the order of the entire system will be thrown off. This can occur during times of stress, making it even more important to remain calm and practice meditation and other methods to reduce stress. Each chakra is responsible for certain things within the body. The first is our root chakra, which makes us feel stable and grounded to the earth. It is located at the lowest point of the spine, the tailbone. This makes sense, as if we sit to meditate, this is the point closest to the earth. In life, this chakra is responsible for feelings of security, both tangibly and emotionally. It gives us financial stability and emotional balance. When we are having problems with money, food security, and stability, it is often the root chakra that is out of balance. Physically, it is related to our core makeup, our bones, our legs and our feet, that connect with the earth. Interestingly, it is also related to our natural fight or flight response
as well. When out of balance, we may feel paranoid and on edge, as our sense of security is failing. The sacral chakra, located just above the root chakra on our sacrum allows us to connect with others, and to embrace new experiences and interactions with others. We will find this chakra just below our navel. Our feelings of general well-being and connection with our social circles originate here. This chakra allows us to be connected with another sexually as well. It is the center of procreation and has a hand in the circulatory system, kidneys and bladder. Physical symptoms like decreased kidney function or poor blood circulation may be a result of a blocked sacral chakra.
The third chakra is located on our solar plexus, or the area above the navel, the upper abdomen. As this is near the center of our body, it makes sense that this is where our feelings of self-esteem and worthiness come from. When this chakra is out of whack, we begin to feel worthless and get down on ourselves for formerly meaningless things. When back in alignment, we feel confident and in control of our lives. It is at the center of all emotions and physically can carry a big burden. This chakra is related to the gastrointestinal tract, pancreas, liver, and muscles, among other things. Chronic stomach issues or blocked pancreas and liver can lead to serious illness, making it very important that you have this chakra in balance. Emotionally, chronic feelings of anger, or that you are a victim in your daily life may stem from here. The fourth chakra is very important and is located along the spine just above the heart. Not surprisingly, this chakra is responsible for our ability to love and embrace others. It is the center of inner peace and contentment. When feels of being unsettled and unable to trust others develop, it may be due to this fourth chakra. The absence of compassion or empathy is directly related to this area. It
may also manifest itself physically with heart and lung problems. The chakra found in the throat is the fifth of seven. As expected, this chakra is handy when it comes to communication. Our ability to conversate and get points across with others can either be helped or hindered by the functioning of this chakra. If you feel that others are not understanding you when you speak, it may be that you are not communicating clearly, and it is time to focus on this chakra. A block in number five can lead to a deficit in creativity and inability to think outside of our normal confines. This area is where our thyroid gland is located as well. Chronic issues with hypothyroid could mean chronic issues with your fifth chakra. Moving up to the head, our sixth chakra is our sixth sense, or our third eye chakra. As we talked about before, our third eye is the strongest connection between our physical bodies and our inner selves. This chakra allows us to make sense of the world around us and analyze the small comings and goings of life in terms of the big picture. It gives us a sense of direction and allows us to make decisions and have the wisdom to do so. When this chakra is out of whack, you may be blindsided with problems that you never saw coming. Without your intuition, you may make decisions without true insight, and the consequences of your actions cannot be seen until they happen. When this chakra is in line, you can see the possible outcome of your actions ahead of time, prompting you to make an educated decision. Our seventh chakra is the crown chakra and is the biggest connection to our spirituality. When in good order, we can be fully connected with our true self, allowing us to flow with the proper energy, and allowing us to find our true happiness. When out of line, we will find ourselves swimming against the current, against our true path. An imbalance can manifest itself through
psychological symptoms, like depression, anxiety or more complex problems. Medically speaking, it is connected with the nervous system, which may manifest with pinched nerves, and tingling in the extremities. It also affects the pituitary gland, which
plays a role in hormone production. At any given time, any of these chakras can be in disrepair. Perhaps you have connected very specifically with one chakra while reading this. Maybe one of these struck a nerve, bringing some sense to some symptoms you have been experiencing. For example, if you have been experiencing money problems and low self-esteem because of it, your root and solar plexus chakras may not be aligned. Bringing proper energy flow back to these chakras could bring clarity to your financial situation, and instilling confidence in yourself to alleviate the situation.
Chapter6:HealChakr a s a n d R e a l i g n Yo u r E n t i re C h a k r a S y s t e m Now that we have connected physical and emotional problems to our specific chakras, it is time to get them back in alignment, so that our body and mind may function properly together. Perhaps you relate to symptoms of the imbalance of one or two specific chakras. While it may be necessary to focus energy on these to realign yourself, we must not forget to look at the big picture. Focusing energy on one chakra inadvertently removes energy from others. We must look at the system as a whole, making sure that every chakra is in the balance, so that we can live a fulfilling, happy life. Let us start by working on each individual chakra. First, the root, number one. As we discussed, this is the chakra that makes us feel grounded and secure in life. When out of balance, we may have issues with money, we may feel a bit paranoid and unsure of our standing. This chakra is associated with the color red, so, therefore, we may strengthen this chakra with more exposure. It can help to surround ourselves with red things, but it may be more appropriate to eat foods that are red, rather than repainting an entire room. Eat foods that are deep red, like red meat, apples, beets, and red peppers. The color red is also associated with heat and warmth, so foods that are spicy, like hot peppers (red ones), can be beneficial as well. As this is the chakra of grounding, eating foods that come from the ground, like carrots and potatoes, so called ‘root vegetables’ are beneficial as well.
Certain yoga poses, like the bridge, which stretch muscles and tendons in this area can help move energy around in this area, stimulating the chakra. The action of simply walking barefoot on the earth may help as well. As the idea is grounding, it makes sense to get as close to the earth as possible to accept some new energy.
The second chakra, the sacral, is primarily responsible for connection with others, sexuality, and well-being. It may manifest itself as infertility, low sexual drive, and inability to fully connect with loved ones. Again, we can use food to help heal the chakra. Orange is the associated color, so orange peppers, carrots, and pumpkin are great foods to include. In yoga, doing exercises like the cobra pose, or pelvic movements can help stretch and unblock energy channels in this area. Any stretches or movements that engage the pelvic area, including belly dancing, can help stimulate sex drive and increase fertility.
The solar plexus chakra is in the upper abdomen, so it would make sense that any movement involving this area would be beneficial. When this chakra is out of alignment, we may feel out of control of our life, and confidence wanes. Doing sit ups and other exercises that engage the core are beneficial. In yoga, doing poses like the boat pose engage the core, or dancing and shaking the hips engages the core as well. The solar plexus is associated with the color yellow, and so foods that are yellow may help engage the chakra as well. Add lemon to water, and enjoy corn on the cob in the summer. Grains are also beneficial, as well as herbal teas like mint. The heart chakra must constantly be nourished. Without it, we are not able to love or feel compassion for others. Physically, we may have heart trouble or problems with breathing. Reconnecting to this
chakra will be very beneficial to our entire life. The only way to exercise our heart is to use it. In the physical sense, doing cardiovascular exercises like walking or jogging work the heart and lungs. In an emotional sense, we must practice loving and accepting others whole heartedly to exercise our chakra. While you would expect its associated color to be red, it is actually green. Surrounding yourself with greenery in nature, and eating greens on the regular are great ways to engage your heart chakra. Ever notice how a hike in the woods really enhances your spirit? The combination of exercise and lush green environment stimulate your heart chakra. Eat a big salad and sip on some green tea after a long walk to get your heart in the right place.
The throat chakra is responsible for effective communication, first and foremost. It also holds the key to the thyroid gland, which makes hormones responsible for energy levels and much more. Imbalances lead to deficits in the thyroid gland, leaving you sluggish and listless. In this state, it will be much more difficult to communicate effectively. The throat chakra is blue, so eating foods that are rich and blue, like blueberries are your best bet, although any fruit will do. Medically speaking, a person with underactive thyroid should avoid dark green foods, as their properties actually inhibit the thyroid. Do not avoid them altogether, as this can then throw off your heart chakra. Balance is the key here. Exercises that work the shoulders and arms
are good for this chakra as well. Doing pushups during a workout and stretching your shoulders out across your chest as you cool
down is very stimulating. Since our third eye chakra provides a deep connection with our spiritual being, we must exercise and connect with it regularly. As it is located between our eyes, there aren’t too many traditional exercises that reach this area. Eye motions, like eye rolls (not at your spouse), can work the area, and yoga poses like child’s pose that places the forehead on the floor can stimulate it. Connecting with it on a daily basis by listening to cues given by your inner self is helpful as well. The third eye is indigo, and eating purplish blue foods like dark berries are beneficial. Your third eye also likes chocolate and lavender, which explains the need for both during stressful situations. Finally, our crown chakra, responsible for our greatest spiritual connection, must be fostered. Located at the top of our head, we must get creative to exercise it properly. If you aren’t feeling quite right, and are just unable to feel happy, spend some time nurturing the crown chakra. As this is very much mind-related, we must practice meditation and mindfulness to exercise this chakra. It is associated with the color violet, but eating a plethora of violet foods, which there are not many of, isn’t overly beneficial. Focus more on your body-spirit connection to keep this chakra healthy.
You will have noticed that aligning all of these chakras has three main components. These are food, which provides energy, exercise, with expends energy, and mind, which balances energy are all required. It only makes sense then, to exercise a host of these three components on a daily basis to maintain a powerful chakra system. You will have noticed that all of the foods mentioned were of good quality and nutrition. We discussed vegetables, fruits, meats, and herbs. No junk food, soda or fast food. This is not by accident. By
incorporating foods that
come right from the earth, our natural habitat, we are promoting good health of all chakras. Get a
wide variety of fruits and veggies of different colors to receive different types of nutrients and energies that the body needs. Combine that with simple proteins from meats, nuts, and seeds for muscle maintenance and proteins that help make up the brain. Dietary fat is important as well, especially oils from olives, avocado, and fish, as the Omega 3 fatty acids within the
help support optimal brain function. A combination of different exercises is important as well. For good health, we must combine moderate intensity exercise like jogging and hiking to promote the heart, circulatory system, and respiratory system. We must also pair this with meaningful stretching to release tension from muscles and target the core and shoulders. Yoga and simple stretching after cardio can help us accomplish this. Remember that our physical body is where our spirit lives. It would be wise to treat it with the utmost respect and care while we are still here. That said, we must also exercise our mind, mainly for our third eye and crown chakras. As both are centered on the head, the house for our brain, we must remember to use our brains to think logically and tap into the wants and needs of our inner spirit. Ignoring these signals causes our brain to fall into disrepair, and over stresses it. Paying attention to the proper signals leads us to better decision making, and allows us to flow with our natural course of energy.
If you feel that a certain chakra needs attention based on the current course of your life, or if you feel like you need to enhance certain aspects of your life, go ahead and focus some attention on one. Just don’t forget that the entire system is connected and neglecting the rest for the sake of one chakra will only bring bigger problems. Do your due diligence to look at the big picture and live a life in balance with your chakra system.
Chapter7:WhatisReiki? The practice of Reiki is of Japanese origin. The name is a combination of two Japanese words, Rei and Ki. While the translation can become a bit complicated, Rei is loosely related to the knowledge and energy that flows through everything. It is omniscient and knows all. It is often related to the idea of God in many religions. Ki, in simple terms, is the life force that rules the universe. When this Ki is high, we feel energetic and happy, and when it is low, we feel drained and ill. The practice of Reiki harnesses the
capabilities of both the
Rei and Ki energy for healing. To practice Reiki, there must be a receiver and
a practitioner. The receiver is the person in need of healing, whether it be a physical ailment, chronic disease or emotional state. The practitioner is in charge of focusing the energy of the universe
into the receiver so that they may heal themselves. A Reiki session is very relaxed and soothing. The practitioner takes their time, slowly connecting the palms of their hands with various points, usually in relation to chakras, on your body. This is not like a massage, as muscles are not being rubbed. The idea is simply to transfer energy from the practitioner to the receiver. This is done by simply holding the hands on the touch-point for a moderate length of time, before moving on to another point. A practitioner does not hold the energy, only has the ability to draw
it to the receiving person. Once a part of this person’s energy field, it will go where it is needed most, at the site of the ailment. It is Ki that naturally energizes all vital organs, tissues, and cells. Without it, we develop serious illness and dysfunction within the body. Drawing in Ki from outside the body helps set the balance back in motion so that the body may do what it is supposed to do. Unlike traditional Western medicine, this type of energy healing can do no harm, as the power to yield results is with the power of the universe. In modern medicine, fate is given to the hands of people, who often make mistakes. They give medications that do more harm than good. They carry out procedures that break the rules of nature. All in hopes of doing good, but actually disrupts the natural energy flow in the body, among many other things.
There is great control in the energy given by the universe. In fact, a person who is unwilling or skeptical about the practice rarely reaps the benefits. Positive energy from the universe can be upset by negative thoughts and emotions running through the body. Before getting started with any Reiki session, it is important to enter a relaxed state through meditation, so that energy will be allowed to flow freely throughout the body. What is worse, it is this negative energy that is the likely cause of physical and emotional problems in the first place, making it extremely important to get our negative thoughts under control. The energy we are made up of is not contained within just the confines of our body. We actually have an energy field called an aura surrounding our bodies. We emanate energy. Certain people are very tapped into energy fields, and can actually recognize auras around themselves and others. Auras appear as light, often colored, which reflects the current emotional state of the person. Calm, relaxed blues and greens signify calm, while reds
may denote anger in the aura. The color and strength of the aura can change at any
given time based on your emotional and physical well-being. Auras are not one solid color or strength, it will vary. Think of it like the earth’s ozone layer. Where the sun beats through, the ozone layer is thin, letting in more damaging solar rays. If your aura is thin in a specific area, there will likely be something physically wrong underneath. For example, if your aura is thin and red over your kidney region, it means that energy is restricted in this area and your kidney function could decline. Working on the aura in this region, as well as your chakra system will help bring energy back to the area, where it needs it most. As medical procedures become more common, we must ask ourselves what is really right for our bodies. Is it best to suppress symptoms of physical and mental ailments with medications and procedures, or is it better to unmask the problem behind the symptoms that will ultimately lead to a better quality of life? As modern medicine advances, procedures are becoming less invasive, yet overall health is still on the decline. This begs us to find an alternative to these ways and getting back to the basic elements that make us up for answers. While it is possible to attract positive energy to yourself, Reiki is most effective with a practiced healer, someone who is familiar with energy fields and has the ability to attract the most positive energy toward you. Remember that if your aura is weak, it will be hard to gather the strength to ask the universe for what you need.
Don’t be afraid to meet with a professional and give Reiki a try. Keep a positive, open mind going into the experience, and you won’t regret it. The benefit of Reiki is that it can help flush out the negative emotions and thoughts we have in our minds. Remember that positive energy is drawn to negative energy, and it will flow where it is needed most. The negativity may inhibit just how much energy we can accept, but it will work just the same. Having treatment frequently will help break down as much negativity as possible, eventually filling you with positivity.
Reiki is a very personal, unexplainable practice. If you have not had the pleasure of a Reiki session with a practiced Reiki master, it is highly recommended. We cannot truly explain in words the feeling of energy flowing through you, as this is a transcendental experience that will likely be different for each individual. You owe it to your inner spirit to try Reiki and find out the benefits for yourself.
Chapter8:PracticingReikiOn Yo u r s e l f If you are new to Reiki and are intrigued by its benefits, meeting with a Reiki professional will be your best introduction to the practice. Find someone who is reputable and has lots of experience. It may seem like a strange new practice, but gaining the knowledge that this practitioner has is invaluable. Perhaps you will find that practicing with a professional is best for you, or maybe you would like to begin practicing on your own at home.
The energy that abounds in this universe can
be drawn to any person, all we have to do is ask. For someone that is open and willing to ask will receive the benefits of this energy. Those who have this ability have the conscience to practice Reiki themselves. Even if this sounds like a transcendental version of you, it may surprise you to find that drawing energy to yourself is completely possible.
The great thing about working with a professional is that it allows you to relax and soak in the experience completely. The good news is, this can be mimicked at home. When you are first starting out on your own, you may not feel like you are getting much out of it. However, if you develop a routine of movements that become second nature to you, there will be no thought required to carry it out, giving the same effect. Since you likely have more time available at home than traveling to
see a practitioner, make Reiki something you practice at home every day as part of your routine. Just like exercise and eating right, practicing meditation and Reiki on a regular basis is part of preventative wellness. Doing these things proactively helps maintain the good health of our bodies now, instead of waiting to do something about it when ailments occur. The practice of Reiki is just that, practice. So practice every day.
Whether practicing at home or with a professional, it may get monotonous. After a while, it may feel like the same old thing, and the benefits may cease to exist for you. The idea behind any technique of energy healing is to keep your mind willing and open to accept wisdom from the universe. There is always something new to experience, so go into each session with an open mind, a curiosity and accepting nature. There are always different ways to practice as well. Perhaps you get bored with the current rotation in which you practice. It is okay to change it up and try something new. If you are guiding the energy in a different way, you are likely to get a new experience, which can keep the benefits rolling. So, now that you have committed to trying Reiki every day, even for a short session, we may begin. While you will see an example Reiki session in the next chapter, we must first set the scene. As we discussed earlier, getting in the right mindset to accept energy from the universe is very important. If we are feeling stressed and negative, it will be hard to let that energy in. It is recommended to practice a bit of meditation before getting started. Find yourself a quiet, comfortable space where it is comfortable in temperature, and moderately lit. Bright, fluorescent lights are not very calming, but if it is all you have, make it work. Another option is to forgo the lights and try candles for some dim
lighting. The five-minute meditation session in Chapter 14 is an ideal meditation session to try, as it only takes a few minutes, and quickly releases excess stress. Energy healing meditation does require a bit of focus on drawing energy, so this is a great start. Once you have primed your body and mind for the energy, begin your Reiki practice. Your routine will be all your own, but in general, each touch point should be focused on for a set period of time to keep things flowing. If you are by yourself, it can be hard to focus on the time as well as the practice. Using recordings of gongs, and spiritual timer apps found online can help bring a bit of instrumental depth to your practice, while also keeping your session on track. Remember that if this is a daily occurrence, it will be hard to keep up if you regularly go outside your set time. Being late for work or other commitments will bring that stress flooding right back. On that note, try to pick a time of day that will reasonably fit in your schedule. While we can do our best to stay on track, accepting energy and meditating with the universe is not a timed event. Yes, you can run on the treadmill for exactly a half hour to reap the benefits, but getting your mind to focus and accept energy cannot be done in a specified time frame. The universe is not keeping track of time, so it is unfair to ask it to give you what you need in short order. That is just selfish. If you find a time, say at the end of the day, where you are not infringing on any other commitments, you will feel freer to sit with the energy and accept it, rather than feeling rushed through. As discussed, finding your routine groove will be up to you. It may turn out that certain touch points do nothing for you, but others are remarkably energizing and healing. Remember that just as we must
treat our entire chakra system, we should not focus all of our attention on certain points, as others may feel an energy imbalance in the process. If you truly feel that certain practices are detrimental to your overall cause, try something else. There is no one routine that is best for everyone. The goal is to maintain balance in whatever routine you choose.
Chapter9:GuidedReikiSelfSession The order in which you choose to carry out your Reiki routine is up to you. Over time, you may find that making changes allows you to delve deeper into your spiritual being, and untap hidden healing potential. Use this guide as an example to get started. You are urged to do your own research and experiment with different techniques to find out what works best for you.
To get started, lie down in a comfortable position. On a bed, couch, or even the floor is just fine. Close your eyes, breathing deeply in and out. Focus on your breath, clearing your mind of the thoughts of the day. With each exhale, feel the stress of the day flowing out of you. Pause for 1 minute. You should now feel relaxed. Now is the time to say a mental prayer to the universe, asking for the energy you need to fulfill your goals and heal your ailments. Ask it to send you only what you need. Feel this energy entering through the top of your head, flowing down to your healing hands. Feel the energy tingle in every finger. We are now ready to begin our Reiki session. Slowly bring both hands to your face, setting them gently on your closed eyes. Hold them there, feeling the energy flow through your hands, into the eyes. Pause for 1 minute. Slowly move both hands to the temples, resting them comfortably
there. Focus as the energy flows into your brain through your temples. Pause for 1 minute. Move your hands now to your neck, where they will lay near your throat chakra. Feel the warmth of energy on your neck. Pause for 1 minute. Move your hands gently down to your chest, settling each hand over the lungs. As you breathe in and out, imagine that energy flowing in and out of each lung, surrounding the heart.
Pause for 1 minute. Slide your hands slowly down to your abdomen, just above the navel. Your solar plexus chakra is where you will feel your confidence and self-worth. As energy flows to this area, imagine your inner worth increasing exponentially, as if ready to conquer the world. Pause for 1 minute. Slowly move both hands below the navel, to the sacral chakra. Feel the warmth enter your belly, enhancing your feelings of connection with those you love most. Think of them as you feel the energy flowing into this area. Pause for 1 minute. As you lay still, feel the pressure of the surface below you on your tailbone. As this root chakra is what is keeping you centered with the earth, feel that energy coursing in between both body and earth. Pause for 1 minute.
Let your hands fall gently to your sides, resting comfortably. Focus on your breath, in and out. Pause for 1 minute. Take a moment to gather yourself and open your eyes. Slowly sit up, taking your time. It is time to re-enter the world refreshed, renewed and recharged.
Chapter10:Findinghappiness
f ro m w i t h i n While there are many types of energy healing, the benefits of all of them are a better sense of inner peace and connection with the universe. It is through this process that we can reconnect with our true self, and become able to accept help and guidance from our spirit. When we listen to the overwhelmingly loud signals our inner self gives us, we can make intuitive, educated decisions that lead us on a path to ultimate happiness.
Our inner self knows what will make us truly happy, and humans have gone on long enough ignoring its signs. If you are ready, it is high time you reconnect with your inner self, often called the inner child, who only operates on finding true bliss. Decisions are made based on happiness, not logic, and we definitely need more of that in the world. The good news is, everything you need to be happy is already right inside of you. All of the misconceptions about tangible things like money and fancy things is only a fallacy. None of those things will make you happy, and so chasing after them is a waste of time. Perhaps you do have all of those things, but still feel a void in your life. While it is still important to be humble and appreciate the physical things that you have, it is time to explore what really makes you tick. Ask yourself this question; “When I wake up every morning, I do so in hopes of…”. This open-ended question will help you discover what it is you are searching for, what gets you up and out of bed every morning. In our new society, people are constantly trying to connect and be approved by other people. We have developed social media
websites for the sole purpose of putting ourselves out there to be judged by others. We also value ourselves by how others see us, and by the opinions of people, we value the most. Many people are also dependent on a relationship with another as their source of happiness. A best friend or spouse can easily become a crutch, and happiness is dependent on whether or not that relationship is going well. It is time to shift gears. We are each individually perfect just how we are. Our inner spirit is a glowing representation of our happiness, and it is time to let it out. We do not need to live for others, or for tangible things, we must live for ourselves. Once you begin thinking in these terms, the rest will fall into place. You will no longer be doing things for others that are of detriment to your inner self. For example, if a friend constantly takes advantage of your good graces, you will no longer feel the need to please them by being at their beck and call. You will begin living your life as your spirit guides it. You will be able to find your true calling and find ways to make those dreams a reality. You will automatically be more relaxed, as you know your spirit is all-knowing, and you trust it will point you in the right direction. If this all sounds too good to be true, it is. The caveat is, you must be willing and able to ask the universe for this gift. Remember that a positive, open mind will be able to accept energy and truly listen to its inner self. In order to make this a reality, we must focus our attention on it, ask for it, and seek it out. Nothing good ever just falls in your lap, and happiness is the same way. In your future meditation sessions, take a few minutes to set your mind on this stream of thought. Imagine that this positive energy is flowing to the areas of you that will be able to accept and make this image a reality.
Your happiness is entirely up to you. Do and think things every day that is happy, and you will have no other option but to be happy. Positive thoughts attract more positive thoughts. Be more mindful and conscious of the negative thoughts that creep into your day, and make an effort to turn them around and find the positive actively. Our brains are wired to continue thinking how you already think. It is easier to do the same thing over and over than to try something new. Exercise your brain and make it work on changing those negative thoughts around. Before long, you will find a happier you.
C h a p t e r 11 : P o w e r o f P o s i t i v i t y The key to finding true happiness and living your best life is through positivity. Going through life with a negative attitude will only bring more negativity into your life. As we discussed in earlier chapters, it is hard for a person to accept positive energy from the universe when they have negative barriers up, keeping it out.
Negativity comes in many forms, and most are recognizable, entering your life on a daily basis. Sure, you may wake up in a good mood, but as soon as you punch that time clock, people are coming at you from all angles asking for things, draining your energy. You have two options. The first is to do what you have always done, talking to people in your standard exasperated tone, like everything they ask is a chore for you. What you will get in return is a negative attitude. For example, let’s say your co-worker asks you for the weekly sales report you compile every week. It has been a particularly stressful week, and it isn’t quite ready at the time it usually is. This co-worker comes in looking for it, simply asking if it is ready, as the rest of their day depends on it. You respond with a long, drawn out explanation of what a horrible day you are having, and how it is really the last thing you need to worry about. Your poor co-worker stands there like a deer in the headlights, wondering what they did to have to put up with this explanation. In the end, this person really has nothing positive to say to you, and even tells your boss how unprofessionally you just acted. The day has nowhere to go but down. The other option is to treat the situation positively. That is, the report is not done, your day has been hectic, and your co-worker is
still asking for it. The situation has not changed, but the way you handle it can. Instead of the long, drawn-out explanation, you could simply say, “I’m a little behind today, I will work on the report next and forward it as soon as I have it. Sorry for the inconvenience.” While you may not truly feel this way, the fact that you are positive about the situation will make your coworker react in the same way (hopefully). The situation now has the possibility of having a positive outcome.
We often worry as well, and this is all just negativity. Going around wondering about the terrible ‘what if’ situations in life are unproductive and unnecessary. Worrying incessantly whether or not you will make it work on time, or if you will have a good day when you get there is a complete waste of time. None of us have any idea what is in store, so you might as well do yourself a favor and assume it will all be good. The universe will pick up on this
positivity
and
send
more good vibes your
way. Even when things do go wrong, which they will, training your mind to consider the silver linings in every situation is good practice. As we do not necessarily know the hidden plans of our inner self, there is no way to know whether a negative experience is really negative. Consider for a moment your current job. Going in every day is a test of patience, and you leave every day feeling drained. Your performance is excellent, says your boss, but your heart just isn’t in it. While you struggle to find meaning in work, you remain a good
employee to keep the bills paid at home. Deep down, you know this is not where you want to be, and your inner self knows it. Without realizing it, you are putting out a negative vibe about your situation and the universe is picking up on it. Suddenly, the company you work for makes a major shift, and you are laid off. While it would be easy to get upset, stressed and negative, it is just as easy to consider the situation a blessing, and an opportunity to find work that is more satisfying to your inner self. Practice positivity every day to start seeing the good it will bring to your life. There truly is a silver lining in everything, even if we can’t see it right away. Avoid the pitfalls of feeling sorry for yourself and instead plan your next move. Staying on the bright side of any problem will keep you from getting sucked down into a place full of anxiety and depression.
Chapter12:LoweringS t re s s f o r B e t t e r Q u a l i t y ofLife We have all heard about stress. A plethora of articles have been written about its detriment to health, and a quantity more have been written about how to reduce it. In reality, stress is a necessary part of life. Without it, nothing would ever get done. Stress is a physiological response meant to get your butt in gear and away from bad circumstances. Going way back to early man, there were many more dangerous situations like animal predators and perils of weather living in primitive environments. When these situations arose, the body would naturally increase adrenaline, allowing the mind to be more attentive to the surroundings, and the body able to flee in case of disaster.
These days, there are much less dangerous things around in comparison. Our stress is usually work and family related, things we cannot simply run from. While we are relatively safe, stress is still useful to help get us to work, as the threat of not paying the bills can be just as devastating as a hurricane knocking down our tree hut. The problem is, the stress indicator is naturally supposed to be met with action. In old times, stress would mean running from a predator, a physical response to the stimulus. Today, we are not physically doing much at all, and those stress hormones only sit in our bodies, wreaking havoc on our health and spiritual well-being, all at the same time. One solution is exercise. If you are undoubtedly in a stressful situation that you cannot immediately leave, like being in debt and trying to figure out how to not be, regular exercise can help manage
those unruly stress hormones. Daily walks or jogs, or yoga and Tai Chi can help move some of that pent up negative energy out, making room for more positivity. Along with exercise comes a proper diet. Food is the fuel that keeps our bodies running smoothly, and therefore it is imperative to make sure
we are fueling it well. Our fast-paced has led to the inception of fast food chains and junk food that give us very little nutritionally. Feeding our bodies with trans fats, added sugars, fats and preservatives that run rampant in these foods wreak havoc on our health. Nutritionally speaking, these substances are foreign. We are not meant to eat these things in excess, and the body has a hard time processing them. Molecules from foods of unknown origin cause the immune system to become taxed as it tries to sort out “food” from the possible pathogen. Over time, stress hormones are released to help the immune system function properly, leading to weight gain and general inflammation in the body. It is this inflammation that is the root cause of most diseases, as research has recently discovered.
To take care of your body, fill it with hearty fruits and vegetables from natural sources. Organic is best as the produce will not be covered in harmful preservatives and pesticides. We also need to consume enough lean protein to ensure muscle maintenance, and the amino acid particles that make up protein are also necessary for a host of chemical reactions that keep the body going. Lean meats like chicken, beef, and fish are great, as well as plant-based sources like beans and nuts. Our plates should mainly contain vegetables and lean proteins, but also a good source of carbohydrate from starches. Many of us
overdo it on the starches, so this may be something you need to limit. As a guide, make about one-quarter of your plate starch. Pick them from good sources like potatoes and winter squash that are loaded with vitamins and minerals, instead of pasta and rice, which may have been stripped of nutrients. Stress is all perceived by the mind, so we must not ignore meditation and mindfulness techniques as a solution. The mind is ultimately in charge of the body, and the release of stress hormones. If the mind says everything is okay, then the body will follow suit. Practicing daily positivity, meditation and Reiki will keep your mind calm, and help focus on solutions to your problem. Once there is a clear and concise plan, the brain really will be fine, and stress can be eliminated. In cases where a family member is ill, and the outcome is out of your control, daily meditation and positivity will keep stress at bay until something definitive happens. This book has mainly been about ways to tap into your inner self for guidance, and it will be employed here as well. Listening for signals from your spiritual self will ultimately guide you in the right direction. However, we are also a creature that thrives on social contact. Employing guidance from trusted friends and family members goes a long way as well. It always helps to talk problems through with others, and who knows, maybe the universe is speaking through this person. Be open to the ideas given by others, as it could be the universe trying to get the message to you.
Chapter13:GuidedImagery Along with the idea of positive thinking is the concept of guided imagery. This practice is becoming more and more popular, not only because it is alternative and cost effective, but because it works. Sometimes the simplest ideas are the best.
Think about the last time you were reminiscent of a great experience. Perhaps you were gathered with friends and thought about that trip you all took last summer. How did it make you feel? You were likely excited, happy and feeling some emotional connection to that moment in time. The mind is an amazing organ, in that its stored memories can bring you back to any given time, and cause you to feel the same way you did, even years before. We know this is true because we often regress to feelings from bad experiences. We often carry trauma from death, abuse, or even just a minor embarrassing moment that really stuck with you. Without realizing it, your mind is keeping these memories as lessons for next time. They are evidence that says, this situation didn’t work out last time, so things are going to be different. As the nature of this book is to make our lives better, let’s use this idea to remember good times and boost your mood at this moment using helpful information from the past. The practice of guided imagery is very simple. In clinical and therapeutic practice, it is the process of guiding a person to a better state of mind by focusing the brain on positive things. This can be done with a former pleasant memory, or with things that are pleasant in general, like picturing waves rolling onto the beach.
This technique is very common in therapy for patients with
depression and anxiety. Creating a sense of calm and happiness through imagery helps the patient regulate their emotions and the hormones that cause them. A guided imagery session is much like a meditation or Reiki session, in that the words spoken are meant to relax and soothe, so that the mind may focus
in on something specific. The practitioner will take time to get the patient into an accepting state so that the therapy can be most effective. Next, they will start setting the stage for the scene. The practitioner will begin to describe a picture. This could be the beach and waves, or something else that is known to soothe the patient. They will describe the color of the water, the foam that builds up as the waves crash, the sound of seagulls flying overhead. They will have them imagine the smell of the salt air and the feeling of the wind on their face. Anything and everything that allows the patient to be there at the beach, in a moment of calm, even if they happen to be in the midst of a panic attack. The results are clear. This technique helps people calm themselves, and reach out from depression. Once a clear picture can be established it is possible for the patient to imagine these things on their own. In fact, any of us could easily do this for ourselves at home. Simply imagine something that makes you happy and calm, and imagine every aspect of its character. Guided imagery can also be used for breaking habits or settling fears and anxieties. For example, if a person has a debilitating fear of small spaces, in that they cannot even ride an elevator without feeling claustrophobic, this technique may be able to help. The best way to conquer any fear is just to do whatever it is that makes you
nervous. For this person, it could be riding the elevator. However, if riding the elevator could cause this person to have a panic attack or other health-related problem, it would be a wise idea to start with guided imagery. A trained therapist could have this person imagine that elevator ride, instead of actually doing it. If done correctly, the patient will truly feel that they are in that elevator, and their emotions should be the same. The problem is, this patient may feel the need to sabotage that elevator ride, imagining that it crashes to the bottom of the building in a blaze of fire. The job of the therapist would be to talk the patient through a positive outcome to their feared situation, rather than letting them worry and think the worst. Regular interventions with this type of therapy will eventually allow the patient to face their fears and move on with a normal life
No matter how you decide to use guided imagery, it can help you overcome fears, become happier and find a better quality of life. Even if you use it intermittently to escape from a tough work day, guided imagery is a positive, cost effective way to get your mind to a better state. Once there, you will be free to accept positive energy from the universe.
Chapter14:5-MinuteMeditation Welcome to this session of five-minute meditation. Because five minutes is such a short amount of time, this session will usually be reserved for calming and relaxation as a way to reduce stress. This routine is great if you are feeling anxious, and have just a few moments to gather your thoughts, like at work or before a big presentation. Let’s begin. Start by finding a comfortable sitting position in a quiet room.
Slowly close your eyes. Breathe in, then slowly out. Continue breathing deeply, in and out. Pause Focus your thought only on your breathing, in and out. Pause Let all of your stress and worry gather as you breathe in… And as you exhale, feel all of that tension disappear. Pause Slowly bring your right hand to your abdomen, just above the navel. Bring your left hand up next, cupping your right hand over your abdomen. Pause Feel the slow rise and fall of your abdomen as you breathe in and out. Focus on the feeling in your hands. Feel the energy flowing through your fingertips to your abdomen.
Pause. Open your eyes, still focusing only on your breath. Put your arms down to your sides, slowly and deliberately. Purposefully stretch your arms to the sky as straight as you can. Reach those fingertips high, and accept new energy from the universe. Feel it coursing through your fingertips. Down your arms. Into your abdomen, heart. Down your legs, into the smallest toe. Put your arms down to your side. Take one more deep breath, in and out. Now gather your new strength and energy. You can now go forward with your day in strength and confidence.
Chapter15:30-MinuteMeditation Welcome to this session of thirtyminute meditation. Because we have some more time, this session will be dedicated to aligning your chakras and getting your mental state in order. Remember that your chakras need regular wellness checks to make sure they are working properly.
While you may feel that one chakra, in particular, is in need of energy, do not forget that we must nurture our chakra system as a whole for proper function. Start by finding a comfortable sitting position in a quiet room.
Slowly close your eyes. Breathe in, then slowly out. Continue breathing deeply, in and out. Pause Focus your thought only on your breathing, in and out. Pause Let all of your stress and worry gather as you breathe in… And as you exhale, feel all of that tension disappear. Pause Let us begin healing our root chakra. Lean slightly backward, with your back straight, and the weight of your body putting slight pressure on your tailbone. Imagine that your bottom is directly connected with the earth. As you breathe in and out, feel the energy flowing from the earth into your body, and your energy flowing toward the earth, interconnected. With this, let feelings of calm and centering
overwhelm your body. Breathe in and out. Pause for 1 minute. Lean back forward to your normal sitting position. Slowly bring both hands, cupped over one another, to your lower abdomen, just below your navel. Feel the warmth of energy from your hands on your abdomen. Imagine energy from your fingertips making their way directly to
your sacral chakra. With it allow feelings of love and energy course through you. Breathe in, and out. Slowly bring your right hand to your abdomen, just above the navel. Bring your left hand up next, cupping your right hand over your abdomen. Breathe in deep, and exhale fully. Feel the positive energy of the universe flowing to your solar plexus. With this energy comes self-confidence and the overwhelming knowledge that you are wonderful, and perfect just as you are. You can accomplish anything in life. Feel the slow rise and fall of your abdomen as you breathe in and out. Focus on the feeling in your hands. Feel the energy flowing through your fingertips to your abdomen. Pause Continue your deep breathing, in and out. Slowly stretch your right arm across your chest, stretching it toward you with guidance from your left hand. Feel a good stretch across your back as you breathe in deeply, then exhale.
Pause for 30 seconds to stretch Slowly stretch your left arm across your chest, stretching it toward you with guidance from your right hand. Feel a good stretch across
your back as you breathe in deeply, then exhale. Focus on your deep breath filling your lungs, and reinvigorating your heart chakra. Feel your heart beat slowly and methodically as you breathe in and out. Pause for 1 minute. Place your hands comfortably in your lap. Bring your attention to your throat area. As you breathe deeply, in and out, imagine energy flowing up and down your windpipe, bringing energy and oxygen through this region. Know that your words are pure and truthful, as only good can come from this reinvigorated chakra. Continue breathing deeply, in and out.
Pause for 1 minute. Feel that energy start to swirl up to your jaw, around your cheekbones, around your eyes and centering on your forehead, reaching your third eye. If comfortable, bring both hands up to your forehead and gently place them there. Feel the energy flowing into your third eye, filling you with wisdom and insight. With this energy, you have the ability to carry onward with your life, connected to your intuitions, guided by your inner self. Continue to breathe, in and out, slowly inhaling in fresh, bright new energy, and exhaling any stresses or anxiety. It is gone with your breath.
Pause for 1 minute. Feel that bright energy raise up into the crown of your head, right at the very top. This spot is the highest point on your body and is closest to the sky. Accept the bountiful energy from the universe through this point. Imagine that a tiny string of light is coursing energy from the sun down into your body. It is here you feel most connected to the vastness of the universe, feel an unwavering connection with your spiritual being, and you are at one with the energy surrounding you.
Focus your attention on that energy. Feel it tingling at the top of your head. If you are willing to accept it, ask the universe for more energy. Feel it course down the back of your neck, down each vertebrae one at a time, overwhelming your chest and belly with warmth. Breathe deeply as it rushes all the way down to the bottoms of your feet, and through every toe.
Continue breathing, in and out. Pause for 1 minute. Open your eyes, still focusing only on your breath. Purposefully stretch your arms to the sky as straight as you can. Reach those fingertips high, and accept new energy from the universe. Feel it coursing through your fingertips. Down your arms. Into your abdomen, heart. Down your legs, into the smallest toe. Put your arms down to your side. Take one more deep breath, in and out. Now gather and focus your newfound strength and energy. You can now go forward with your day in strength and confidence.
Conclusion Thank you for making it through to the end of Energy Healing: Heal Your Life with Chakra Healing, Reiki Healing, Guided Imagery, and Guided Meditation. I hope it was informative and able to provide you with all of the tools you need to achieve your goals of spiritual enlightenment. This will be an ongoing process, and I am happy to have been a part of it.
The next step is to start trying some of these techniques in your own life and find out what works best for you. Lastly, if you enjoyed this book, I ask that you, please take the time to rate it on Amazon. Your honest review would be greatly appreciated. Thank you!"
Spiritual Healing
Heal Your Life, Cleanse Your Body, Clear Your Mind, and Increase Mindfulness with Guided Meditation
I n t ro d u c t i o n Congratulations on downloading your personal copy of Spiritual Healing: Heal Your Life, Cleanse Your Body, Clear Your Mind, and Increase Mindfulness with Guided Meditation. Thank you for doing so. The following chapters will discuss some of the many ways to heal a broken inner spirit through self-help. You will discover how important getting back in touch with your inner spirit is to increase your energy and improve your overall quality of life. The final chapter will explore the benefits of healing meditation with guided meditation sessions. There are plenty of books on this subject on the market, thanks again for choosing this one! Every effort was made to ensure it is full of as much useful information as possible. Please enjoy!
Chapter1:Whatisthespirit? The idea of the word ‘spirit’ is just that: an idea. Your spirit cannot be defined, as it is a physically intangible presence that we cannot see or touch, but we can certainly feel it. Everyone’s individual perception of their own spirit will be different, as the way they interact and view it will be a personal experience. To put some sort of definition on it, our spirit is the essence of ourselves, the energy equivalent to our physical body here on this earth. While our bodies seem to move and are technically alive, it is the true energy of the spirit that drives the physical body forward. The spirit is what will go on once
our earthly body has breathed its last breath. It is hard to imagine what will become of us after death, and it is because we cannot imagine not existing, not thinking, not being aware of our surroundings. Even during sleep, we are aware, dreaming and imagining new things. Many religions have their own definitions of the spirit and go as far as to name the entire energy system of the universe as a tangible thing, for the sake of simplicity, if we were to guess. You may call it God, Allah, Krishna, Supreme Being, it does not matter. Our brains like to make sense of what it cannot tangibly make sense of, and so putting a name on it can define it. While there are many ideas about what will happen to our spirits after we go, that is not terribly concerning, as we have plenty of
time to spend here on earth first. The more important question is, what are we meant to do in our time here? To break it down, our spirit and even our bodies are just made of energy. The universe has pushed a mass of molecules together to make our human form, and the energy that drives it is our spirit. Here, we must celebrate our differences, as the universe carefully selected each arrangement of molecules to be uniquely perfect. No two humans are exactly alike.
Our spirit gives us a presence we would not otherwise have. It drives the decisions we make and ultimately molds our personality to become who we are. The energy inside of us is pure and perfect, and everything it does is in line with the energy of the universe. This not only applies to humans, but to all living things on this planet. Our spiritual energy is connected to the universal energy, and each of us is therefore connected by the same common force. Energy is perfect, intertwining in circles and connecting at all points, swirling around in a beautiful, careful arrangement.
Humans are prone to mimic those around them, building societies and maintaining social contact with others. We learn from each other and do our best to ‘fit in’. This doesn’t work well, considering the universe meant for us each to be different and perfect for that difference. The odd thing with humans is, we are too smart for our own good. We have evolved with a brain that is capable of going against the inner spirit, despite its best efforts. For the sake of being normal, we often forgo our spiritual needs for the sake of taking a job, making money and settling down. After all, this is what is expected of a socially normal, successful human. We go against the normal
flow of energy down a life path that doesn’t jive with our inner spirit. Going against the energy is like trying to drive down the wrong lane of traffic. You are going to be met with resistance. Modern society has taught us to be vain, self-centered and disrespectful to the earth. We focus on our outward appearance, we do things only for our benefit, despite the suffering of others. We put the health of our environment and the living things around us for the sake of our petty lives. While we are generally a bad influence for ourselves, there is still hope to turn it around. Our inner spirit will never go away, and it works tirelessly to get us back to our flow of energy. It
gives us signals, loud ones, that we often ignore. You may recognize it as intuition, a gut feeling. It may make you feel stressed in certain situations that you should not have gotten yourself into, like working for a company that is morally irresponsible. We need to relearn how to listen to our spirit so that we may correct our wayward path. Everything we need to know about the future, and all the guidance we could ever need is right there inside, it is only a matter of listening. As this spirit is solely made up of energy, it would make sense that our spirit can also be drained of energy. Think of it this way: if your spirit is working as hard as it can to get you on the right path, and if you are truly, of course, working a job you hate, being in relationships that are unfulfilling and abusive, your spirit has a lot of work to do. Imagine being your caretaker. Wouldn’t you run out of steam too?
The following chapters in this book will be dedicated to finding different ways to renew and reinvigorate the spirit, as well as to better connect with it. We often let the little signals it gives pass us by, and that is a mistake. Your spiritual intuition sees the big picture from above and can see trouble coming before it even
reaches your horizon line. Tapping into this energy can lead you to a happier, more fulfilling and successful life. All you have to do is listen.
Chapter2:Whatisspiritual healing? Having a spirit that is entirely made up of energy is a complicated thing. Just like the energy in your home, the power can go out at any given time. While your lights may flicker and your TV show may temporarily be interrupted, a spiritual outage is much more damaging. If your spirit is extinguished, it makes the rest of your life nearly impossible to live, as you no longer have your guidance. The good news is, every spirit has an ember burning, no matter how dim that light. The most common douser of spiritual light is everyday life. We all get in situations that we don’t like, take jobs that we hate to make ends meet, or hang out with people that are a bad influence and don’t appreciate us. Anytime we do or say things that are out of spiritual character, our inner self-dims a little inside.
It is very easy to go down a path like this. Our society has taught us to sit down, be quiet and do what we are told. While we learn many lessons at the same time, we aren’t necessarily living up to our true spiritual potential, which knows no limits and is not bound by societal law. We must learn to live somewhat within the framework we are given, yet creating our own path that will make us truly happy. To be more specific, the basic framework would read something like, respect others, don’t hurt anyone and pay your taxes. The rest is really up to you. That’s pretty lenient, giving your spirit free reign over everything else. And yet most of us don’t. We never reach our full potential because we are stuck living in a world of rules. As good kids, we don’t want to upset anyone by doing our own thing.
Having a damaged spirit affects everything you do. For example, perhaps you have just ended a bad relationship. This could be a friend, spouse or even co-worker. This person may have taken advantage of you, asking for favors with no reciprocation, being mentally manipulative, you name it. The
result is a body and mind that are disconnected from the spirit. That is, if your spirit had anything to say about it, this relationship would have ended ages ago. The result is a general lack of life. You may have been depressed, anxious, forgoing your own needs for someone else’s. Over time, the stress of this can have physical effects, leading to health problems like chronic colds and flu from a weak immune system. You could feel generally lethargic, as your body is just not energized. You may even have serious ailments like heart disease or autoimmune diseases as stress is generally considered the source of it all. Now that this situation has resolved, whether, by your will or theirs, it is time to get your connection back. There are many resources available that we can use to get reacquainted with our inner self, and it is certainly worth working on. Once you can get back in touch with your inner self, your life comes back. On the right path, you will feel energized, motivated, and capable. Your health can improve as you will be making better choices regarding your health. You will no longer need food, alcohol, cigarettes or your crutch of choice to deal with stress. Spiritual healing comes in many different forms. There are plenty
of professional healers out there that can help transform your energy and help get you on the right track. If you feel you have no idea where to start, it could be beneficial to meet with a healer to get your bearings and figure out where to go from here. With their help, you can balance your inner energy, get those energy systems aligned and flowing properly. Their guidance can give you the reassurance you need to move forward with your life and get back to normal.
If you feel more confident in your own skills, try doing some things on yourself at home. Learning practices like Reiki and meditation can be easy and very beneficial to do on your own. Many people feel more comfortable taking this journey alone, without involving someone else in their process. This is a personal choice, and as this is their wish, will likely be very successful taking solitary measures. Do not count spiritual healing out if you feel your only problems are physical. For example, if you feel you have developed diabetes or high blood pressure out of the blue, there is a lot of work to do. Sure, you don’t exercise and your diet has been poor lately, but spiritual healing can get at the root of why you have made those bad decisions in the first place. No person in their right mind (and spirit) would choose to cause harm to their bodies, stress and other issues in life are usually the reason. While you should still see a medical doctor to manage these problems, getting reconnected with your spirit, changing things you
are unhappy with in your life and getting back on your spiritual path will change all of that. Just think, if everything was going right at work, you had a wealth of great family and friends and you were generally content, wouldn’t it be easier to eat better and exercise? The stress of bad relationships and situations sets off a chain reaction of negativity that leads to physical symptoms of stress. Spiritual healing is free. It is easy, and it is what your body wants. It knows it should be deeply connected with the spirit, but our minds trick us into thinking we have it all figured out on our own. All you need to do is start listening to the very loud, very obvious signs that our spiritual self is giving us. All of the stress we feel, the ailments we develop and the gut feelings we ignore are our spirit trying to tell us we have strayed from our path. They are ways of telling us so that we may find a way back to the right path. When we do get back on track and stop fighting against the energy of the universe, everything falls into place. If you feel that you just can’t get anything right, it is your spirit getting louder and louder, telling you that it is time to stop
whatever you are doing and change your course. This could be as simple as being a more compassionate person, letting others go first in a traffic jam, being nicer to co-workers, or even uprooting your whole life and starting over. Let things go, reduce your aggravation and let in some positivity. How about start with the road rage and figure it out from there. Bringing in positive energy instead of negativity will feed your spirit and transform your entire life. It all starts with one small move.
Chapter3:Powerofspiritual healing Once you find an avenue of spiritual healing, the work can begin. This can be a long road, with twists and turns. You may not know exactly where you are going, but you need to trust your intuitions and understand that your spirit is genuinely connected with the universal spirit. Energy is very simple, flowing through the path of least resistance. It knows where it is going and it can see the fastest way to get there. Your energy is just the same. Listen to it, follow it and you will end up exactly where you are supposed to be. That end just may surprise you. If you aren’t quite sure about this whole process yet, take a lesson from a few people who take steps every day to connect with their inner self and find guidance. Many have come before you, got acquainted with their inner selves, and are living better lives for it. Remember that the only end point is our final passing, and so we must continue to listen. It is never too late to start on your path to wellness, and a better quality of life.
Take Amy, for an example. Amy is the daughter of a profitable business owner and grew up working in her father’s restaurant. As the business grew, it became a family joke that Amy would eventually take over the business when her father retired. At the time this was brought up, at the ripe old age of seventeen, it made Amy grimace. The thought made her uncomfortable, but she wasn’t sure why. She liked waiting tables at the restaurant with her sisters and cousins. When college rolled around, Amy decided she would take some business management courses, in hopes of finding some motivation
for taking over the restaurant. When she graduated, her father hired her on to manage the restaurant, as he stepped down to retire. It was always his dream to retire early and live off the profits from his successful venture. Amy wanted this for him as well.
Years pass, and Amy marries and has a few children. Her time is spent mostly at the restaurant, doing the books, ordering supplies and doing her best to manage. Over the years she has gained weight, eating the diner-style fare that surrounded her, doing little to
move the wonderful body this universe put together for her. She becomes grouchy and unapproachable, as she is tired and overworked. Her staff turnover increases, as waiters and cooks find it hard to deal with her attitude. She gets divorced, as the relationship with her husband suffered many years of strained silence. Amy is at a turning point. She is now middle aged, wondering what happened with her life. Her mind fills with thoughts of things she could have done to be happier, be thinner, to have maintained her marriage. All worthless thoughts, as the past is gone and cannot be changed. As the kids stay with dad on weekends, Amy is confronted with some free time. She begins to really think, to listen. She begins to be drawn to articles online about stress management and relaxation. She eventually comes across one that peaks her interest in particular, about spiritual healing. The idea of meditation and listening to her inner self is very intriguing, likely something her spirit wanted her to see.
She begins making time to meditate on a daily basis. She starts out slow, with just a few mindful thoughts every day, and a bit of journaling her emotions. As she begins to feel her stress melt away, she explores other options, even going to a professional healer for help and guidance. She begins to notice how defeated she feels as soon as she enters the restaurant. Her spirit feels physically depleted just thinking about it.
She listens to these signs and eventually comes to the
decision that she needs to
get out of the business. There is no big revelation,
no fireworks going off as she comes to this realization. In fact, she has no idea what she would do instead, just that managing the business is not working anymore. She is scared, anxious, and unsure what to
do with this realization. Over time, she gathers the strength to speak with her father about stepping aside. He agrees, reluctantly, but understanding that being there is slowly killing her, both physically and mentally. Amy’s spiritual healing continues with regular meditation and mindfulness. While she is drawn to many things, she always enjoyed the marketing side of the restaurant business. She always enjoyed making the flyers for weekly specials and managing an online presence. This was a creative outlet for her, and her savvy marketing skills kept the business healthy for years. She is now pursuing a degree in marketing, building better relationships with her kids and living a more meaningful life. She has started exercising after feeling her body decline, recognizing it
is an unhealthy vessel for the blossoming spirit inside. Amy is still a work in progress but by giving in to the natural flow of her spirit, she has been able to get back to her intended path. Sure, she never expected to be a middle aged, divorced mother in college, but she is happier than she ever was at the restaurant, and her newfound motivation for life is more than enough to get her to the next adventure.
Amy’s experience is not out of the ordinary, yet it is her own. We all hear about miracle success stories about how people on the brink of disaster turn it around and become millionaires. Sure, your spirit may get you there, but your spirit also isn’t concerned with money. The sooner you realize that the better. Our spiritual successes are measured in happiness, contentment, love, and energy, not money. Be open minded to this process and take money out of the equation. Many have died after living wealthy, miserable lives. They now have nothing to show for it but their misery. Money means nothing.
Discard that thought, follow your true passions, and the universe will figure out how to sustain you. Not rich, sustaining. If your passion happens to make you rich beyond your wildest dreams, you will be an exception to the rule. But if nothing else, you will be happy.
Chapter4:TheThirdEye If our spirit is just energy, how can it possibly know what our true path is? How can we trust that it has our best interests in mind and that we will be led in the right direction? The idea of the spiritual ‘third eye’ is not a new idea. In fact, it actually comes up in some way, shape or form in just about every cultural history and religion. Across cultures, the symbol of the pine cone denotes the third eye. Looking at the top of a pinecone, you will notice, it’s symmetrical and a spiral pattern. It is seen in many pieces of art throughout the histories of many different cultures. It is often found in Hindu art, Egyptian renderings of their Gods, and even half way across the world in Mexico. Even the Pope’s staff is topped with a pinecone. This symbol, the third eye shows that these Gods and higher beings held the connection to the universe, and that is why they were wise and powerful above the rest.
Also asymmetrical is its physical manifestation in the brain. The pineal gland is science’s answer for the third eye. The pineal gland is found dead center in the brain. It is thought to be responsible for the production of melatonin, a hormone that helps regulate our sleep cycles, but the rest is unknown. While new studies are few and far between, there are links to a chemical called dimethyltryptamine (DMT) that is thought to bring on vivid dreams and visuals. While many synthetic hallucinogenic drugs try to mimic this chemical, it is made naturally in most mammals and is usually only used during the REM cycle of sleep, and under times of great stress. It is thought that the phenomenon of your life flashing before your eyes in a life-threatening situation is actually caused by
this chemical. Pretty interesting. For spiritual followers, the pineal gland does what it has always done, and that is to be the gland responsible for connecting the body to the spirit. Many cultures believe that this gland, or the third eye, has the ability to see things for what they truly are, to see above and beyond the short-
sightedness of our lives and look at the bigger picture. Without thinking about a specific gland, consider how harnessing the power of your third eye can change your life. Without proving that it actually exists scientifically, we still know it is there. We use it to some degree in everyday life. It is that guiding force that gives us gut feelings about bad situations. It helps you make good decisions. Unfortunately, it is possible to ignore the wisdom of our third eye. While we may not realize we are even doing it, our brains push aside the all-seeing power of the third eye and decide to take the road that seems easier, seems like a better idea. In reality, following the guidance of your third eye may make for a messier road, but the outcome will be much greater. Without having the ability to see above what you are currently entrenched in, you could be tempted to take what seems like the right way out. Your third eye can see above the mess and can guide you out properly, but only if you follow the signs it gives you. The third eye illuminates and sees the wisdom of the universe, and it is useful to have that on your side. Each and every one of us has that power within us, yet most of us do end up ignoring it. We often do things for the wrong reasons. For example, taking a job that you are not passionate about just to pay the bills. Sure, it puts
food on the table, but remember that deep down, you are suppressing your inner spirit by not following its predetermined path. While it may seem like a noble cause to sacrifice your happiness for the sake of your family, to make this a long-term plan just won’t work out for your third eye. Remember that your inner self is pure energy. It does not care about money or social
status, it cares that it is fulfilling its universal connection. Going against its wishes means that you are going against the flow of energy, something that will fail you in the long run. While it may seem easier to buckle down and make money where you are, looking ahead, you will have been better off taking steps toward your inner destiny. Your inner self can see what is ahead, and for our brains, they make sense of this by calling it psychic ability. Some people are able to know what is going to happen before it happens. For most people, this is unexplainable, and therefore must be a trick. While the true cause is still a scientific mystery, those with this gift are likely just more tuned into their third eye.
While it may just feel like intuition to some, others may literally be able to see the future. It compares to different levels of blindness. Some people can see 20/20, every inch of any object, while others can only recognize shadows and light. Those who are blind compare to those with only simple intuition while the person with 20/20 can see the future. Their brains are much more connected with the universe, giving their third eye the ability to see into the futures of others as well.
They can see and sense the energy and can make sense of which way it will go, which plays out in real-life situations. No matter your preferred understanding of your third eye, it is imperative that we listen to it constantly. The third eye is with us to guide us on our life journey. Instead of working against it, trust that it knows the way and just follow it. While it may seem like you are headed down the wrong path sometimes, if it feels right in your gut, it is probably your third eye reassuring you that you are on the right track.
Chapter5:Findinghappiness t h ro u g h y o u r s p i r i t Our ultimate happiness can be found when we follow the wishes of our inner spirit. It is very easy to get down on ourselves and be beaten down by life. Plenty of bad things happen and things don’t go as we expect. Many people say that it is necessary to go through some bad things to learn important lessons, and to appreciate when things go right. If you are a believer in spiritual destiny, like many do, this is right up your alley. We have to trust that our spirit knows exactly where we will end up, and as long as we trust our intuitions and believe that we will get there, we have nothing to worry about. It is much easier to understand and accept losses and setbacks when we believe that it is something we need to get through before we reach our true destiny. Having this divine knowledge makes it so much easier to be happy. If you are truly connected with your spirit, following your path, energy will flow through you like you would not believe. You will have the capacity to do anything you set your mind to do, and things will seem to fall into place all on their own. Many people have no belief in this so-called spiritual wisdom, but the truth is, they just call it something else. Think about all of those people who find success through hard work. They say they put their nose to the grindstone and things turned out the way they did because of sweat and hard work.
No spiritual destiny ever came true without a little hard work. Happiness and destiny are met only when you are all-in on
something. The only thing your spirit does is give you the energy to get through all that you must endure to get to where you are going. It is that drive and stamina that give those on their true path the ability to follow through and reach their goals. Those who give up on a goal do not do so because they are quitters. They are just on the wrong path. There is no shame in giving up on a goal if you no longer believe in your heart that it is your destiny. Remember that our inner spirit may put us through things to teach us a lesson that will serve us down the road. It will be necessary to correct your course from time to time.
What will be your guide is your overall happiness. If you are following your dreams and working hard, you will feel good and you will be happier than you have ever been. No, not every day, there will still be some duds sprinkled in, but overall, you will feel motivated and willing to continue forward progress. It is possible that you have not experienced true happiness in a long time. Children are often able to be in touch with their inner selves much more than adults. They have not yet been jaded by the world and can feel that sense of connection. In your adult life, you may have had the illusion of happiness, but have not felt it in quite a while. That is fine, everyone needs a starting point. The goal is to make positive progress toward being happier. By indulging your spirit and giving in to being silly, taking time for yourself and just enjoying the moment, your spirit can become a little stronger, a little brighter. Keep following that feeling as your guide to your
true path, and your ultimate happiness. The idea of happiness is somewhat intangible. We all know what it feels like to be giddy, like a kid in a candy store. Maybe riding roller coasters or some other hobbies give you that feeling of freedom, of joy. We need to find and incorporate more moments like that in our everyday lives. For too long, we have
built our days around doing things that we are ‘required’ to do, instead of sprinkling it in. Instead, we should build our days around doing things we love, and want to do, sprinkling in some of the administrative duties, like dishes and making money. While you may scoff at this alternate idea of reality, it can, and does, exist. There are people out there right now that absolutely love what they do every day. Maybe it is something that seems boring to you, like being an accountant or lawyer, but if that is their true calling, they wake up every day ready to get started. Their natural energy just flows, and they make the most of every moment, at the end of the day feeling happy and fulfilled after carrying out their universal task. At this point, there is a good chance that you are feeling overwhelmed. The idea of changing your life around to include more happiness may seem unrealistic and unfathomable. Let’s try to consider what your third eye might be seeing right now. Maybe your destiny is to become a world traveling philanthropist with every country checked off your passport list. Your third eye can see all of the event leading up to this, like memories, and
knows everything that came before that end goal was worth it. Think about a major milestone in your life. Perhaps you graduated college and landed a great job that is satisfying and happens to pay the bills. When those happy moments occur, it is easy to look back and say that a headache and turmoil of college was well worth the trouble. Your third eye does this constantly, like a dog running ahead of its master, then running back to urge them forward.
Your inner self is like a good friend saying to you, “Look, I know the way, just follow me and I will get you there safe and sound.” All you need to do is trust it. Give in and trust that your inner self, the ultimate extension of you, has all of the answers. Stop outsmarting your inner spirit with your knowledge in the moment. Tapping into your intuition and following those moments of clarity and wisdom will get you where you need to go.
Chapter6:Liftingthesp iritwithprayer Before you skip this chapter, give it a chance. Many people nowadays prefer not to participate in a formal religion, but many still do. As we discussed before, many religions pray to a God that is simply a higher being. It is all-knowing and a force of love. All religion has done is put a different name on the universal energy that connects us all. That being said, praying to said energy does not need to be religious. For some, even the word ‘prayer’ gives them a lurching feeling, as they associate it with religion. Many view the idea of religion as an unsavory practice, not seeing the original intent of the practice and that is fine. Everyone will connect with the universal spirit in their own, unique way, that is the nature of our different energies. So, to include everyone in a nonreligious way, instead of calling it ‘prayer’, let’s call it connection. That is what praying is all about, after all. People talk with God about their problems and struggles, praying that God gives the wisdom
and strength to make it through. The spirit can be healed through prayer. As we imagine that our inner self is made up of a spark of energy, it is easy to see how this would work. Think about how energy works. At its most basic, it is made up of positive and negative particles. They are generally attracted to each other, and they exist only to find and pair with each other. That’s it. These particles will move heaven and earth to
be together, and so they travel the path of least resistance to reach each other. It would only make sense, then, that when your life has taken a downturn, and negativity starts to creep in, that asking for help from the positivity of the universe would even you out. If this was completely true, everyone would be balanced, and the universe would be in total harmony. In reality, our individual spirits have mechanisms to protect themselves. Our bodies house our spirits and protect them from harm. If our bodies and minds do not let negativity in, our spirits will be unaffected. If they do, it will unbalance our spirit and suck energy from our very cores. As an example, think about a real-life scenario we have all likely experienced. We all know that one person that is always negative. Maybe they are a co-worker or acquaintance. No matter who it is, this person always has something bad to say or is complaining about something. Nothing in their world ever goes right and they insist on talking about it.
First and foremost, this person is reaching out for help in their own, very annoying way. Their life is off track and they have no idea where to start fixing it, and so they complain. Second, it is not your responsibility to fix them, the universe will take care of it eventually. It is your job to protect yourself from the negativity that you are faced with. While it may seem easy to commiserate with that person, take the high road and try and perk them up without getting engrossed in the mess. When negativity inevitably sets in, there are ways to counteract it by asking for help from the universe. A simple conversation with the energy of the universe can help draw some positivity to you. The fact that you are willing to have this connection assumes that your mind and spirit are open to it, and that is a big factor. Your
mind can be guarded, and although asking for help, may not be ready to receive it. Keep your mind open and let it all out. You may choose to have an internal conversation, or if you are suffering quite severely, have an open, out-loud dialogue. The universe is your therapist. Tell it about the awful time you are having at your job, or how you are regretting moving to a new home. Don’t be afraid to ask for specific things, just know how to do it.
When asking the universe for something, you must understand that you may not get it. Like a kid asking Santa for a new bike, you may in fact, not get that new sports car you’ve been longing for. The universe knows your path and what is best for you, therefore sending you things that you think you need isn’t always in the cards. A more reasonable request would be to ask for the guidance necessary to make the right moves when the time is right. Take the example of moving to a new city and starting a new job. Maybe you were very excited at first, ready for the change. Now that you are here, the job isn’t what you thought it would be, and the apartment you rented is less than ideal. You teeter back and forth about staying or going, and you are really at a loss for what to do. Asking the universe for help is perfectly reasonable. After you have asked, you’re responsible for looking out for the signals it leaves to help you make the decision. It could be as simple as making a new friend that helps you get acquainted with the city. Or perhaps something as loud as the company you work for closing its doors (even though they just hired you!). Sometimes the messages are clear, literally
closing a door to open a window. Others are more subtle, like starting a friendship. There are many ways to pray or connect with the universe, and it is up to you to decide what works best for you. Maybe you take up meditation to reconnect with the universe. Concentrating your thoughts and using guided imagery during meditation can be just as effective as having that conversation. Center your efforts on imagining the things you want out of life. Try not to be selfish and focused on one thing, but pan out to the overall picture. Imagine yourself on a big front porch on a summer day, birds chirping and kids laughing. The feeling and energy of that moment is something the universe can recognize, which is better than asking for a big house in the suburbs. If these ideas interest you, be sure to read Chapter 7, which is more concentrated on guided imagery and meditation. Even if you aren’t asking for something specific, you will likely always be asking for something positive. With that, your spirit will be able to accept some positive energy from the universe, strengthening you from the inside out.
C h a p t e r 7 : Vi s u a l i z a t i o n a n d guidedimagery Guided imagery is a nifty technique used during meditation, and is great for reducing stress, and is a tool for connecting with the universal energy. Guided imagery can be done individually or with the help of a therapist or other health professional. Therapeutically speaking, it is good for a number of things including breaking bad habits, facing fears and relaxing an anxious mind.
The idea behind this novel technique is very basic. The mind is a quick, tactful organ that can easily outthink our spiritual guidance. It has increased in size through evolution, allowing us to make individual decisions, somewhat to the dismay of the universal energy. When left to our own devices, our decisions can be short-sighted and selfish. The
brain
also
gets
overwhelmed fairly easily. Think about the last little bad thing that happened to you. For example, you spill coffee on your new shirt in the car on the way to work. Yes, it was a little hot, but not life-threatening in any way. Your relaxed and laid-back spirit recognizes this as a small, insignificant hiccup in the grand scheme of things. Your brain, on the other hand, has already spiraled out of control. This new stain on your shirt means you will not look professional at your presentation today. It won’t go well, you will not get that promotion at work. The house you want to buy is now way out of
reach because you cannot afford it without the promotion. Your kids will not go to the good school, setting them back and damaging them. No ivy league school and they will end up doing mindless jobs, just like you. Wow, that was exhausting, and all from a small coffee stain. Stress and anxiety are just common place these days, and so we must find tactics for sidestepping these downward mind spirals and get back to the reality of the situation. That is, everything will turn out just how it is supposed to, so worrying about a coffee stain is a complete waste of time. Guided imagery can be used as a technique to reduce this stress and anxiety in the moment. Instead of the coffee stain derailing your day (and your life, apparently), try some guided imagery instead. As you drive, imagine how you want this meeting to go. You walk in, confident and tall, ready to go. As you begin the presentation, you make a clever joke about the stain on your shirt and move on. Everybody chuckles. You deliver your presentation, which amazes everyone, and your promotion is now secure.
Not only does this technique lower your anxiety and increase your confidence, it is affirming positive things and collecting positive energy from the universe. With it, you can now move forward and make that daydream a reality. Anytime we hold on to stress and anxiety, we shut our spirits down, refusing helpful energy from outside. By breaking down that wall and letting some positive thoughts flow through, we can reconnect with the universal energy and draw more positivity towards us. With that, we can do all of the things we dreamed of doing. Guided imagery can be a powerful tool, we just need to know how
to activate it. If you are unfamiliar with guided imagery, it may be beneficial to meet with a professional to help you get started, although you can certainly do it on your own. A professional can help you build
images and show you how to guide your mind to these images when they are needed most. Soundtracks with prerecorded imagery sessions can help you do this in the privacy of your own home. If you are confident that you are mentally acute enough to guide the image yourself, go for it. It can be difficult to do on your own, as your mind will have a tendency to wander back to its place among the chaos. If you can stay focused on your image, exploring every sense of it, you will be successful, and it is definitely worth giving it a try before getting help. A session may begin much like meditation. The goal is to relax you and keep your mind from racing. To allow your imagination to take over, close your eyes. Your prompter will then ask you to imagine a specific scene, like a sunny meadow. They will use minute details, asking you to focus on each and every one. You will imagine how the wind feels on your skin, the sun on your face, the color of the tall, golden grass, and the sound of crickets and birds all around you. It may help to use a physical image, like a picture, to guide you at first. While you can only see the image in a picture, it can help prompt what it might feel like to be in that scene. The smells, feelings, temperature, can all be imagined with a little practice. The idea is to focus your mind on something other than what is currently going on, and that is why it works so well with stress. By
guiding the scene using all of your senses, the brain becomes preoccupied on this new, happy, relaxed thought, instead of on whatever chaos you are currently involved in. It has the power to remove you from a stressful situation, if only in your mind. Once you have gone through a session or two with a professional, it could be a great tool to use on your own. Reducing stress through guided imagery has many health benefits. Stress is considered the root of all disease in the body. When stress hormones are activated, it causes many changes and shifts throughout, causing things like high blood pressure, heart disease, a less effective immune system, and much more. Acutely, stress causes headaches and decreased attention span, something we could all live without. It is impossible to rid yourself of stress completely, but using techniques like guided imagery to better manage it can improve the quality of your life and
strengthen the connection you seek with the universal power. This energy can heal you from the inside out, so why not try and draw more of it toward you?
Chapter8:Radionics,u singwavesofenergyash ealing The concept of Radionics goes right along with everything we have been talking about. The idea that the electromagnetic waves put out by the body can be used to diagnose problems is right up our alley.
The goal with radionics therapy is to pinpoint disturbances in energy that can be causing health issues or overall discontent. While this idea may seem a little futuristic, the theories of this energy healing go back to early civilizations. Many Eastern cultures believe that the energy field of the body is made up of seven chakras that align themselves along the axis of the body. The energy is meant to flow through them, and when in proper order, delivers nourishing energy to every inch of the body. If one of those chakras is blocked, entire parts of the body may not be receiving the energy it needs to function optimally, therefore causing problems. Radionics simply takes this idea and finds a way to tangibly see where the energy is off. The practice was originally created by Dr. Albert Abrams in the late eighteen hundreds. Since then, several other doctors have adopted the practice, evolving it into what it is today. His idea is that every living thing is surrounded by an energy field, and we can use technology to ‘see’ the energy field and find its weak spots. The technology works much like a temperature monitor in the dark. You can see the energy given off by a person, and when you see cooler, darker spots, it is obvious that energy is not reaching that area. The best way to describe radionics is by comparing it to dousing. This old practice used forks to locate water sources in the ground.
Experienced dowsers could walk across a piece of property, forks in hand, and be able to find water just by
reading the forks. The metals in these instruments react to the energy field surrounding the water, like magnets attracting each other. This practice was very common before modern technology made it possible to see water underground for the purpose of digging wells. If this fool-proof practice could find water deep in the ground, why is it so impossible to believe that we can also study the energy fields that surround each and every one of us? Although we cannot see it, energy exists all around us, and it affects every single thing we do. It cannot be ignored, and alternative ideas like this should be used in combination with modern medicine to really get a full picture of what is going on in and around the body. This practice is not meant to diagnose any disease, only to see the possible causes related to energy. Thinking very basically about disease, it is simply an interruption in normalcy in whatever region of the body it is affecting. Chronic kidney failure is caused by a problem in the kidneys. In terms of energy, the body is not able to provide the energy the kidneys need to function correctly, and/or rid itself of infection or cancer that may be affecting the area.
That being said, the concept of radionics also takes into consideration the idea of healing. If we can find sources of energy instability, we should be able to fix it by adding energy into the area from the universe, and correcting chakras when necessary. Many holistic therapies, like Reiki center around this idea that we can concentrate energy on spots where it is needed most to induce healing. The interesting thing about radionics is the claim that
healing can occur from a distance, unlike more familiar practices like Reiki. Practitioners can take a drop of blood or a lock of hair, perform energy healing on it from a distance, and the body feels the results. By now, you may be thinking that this is a little far out for you, or perhaps, you have seen this work and understand it. The Radionics Associated backs up the idea that most practitioners first scoffed at this idea, calling it mostly nonsense. The truth is, they aren’t really sure why it works, yet it does. If you are interested in this therapy, you must find a professional that is trained to read the radionics instruments and determine a proper diagnosis for you. This should be relatively simple, as practitioners from halfway across the world can do this for you, and you never need to leave the comfort of your own home. You send them something of yours, whether the lock of hair or even a photo.
A carefully planned phone session will follow, in which the practitioner asks a multitude of questions regarding each and every system in your body. While speaking with you, the instrument is focused on the item you have sent and reads it. The professional will be able to decipher any energy changes that occur with certain questions and help make a diagnosis. This is meant to work alongside modern medicine to help diagnose the energy problem behind your ailment, so that work may be done to heal it. The same practitioner claims to be able to send needed energy through the object to heal you from afar. Scientifically speaking, there is no evidence to support or refute
these claims, but anecdotal evidence is overwhelmingly positive. Why not give it a try?
Chapter9:Bodhicitta Unless you have been engrossed in the field of alternative medicine for some time, you have probably never heard of Bodhicitta. It would be surprising if you actually knew the definition of this term, as it is very vague and ethereal in nature. To sum it up, it is the energy of loving and kindness that you have for the earth, the people around you, and every other living thing. We have all heard that we need to be kind to others, and treat them as you would wish to be treated. While this is a good concept to live by, we often shape our actions around this idea, but not our thoughts. Think about the last time you dealt with a difficult person, specifically a customer or client. It is literally your job to be nice and help people, yet, you only do so because you are told. The idea of Bodhicitta means that you genuinely care for people, want to help, and you can feel compassion and love for them. Most of us are severely lacking in Bodhicitta, only feeling this way toward a select few people in our
lives, and that love is not usually unconditional. The sad thing is, if we were to open up to others in this way, our lives would be exponentially better. Bodhicitta, when achieved, is a source of pure positive energy and light, just what our spirit needs to heal and grow. In turn, our quality of life will improve, we will see the world in a different way, and even our health ailments can resolve as a result of all of the extra energy. For those of you who pray, or have recently decided to get reconnected with your inner spirit and the universal energy, you should know that you need Bodhicitta for it to work. You need to
carry an open mind and ask for things that are unselfish and really have no ulterior motives. The same thing goes with meditation. If the only reason you do it is that you think your monetary success will improve in the end, it will not work. You must be willing to do things for the sole purpose of getting reconnected, and the rest will work from there. Achieving Bodhicitta requires a complete, sincere attitude change, and this isn’t something that happens overnight. Instead, we can make small steps every day by reforming how we think about things and see other people. We can start by turning our pessimistic, judging thoughts into ones that see the other side of the equation. For example, you may not see eye to eye with someone. This happens all the time. Instead of avoiding them and casting them off as someone you prefer not to associate with, take the time to see things from their point of view. This person is innately good, just as every spirit is. They may have lost their way and are going through some things you cannot even imagine. It may have made them mean, selfish or inconsiderate of others. Instead of getting angry, which is easy, try taking a step back and consider what they may have going on. Feel compassion for their situation, find common ground to relate to. Don’t worry about how this person is affecting you it is selfish. Instead, wonder how you are affecting them, and find ways to
help them. Bodhicitta is the absence of selfishness, and an abundance of will to love others. It is with this that we have the best quality of life. Think about your sources of guilt. Many of us would say that their biggest regrets were related to how we interacted with someone
else. Maybe we regret not finishing college, but what weighs more heavily on the mind is arguments with people, and feeling as if you have done someone wrong. The guilt leads to anxiety and completely throws off our energy field. While it may not be possible to make amends with every person you have wronged in the past, it is possible to move forward with a new attitude, one which is respectful and loving of others. Go about each and every moment with gratitude and appreciation toward others. If you aren’t sure if you have reached Bodhicitta, don’t worry, the universe will let you know. To reach a more enlightened state, go about your life with a different attitude. Challenge yourself to be more compassionate, accepting and loving toward others, even complete strangers. No, this will not happen overnight, but imagine that every little step in that direction illuminating more and more of your inner spirit.
Chapter10:Channeling We have discussed several ways to connect with the energy system of the universe, and channeling is no different. This concept takes stock in the concept of receiving wisdom from a higher power. We talked a lot about tapping into the wisdom of your inner spirit, and channeling helps us connect with the universe as a whole, and even specific beings. The purpose of channeling is to find truth and wisdom from a divine, all-knowing source: the universe. We must also learn from living things around us how to live our best lives in harmony. Since this is such an intangible thing for our minds to wrap around, let us begin with an example. The most popular, television-worthy form of channeling is through
a medium. This person is extra
perceptive to energy in the universe and has the ability to connect with energies on different spiritual planes, mainly,
the spirits of those who have departed this planet. As energy
can neither be
created or
destroyed, only moved, it is easy to imagine that our spirits simply travel somewhere else when we leave this earth. The spirit is still there and can make contact with
our world. Mediums channel these spirits through their mind by reading energies and picking up on small signals from other beings. Channeling works in the same way and actually, reads much like the process of praying. In the end, the real goal is to accept the wisdom and knowledge of wiser beings, whether spirits that came before or of the earth itself. Many people consider the idea of channeling past spirits is a bad idea. Creating a connection to negative spirits full of revenge and malice via Ouija boards is the basis for many horror movies, and it never ends well. For the most part, the universe is full of positivity, and unless you allow negativity to flow, connecting with spirits on another plane is harmless. To sense this idea a little better, think of channeling as plugging yourself into the energy system like you would plug in a lamp in your wall. On your television, pure energy signals are transformed into lights, images, and colors, as well as sound. All of this information travels through cable, which is an astounding idea in itself, so why wouldn’t we be able to receive messages from other
planes through universal energy? You do not need to be a true medium to channel energy, you simply need to be open and willing to it. Again, this goes back to simply asking the universe for enlightenment and answers to the questions you seek to know. By channeling our inner selves in the universe, we can reconnect and gain knowledge by its presence. The goal is to find love, acceptance, and power through this spirit, so that we may carry that out in our daily lives.
While some channeling does occur during meditation, it isn’t necessary to actively meditate to do it. In fact, channeling is a natural thing and requires no specific environment to do it. However, quiet, restful environments in which you can relax help prime your mind for accepting energy and channeling your inner self. Practicing yoga, mindful meditation, Reiki or Tai Chi are great, relaxing ways to stretch your body, align your chakras and open your mind to the idea of channeling. There are two main types of channeling; passive and active. Doing activities like described and letting your mind wander is passive channeling. Your mind is open and ready to receive whatever information the universe decides to send you. Active channeling can be great if you are really in desperate need of guidance. In a state such as this, it will be very difficult to passively channel, as your mind is stressed and focused on something in particular. Put that energy to good use and push it out into the atmosphere. Send your thought
waves out and see what you get in response. This would be like sending a radio signal into space and waiting for extraterrestrial life to say something back. While we may need to wait awhile for aliens, the universal energy response is pretty immediate. If you send out a question, and your energy is urgent, the universe will send you back the energy and wisdom you need to balance yourself out. You do not need to wait in line, as energy just flows where it is needed.
We must also not forget about channeling between living beings here on this earth. If you have ever had a pet, you have participated in channeling. We can often speak with dogs and cats, just by eye contact alone. We can sense what they are feeling, and vice versa. The ability to love an animal unconditionally is much easier than loving a human in that way. For some reason, we are much more guarded about human contact than we are with animals. This unyielding love opens the door to Bodhicitta and creates a perfect energy exchange. Once this is established, whether, through animal or human contact, information and energy can be shared across the energy field. As if one small step away from reading their mind, you are able to understand, feel compassion for, and love that living being. You can heal what ails them with your love and energy, and you can accept love and energy in return in perfect balance. We can see the truth of this with the adoption of pets. Many people who have lost loved ones often adopt pets. The goal is to keep them company, but really, these animals have Bodhicitta, as they are more in-touch and enlightened by the universal spirit.
They are able to send us energy and heal us, and by returning this favor, we create a lasting bond with animals that cannot be broken. Channeling is an amazing, process that can heal your inner spirit. Start by putting your signals out into the universe, and see what comes back. Connect with the living things around you as well. It is so easy to get caught up in our own problems that we forget to take a time to connect with our spouses, children, pets and even strangers. The more connected you can become with the creatures that share this energy field with you, the better off you will be.
Chapter 11: Color healing How is it possible that looking at certain colors can heal you? The answer is very simple: color is simply the visual representation of energy as light. Rays from the sun are just energy and elicit light and color in the right environments. It relates directly, then to all of the work we have done with energy healing thus far. If we can emit certain energy through color alone, we can repair our chakras and focus this energy where it will do the most good. Each color is correlated to each of the seven chakras. Red is associated with the root chakra, located at the base of our tailbone, and is what keeps us grounded. It
also gives sensations and feelings of safety and security. The color orange represents the sacral chakra, whose energy is concentrated just under the belly button. It gives feelings of desire and represents procreation. Yellow is for the solar plexus chakra, located just above the belly button in the upper abdomen. This chakra is all about the heart and gives us the ability to love and have compassion for each other. Notably, without alignment of this chakra, we have no hope of reaching Bodhicitta. Blue represents the throat chakra, which gives us the energy to speak clearly and concisely for optimal communication with others. Indigo represents the mysticism behind the third eye, centered in the middle of our foreheads. This color is considered so mystical because of the intangible yet noticeable power of our inner wisdom. Finally, purple represents the crown chakra, the highest
peak on our bodies. This is thought of as the connection point between our physical being and the universal energy. Energy enters our body through this chakra. While color emitting lights are available on the market, there are other ways to use color therapy. Changing the colors of a room can help change the mood and feel of a space. Just as color corresponds to each chakra, it emits similar chakra feelings into room just by the color of the walls. The only problem with painting an entire room one shade of color is energy overbalance. That is, your crown chakra could be off, prompting you to paint a room purple. That quickly gets resolved and now your heart chakra is off. You would need to paint the room green.
With interior design, you are better off creating spaces that have pops of color that can easily be changed, like with colorful throw pillows or artwork of a specific shade of color. Those things can be easily changed. If interior design isn’t in the cards, try little things like bringing up pictures on your computer that are a certain color. If you are in need of some yellow, just search for images in that color and take a gander at it for a while. Make it your desktop at work so every time you open your computer, you get a little dose of light therapy. Depending on your upset chakra, getting a total change of scenery may just do the trick as well. Sometimes when you are feeling low and need a refreshing pick me up, a trip to a different environment is just enough to realign your chakras. Say you are feeling a bit crabby and cannot relate to others. Your heart chakra may be blocked. Taking a hike through a green forest will help bring air into your lungs and energy into your heart, realigning your chakra.
Perhaps you are having problems communicating with your
partner. Your existence has been nothing but arguing about miscommunications. Likely your throat chakra is out of whack. A trip to the ocean and surrounding yourself with blue sky and water should fix you right up and give you the ability to
properly communicate your intentions. Since color has so much representation of these chakras, it makes perfect sense to heal them using color therapy. Using specific light waves that transmit these colors can help realign the chakras to get them working optimally. Light is absorbed through our eyes first and foremost, but also through every inch of our skin.
Scientifically speaking, we know that our skin has the ability to absorb sunlight because of Vitamin D. This vitamin is made from cholesterol circulating in our bodies. It can be transformed into Vitamin D when a chemical reaction, set off by sunlight, occurs. The body is a big and complex place. While it has not been scientifically proven that color therapy has any specific health benefits, the results are clear. Remember that light boxes for Vitamin D activation have not been proven either, yet many doctors still recommend it based off of anecdotal evidence. Having a meaningful experience with light therapy requires a little bit of legwork. That is, you must know what color light you will need to have the biggest effect. First and foremost, you must make a connection with whatever ails you to a correlating chakra. When thinking about light therapy as a whole, we must consider that the chakras are connected. One must come before the next, and if one is not functioning properly, it affects all of the other ones as well. If you are serious about beginning color therapy, make sure
you satisfy the needs of each chakra instead of constantly focusing on just one. This is all about balance. A little-targeted color therapy could be just what you need to invigorate your spirit and get going.
Chapter12:Meditation -methodsandbenefitst oconnectingtospirit We have touched upon the idea of meditation many times throughout this book. If you are new to the idea of meditation, this chapter is for you. Here, we will discuss the many ways to meditate, so that you may find a method that works well for
you. Everyone will respond differently to different types of meditation, so you are invited to openly try each one until you find something that speaks to you. The practice of meditation has been around for thousands of years, and across all cultures. As you do some research, you will find that every culture throughout the ages has found a way to connect with the universe, in a multitude of different ways. The practice was thought to originate in the Eastern countries near India and Nepal, with some of the greatest spiritual leaders emerging from this area.
Who is to say who began with meditation though, as it is human nature to want to connect with the universe on a higher level. Everyone does it in some way, whether calling it proper meditation or not. The Vedas, ancient Indians were the first to begin documenting meditation. At the same time, similar methods popped up in China and Japan in the same timeframe, over 1500 years ago. We also know that Native Americans, both in North and South America were also meditating, and connecting with the universal spirit.
They used chanting and dancing and often made meditation and connection a communal event. Since then, these documented methods of meditation spread across the world, morphing into what it is today. For the most part, modern meditation is a solitary event. We get so much interaction with others in the community, that it becomes a source of stress. We work and meet deadlines, need to pay the bills and be responsible for daily things in life. We must have moments of solitude that allow us to reconnect individually with our inner spirit and the energies of the universe. We need to plug back into this ethereal energy before we may begin renewed again.
As you carry forward in life, you may find those different methods of meditation work better for you, depending on the situation. Follow the needs of your spirit and do what works best. This does not mean that you need to meditate the same way all the time. Our spirits are free and fleeting, and so expecting the same methods of relaxation and connection to provide us the same feelings are unreasonable. We really need to seek answers to universal questions, which will vary day by day, even minute by minute. We each need to get connected with the spirit and our predestined purpose in order to live our best lives. Many people circle around these ideas but never fully embrace the idea of destiny. We like to believe that we are ultimately in control of how our lives turn out, and yes, this has some truth. We have control over whether or not we fulfill our destinies and lead meaningful happy lives, or whether we follow the guidance of our physical mind and circle the drain. We get so caught up in the idea of success through tangible things like money and things. We forget that there is something much bigger. Many relate to the fact that we cannot take those physical
things with us when we go, and that is true. Someday, your spirit will leave this earth and will have nothing to show for itself except for the experiences it had. Our spirit grows when it is happy and fulfilled, and money and luxury are not part of that equation.
To begin, meditation, in general, is the process of guiding your body and mind toward relaxation. On a deeper level, we are able to connect with our inner spirit. This benefits us as deeper connection with our inner selves drives our lives. This spirit is responsible for guiding us in our physical bodies. Our brains have a tendency to try and work on their own, without considering the well-being of our spirit. Through meditation, we can reconnect with the spirit and be guided on our true path. The most popular type of meditation is passive, in which you allow energy from the universe to flow through you until an equilibrium is reached. This is easy to do if you are just beginning meditation and aren’t sure where to start. The idea is to clear your mind and let it be open to whatever the universe wants to send it. Getting your mind to this state is the purpose of meditation, and there are a couple of options to do this. Both involve finding a quiet, noise-free space in which to practice. Ideally, a bedroom or other quiet room is best, but it is not always possible to find such a space, hence why you are stressed and anxious in the first place. The room should be comfortable in temperature, and the light dim, as to not blind the senses. Once you have found this space, it is time to get comfortable. Sitting or lying down is best, but the idea isn’t to fall asleep. Most methods then ask you to focus solely on the inhale and exhale of breath. Allowing your mind to concentrate on this makes all other thoughts and feelings fall away.
For many people, focusing on breath alone is not enough to get
their mind to clear. As you try to concentrate, the mind tends to wander back to thoughts and problems that consumed you moments before. Using sound therapy, like a soundtrack of soothing noises or thinking or speaking a keyword like ‘calm’ over and over can help maintain that focus. This type of meditation allows your mind to sort itself out and start thinking again with a clean slate. Imagine that throughout the day, your mind takes out files to find pieces of information. Instead of putting those files neatly back, they lay strewn all over the place. Meditation allows your brain’s keeper to take a break and clean up the mess, preparing you to start again. Other types of meditation do not require so much focus. Most of the time, the mind is consumed with stress because there is just no time to think things through. During the day, we are bombarded with all sorts of requests and responsibilities. Taking a few moments to meditate and do nothing physically gives our minds time to think things through. If you decide to meditate this way, let your thoughts stream through your mind as you sit still, with your eyes closed. Instead of getting stressed by these thoughts, let them pass through without assigning any emotion to them. For example, if you are thinking about a project deadline at work, think only about the tasks that need to get done, and not how you will feel doing them. This will give clarity to the assignment without deeming them overwhelming or stressful. If you are just beginning with meditation, these passive methods will probably work best for you. Just as we hear that exercising every day is good for maintaining our health, daily meditation helps us maintain the health of our spirit. We may not feel stressed every day, and so we may think that meditating is not necessary
every day. On the contrary, choosing to practice every day will help maintain that level of calm and collectedness so we will be better prepared for when stress does occur.
Meditation is something that you need to make time for, even if it is just a few minutes. Make it part of your daily routine by adding in small increments of time in throughout the day. Use our five-minute meditation guide in the following chapter to get started. This exercise is meant to calm the mind and bring you back to center quickly so that you may carry on with your day.
As meditation is all about relaxation, trying to incorporate it either as you wake up in the morning, or as you settle into sleep are good practices. Likely, you are already partly relaxed and can use this time to better connect with your inner spirit. Meditating as you wake can help prepare you for the day, getting off to a good start. Practicing just before bed clears the mind and helps your body prepare for sleep. Your body and mind will thank you in the morning. We can also use active meditation to our advantage. If you are just beginning, you will likely benefit from passive meditation at first. This method gives you the ability to center your thoughts. As you get to practice with passive meditation, you can begin then actively asking the universe for what you need. Many types of meditation call for active use of the brain. Mindfulness meditation is perhaps the most common. Here, you actively focus on the sensations around you. Instead of letting your
mind wander, you focus on how your bottom is connected with the floor, with any sounds going on around you. With this method, you can begin to appreciate how your spirit sits in your body, and it allows you a deeper connection with it. To go one step further, you can deeply connect with the energy of the universe. Sitting comfortably, begin to imagine the energy that floats boundlessly above you entering the crown of your head. You can feel it surge down your spine, hitting every chakra on the way down. This energy courses through your fingertips and into every inch of your body, energizing you and preparing for re-entry into the world. You can also ask for the wisdom to solve your worldly problems. Remember that our inner spirit already has all of the answers we are looking for. We are constantly forced to make decisions, and unless we are deeply connected with our inner spirit, it is easy to get off track. Asking your inner self and the universal spirit for guidance is very easy. All you need to do is be present in the moment and ask. Remember that we must ask for things that are for the greater good, and not ultimately selfish. If you ask for the path that leads to the fancy car and the nice house, the universe will likely not have an answer for you. Asking for happiness and clarity is both helpful for you and for those around you, the greater good. If your intentions are pure, and you are asking to follow your destined path, you will find the answers you seek. Don’t expect to get the answers you need in one meditation session. Again, it takes practice to get reacquainted with your inner self. By practicing regularly and getting in touch with your spirit, you will gain wisdom and insight to better navigate through life.
No matter what type of meditation you decide to practice, continually grow and change. Your spirit is pure energy and is not bound by traditional barriers. Be regimented in choosing to practice daily, but do not limit your spirit to the same old meditation session. If you like to listen to music or soothing sounds, ask your spirit before you settle in what it wants to listen to. This may sound silly, but you have likely felt this feeling before.
You may feel that your basic routine is a little stale, but you press on because it is what you are ‘supposed’ to do. The feeling of boredom is something we have all felt, and this is a way of your spirit telling you that it needs something more. We may not always be able to listen, but when it comes to meditation, go ahead and give in to your spiritual desires. You will begin to make friends and better connection with your spirit, and it will reward you with happiness and wisdom. If you are feeling that your spirit is dim and needs a bit of tender loving care, meditation is a great place to start. Physically taking the time to listen to your spirit and find out what it needs is the first step in healing. There are many situations in life that break our spirit and cause us to spiral out of control. We can use meditation to confront those feelings and walk through them with the help of the universal energy. There is nothing in this world we cannot conquer with the power of meditation. If you are a bit skeptical of this practice, go ahead and give it a try. If nothing else, each session will leave you feeling relaxed and recharged in the moment. Continued practice and vigilance to the needs of your spirit will uplift you, and give you more ability to see the wisdom the universe has to show you.
Chapter13:5-minutemeditation The goal of such a short meditation session is relaxation. This short sequence is great for reducing anxiety in the moment and clearing your head before
diving back into your day. Enjoy! Begin by finding a quiet, calm space. Take a seat in a comfortable position and slowly close your eyes. Concentrate only on the sound of your breath as you exhale slowly and deeply. Now exhale gently, pushing all of the worries of the day out with each breath. Pause. Breathe in, soaking in the positive, calm energy from the room, and exhale all of the nervous energy within you. Feel it leave your body with every breath. Pause. Imagine your brain tidying itself up. It is closing all of the open files and storing them neatly away. As you breathe in, feel them closing, as you breathe out, they disappear from sight.
Pause. Imagine your mind as a blank canvas, with only a light shade of tan strewn across the surface. It is ready to be painted. The canvas is clean and ready to accept new thoughts and brush strokes.
Pause. Open your eyes, taking one last deep inhale. Now you are ready to resume your day. Your mind is fresh and clean, ready to work again. Go ahead in peace.
Chapter14:15-minutemeditation Many things can be accomplished in a fifteen-minute meditation session. The mind can wander across the expanse of the universe in that time. This session will be devoted to exploring the far reaches of the mind, connecting with the universal spirit.
Find a comfortable position in a quiet room. Close your eyes and just be still. Breathe deeply, in and out. With each exhale, feel your body propelling backward. Your breath is strong, capable of moving your spirit up and out of your body. Feel your spirit leaving your physical body, and hovering just above. Each exhale pushes you further and further away from your body, up into the sky. You can see the tree tops inching away below you. Pause. Soon, the clouds look like tiny cotton balls, coating the earth’s surface below you. As you exit the earth’s atmosphere, the light fades away. Pause. Imagine you are looking down on the galaxy from above, watching the planets and stars swirling around each other. You can see and feel the energies flowing between them. Pause. You stop here for a moment, to take in the expanse of this universe, the ends at an unfathomable distance. You are swept up by the energy surrounding you, and a feeling of warmth courses throughout your spirit. You feel it in every extremity, slowly drifting through every finger and toe. Pause. This engrossing feeling immediately takes all of your worldly stress
away, as you float weightlessly through the universe. As the energy consumes you, you are able to tangibly see every speck of energy that makes up the universe. Pause. You focus in on one energy path, recognizing each and every particle of energy that makes it up, much like a string of pearls.
Pause. You feel overcome with wisdom, as you have now seen the inner workings of the universe, what you came here to recognize.
Pause. You realize just how small your spirit is in comparison to the universal spirit. You feel connected to your very core to this higher energy, and you are stronger for it. Pause. Slowly, you drift back through time and space. You can see the earth begin to appear, at first a small circle, getting larger and larger. Pause. The clouds begin to reappear over the surface, your face feeling damp and refreshed as you pass back through them. Pause. The treetops begin to emerge, and you have reunited with your physical body yet again. Before re-entering, you hover there for a moment. You understand with newfound wisdom that this body is your temple. You rush back in, giving life and energy through every inch of it. Pause. You cleanse the body with your energy, removing all stresses, toxins, and worries. Your mind is clear and fresh, your body rejuvenated with this ethereal energy. Pause.
You breathe new air into your lungs, as if for the first time. Slowly, you begin to awaken, ready again to join the earth. Pause. Your eyes awaken slowly, meeting the sun shining, the birds chirping, the sound of still and quiet. You are new again, ready to face the day with happiness, clarity, and wisdom. You are an irreplaceable being on this earth, and you carry on with a purpose.
Chapter15:30-minutemeditation This thirty-minute session is meant to reboot your entire system. Feel the energy flow through you to completely rejuvenate your mind, body, and spirit. You will leave feeling ready to go and face the world. Enjoy! Find a comfortable spot in a quiet place. Sit or lay down comfortably. Calm your breath, slowly inhaling and exhaling. Pause. Close your eyes and imagine that you are in a field of black eyed Susans. Together they make a field of yellow, with little black specks canvassing the surface. Pause. The field is bright and sunny, feel the warmth of the sun’s rays on your face as it emerges from behind a puffy, white cloud.
Pause. Feel the smile grow on your cheeks as the breeze whisks away your
stress and emotions. Pause. Hear the breeze rustling through the flowers, touching on every petal. Hear the sounds of crickets chirping in between the leaves. They are so busy and you are so still. Pause. See the swallows flitting their wings just above the flowers. They sing and accept the energy from the sun as well. Everything is in perfect harmony at this moment. Pause.
A small, half-grown black eyed susan catches your eye, just in front of you. It is much smaller than those around it, yet perfect just the same. Pause. You look at its face as the breeze gently tests its long stem. Each petal is perfectly symmetrical around its center, except for one. This is its imperfection, letting the universe know who it is, why it is special.
Pause. Each petal is a bright golden yellow, with perfect, crisp edges and a bone down the middle. They stretch far out from the center as if reaching out toward its other flower companions.
Pause. The dew from the morning still sits in the crevices of the flower, around its black center. Each droplet catches and reflects the light, bringing a jewel-like quality over the flower. Pause. You begin to hear a soft buzzing sound, slowly emerging from the distance. It circles around you. It is a honey bee, looking for the perfect flower. Pause. It hovers around a few flowers before landing gently and gracefully on the flower in front of you. The stem bends just slightly with the added weight. Pause. You turn your focus to this minuscule honey bee with its plump body and golden yellow hair. It looks soft to the touch underneath its luminescent wings. The bee is calm for a moment, before attending to its work. It stops and drinks from the tiny water
droplets coating the petals. Pause. You meet your breath with that
of the bee, connecting on a spiritual level. You are both equally enjoying this flower, and that is all there is, frozen
in time. For a moment this connection is powerful and strong. Just as quickly as it came, the bee pushes off the flower and
disappears into the meadow. Pause. You focus your attention out back onto the field. You appreciate the stark contrast between the bright golden flowers and the blue sky as your backdrop. You continue to look around, unable to fully soak in the beauty of this scenery.
Pause. Your eyes close, and all your senses focus on the sound of the crickets. Each chirp like a melody floating on in the background of your brain. All you feel is the warmth of the sun cascading over your shoulders. Everything is calm and focused in this moment.
Pause. As you sit in that field, you feel your bottom connected with the earth. Feel the energy flowing up through the bottom of your spine. As you breathe in, accept this energy wholeheartedly from the earth. Pause. As you exhale, feel all of your negative energy flow out, as the earth accepts it. With each breath, you are renewed with a revitalizing energy. It can hardly be contained. Pause. You are refreshed, renewed, and you feel this new energy coursing
through every inch of you. Through your spine, down to each and every finger tip. Pause. You are vibrating, your spirit ready to drive your physical body, ready to propel it forward. Pause. Open your eyes. Recognize where you are in your quiet space. Feel the energy coursing through your body, just as in the imagery. This energy is real. You have connected spiritually with this universal energy, and it is ready to propel you forward. Take a few deep breaths, readying your body for movement. Now get up, and carry out your day using the energy the universe has given you. Do good with that energy.
Conclusion Thanks for making it through to the end of Spiritual Healing: Heal Your Life, Cleanse Your Body, Clear Your Mind, and Increase Mindfulness with Guided Meditation. Let’s hope it was informative and able to provide you with all of the tools you need to achieve your goals of achieving inner peace and healing your spirit.
The next step is to put some of these ideas into practice and start on your journey to spiritual wellness. Finally, if you find this book useful in any way, a positive review on Amazon is always appreciated!